Operation and Maintenance Power Plant

3 Maintenance an Efficiency Control of Thermal Power Plants
3.1 Maintenance management of aged thermal power plants

Introduction
The time (nominal life) when degradation in function and performance of the major equipment constituting a
thermal power plant appears remarkably and recovery of function and performance requires costs overstepping the
bounds of maintenance for ordinary operation is about 30 to 40 years.
For small- to medium-capacity machines constructed from the 30s to the 40s of the Showa period, almost 30
years have elapsed since they begun commercial operation, and, with respect to large-capacity machines
constructed and brought into operation from the middle of the 40s, 20 years or more have elapsed, whereby aging
of thermal power plants as a whole is proceeding.
On the other hand, although we are pushing ahead with the development of new sources responding to the
growth of electricity demand (maximum electricity demand), we have problems such as difficulty of site selection,
more distant locations, longer periods for development, etc.
For this reason, renovating and renewing these aged thermal power plants efficiently and having them show
continuous activity as valuable leading sources in areas of high demand constitute important issues from the
viewpoint of securing supply capacity and cost reduction.
3.1.1 How to carry out maintenance of aged thermal power plants (increasing longevity)
How to carry out maintenance of aged thermal power plants leads to studies and judgments being carried out
from comprehensive viewpoints such as a source program into the future including nuclear, hydro, etc.,
positioning and role in terms of a power generation program, outlook regarding the renovation costs required to
upkeep function and soundness, trends in fuel costs according to power generation efficiency and fuel class,
outlook for the introduction of alternative sources, trends in technological development, etc. to define the direction.
However, the current course of action is broadly divided into the following two items (Fig. 3.1.1):
(1) Maintaining operation through the renewal of deteriorated plant equipment (increasing longevity)
This is a direct extension of matters that we have implemented conventionally as measures against age
deterioration, and plans continuance of operation (increasing longevity) for about 60 years (within the
range where substantial renovation of civil and construction equipment such as piles and foundations is
not required).
(2) Maintaining operation through repowering, replacement, etc. (increasing longevity)
(3) Planning the continuance of operation (increasing longevity) through repowering, replacement, etc.
allowing an increase in the scale of output, improvement of power generation efficiency, improvement
of operational function, environmental betterment, etc. is to be carried out in conjunction with the
renewal of deteriorated plants (The target is mainly small- to medium-capacity plants).
3.1.2
Maintaining operation through the renewal of deteriorated plant equipment (increasing

longevity)
The actual service life of plant equipment differs from its nominal design life and it is significantly dependent
on good or poor operation and maintenance. With respect to thermal power plants, for the purpose of keeping
their function and performance at an established level, the scope of inspection, method and frequency are defined
on an equipment-by-equipment basis as a standard, and patrols, routine checks, periodic inspections, and service
and maintenance (repair, replacement, etc.) are performed according to such standard.
Further, as to aged thermal power plants, in addition to these items, precise inspection for the pressure part of
the boiler, turbine rotor, casing, major valves and rotor power generator, remaining life assessment, renewal of
deteriorated equipment and portions, addition of equipment function to respond to demand-supply operation, and
strengthening and enhancement of durability are planned simultaneously.
[Background]
Developing
program
Power generation
[Background]
Long-term operation
program
[Needs]
[Measures to
increase longevity]
increasing longevity
(prolonging life)
Maintaining operation
through the renewal of
deteriorated equipment
[Measures to
increase longevity]
[Destination]
Stable supply
Cost reduction
Repowering
Replacement
(addition)
Fig. 3.1.1: How to carry out the maintenance of aged thermal power plant (increasing longevity)
142
Maintenance of
aged thermal power
plant
Operation control
Operation
Monitoring of
operation status
Enhancement of operation control
and supervisory function
Reduction of load on equipment
Early detection of problems
Routine inspection/test
Patrol
[Example]
Monitoring of life consumption of hightemperature thick part of boiler and turbine
Diagnosis of boiler combustion
Monitoring of vibration of large rotating
machine
Trip test of safety device
Routine replacement of auxiliary machine
Vibration of auxiliary rotating machine
Operation status of auxiliary machine
Opening of control valve
Daily simplified
maintenance
Inspection & repair
program
Maintenance
Long-term
operation program
Securing of soundness of
plant equipment
Upkeep of function and
reliability level
Securing of economics
Experience of and information on

maintenance for aged thermal power
plant
(Problems, renewal of equipment,
renovation)
Renovation technology (modernization
technology)
Inspection technology, remaining life
assessment technology
Increasing longevity program
administration support system
Renovation program
[Example]
High-temperature pressureresistant part of boiler and
turbine
High-speed rotor of turbine
Insulation of generator
Periodic inspection,
service, maintenance
Precise inspection,
diagnosis of plant
Improvement of
proof stress
Improvement of
function
[Example]
Renewal and renovation of
deteriorated equipment and parts
[Example]
Improvement of control
performance, strengthening of
supervisory function
Automation, improvement of control
performance
Track record of operation
Fig. 3.1.2: Maintenance of aged thermal power plant

(continuance of operation through renewal of aged equipment (increasing longevity))
For this reason, even if the plant reaches its nominal design life, there is still considerable practical operation
life of a major plant, and, as to the reliability of the entire plant as well, it is understood from long-term experience
of operation and maintenance that continuance of operation (increasing longevity) may be possible at relatively
low cost.
Basically, although this is a direct extension of matters that we have implemented conventionally as measures
against aged deterioration, for the purpose of maintaining stable operation while securing the economics, it is
necessary to push ahead with understanding and preserving (recovering from deterioration) the function,
performance and soundness of plant equipment more efficiently than conventionally, and it is requested that plant
diagnosis (deterioration diagnosis, remaining life assessment) technology, renovation technology, trouble
information, etc. be used to further push ahead with critical classified renovation according to the operation period
and operational method. [Fig. 3.1.2]
From here, we introduce developments in operation and maintenance of aged thermal power plants in the past,
renewal conditions of aged machines, devices and portions, inspection technology and remaining life assessment
technology, examples of large renovation for maintaining operation (increasing longevity), acceleration of the
time necessary for periodic inspection that tends to become longer with aging, a work program support system for
critical classified renovation, status of efforts to cope with the increase in longevity of aged thermal power plants
in U.S.A., etc.
3.1.2.1 Operation & maintenance status of aged thermal power plants (from the 50s to the early 60s of
the Showa period)
Aged thermal power plants were originally designed to operate continuously (operation to cover the base load).
10 thousand kW
1992
(September)
50 Showa period = 1975
1970 (September)
1960 (January 36)
Time
Fig. 3.1.2.1-1: How electricity is used in a day (example)

143
Table 3.1.2.1-1: Precise inspection (representative
Equalizing pool type

Water reservoir-type hydro
Pumped-storage
hydroelectric power
example)
Plant
Pumped-storage
power
Oil
Portion to be
inspected
Rotor
Steam
turbine
Moving blade
LNG, LPG and
other gases
Casing
Coal
Boiler
Generator
Superheater
and reheater
tube
Drum
Main steam
pipe
Reheat steam
pipe
Rotor
Transformer
Main body
Electric
motor
Rotor
Nuclear
power
Run-off river-type hydro

(Time)
Fig. 3.1.2.1-2 How electricity is used in a day

(representative example)
Inspection method
Visual inspection with bore scope
Ultrasonic testing
Magnetic particle testing
Ultrasonic testing
Measurement of lifting amount of
stud part
Structure examination of
representative point (macro)
Ultrasonic testing (weld point)
Tube removal examination from a
representative point
Radiographic test
Ultrasonic testing
Visual inspection with bore scope

Ultrasonic testing
Magnetic particle testing
Oil leak test
Dissolved gas analysis
Liquid penetrant detection test
Insulation diagnosis
Base load operation was carried out at the initial stage of construction. However, because of subsequent changes
in the demand-supply structure, that is to say, an increase in demand (maximum electricity demand), a widening
of the gap in demand-supply between day and night, and an increase of the segment share of nuclear power
generation, base load operation handed over its role to nuclear power and large-capacity thermal machines. As a
result, the operation pattern has changed to the operation of a middle-sized thermal power plant positively bearing
adjustment between demand and supply, i.e., the operation pattern under which load change, reduction of
minimum load, frequent start up and shut down, etc. are performed.
Table 3.1.2.1-2 Remaining life diagnosis

Plant
Boiler
Portion to be inspected
Boiler tube
Diagnosis portion
Remaining life diagnosis

technique
Select the portion whose design
Destruction inspection
Furnace evaporation tube
temperature is 450 or more and
(Conduct a creep breaking test to
Superheater tube
the harshest (shortest design life)
evaluate the result by means of the
Reheater tube
portion in terms of design out of
Larson-Miller method.)
Boiler header
the target portions shown on the
Structural examinations
Furnace evaporation header
left.
Superheater header
(Take the time when cumulative
Reheater header
operation time reaches 100,000
Axle
Select the portion whose design
Non-destructive inspection
High-pressure axle
temperature is 450 or more and
Hardness measurement
Medium-pressure axle
the harshest (shortest design life)
Material degradation measurement
Casing
portion in terms of design out of
Metallic structure test
High-pressure internal casing
target portions shown on the left.
High-pressure external casing
(Take the time when cumulative
Medium-pressure internal casing
operation time reaches 100,000
Medium-pressure external casing
hours as a guideline.)
hours as a guideline.)
Steam turbine
Major valves
MSV CV
RSV ICV
144
Table 3.1.2.1-3: Examples of improvement in medium-capacity machines

[Improvement in durability of plant]
Improvement of suspended superheater of boiler (Fig. 3.1.2.1-3)
Improvement of shape of disk base part of steam turbine rotor (Fig. 3.1.2.1-4)
Reduction in stress of steam turbine casing (improvement of shape) (Fig. 3.1.2.1-5)
Improvement of spray at exhaust chamber of steam turbine (Fig. 3.1.2.1-6)
[Expansion of operation controllability and supervisory function]
Improvement and enhancement of supervisory function for those
that have high frequency of control at start up and shut down
that have simultaneous operation
that have difficulty in adjustment
Making the control of the boiler burner remote or automatic
Making the control of the drain valve and auxiliary machines of the boiler and turbine remote
Automatic start up of turbine from central operating panel (TSC)
Making the oil temperature control on the turbine bearing automated from a central operating panel
Making the injection of feed water and chemicals automatic from a central operating panel
Installation of furnace gas thermometer
Installation of turbine bearing a metal thermometer
For the purposes of securing the reliability and performing strict demand supply adjustment operation such as
DSS (daily start up and shut down), etc. of the plant equipment designed originally based on the premise of base
load operation given that aging progresses, we have basically planned :
An operation pattern that will contribute to demand-supply adjustment sufficiently and where start-up and shutdown loss is minimized
Securing of strength and allowance of a plant sufficient to cope with thermal stress, repeated stress arising from
start up, shut down, load change, etc. and creep damage associated with secular use
Improvement of operability and enrichment of supervisory function so that the operator can cope with the
situation within limited time and simultaneous operation
Early detection and handling when there is an abnormal condition in the plant
Establishment of optimum operation pattern through operation testing
Precise inspection and remaining life assessment for plants whose cumulative operation time has exceeded
100,000 hours (Table 3.1.2.1-1, 2)
Improvement of plant durability (Table 3.1.2.1-3, 4)
Improvement of operability and controllability, enhancement of monitoring function (Table 3.1.2.1-3, 4)
Disk
Curvature
radius
Big
Processed point
Curvature
radius
Big
Small
(a)Processing example
Fig. 3.1.2.1-3: Improvement of suspended superheater

of boiler
(b) Example of new shape
Fig. 3.1.2.1-4: Improvement of shape of disk base part

of steam turbine rotor
Casing corner part

Steam guide
Processing diagram of corner part

Casing
Diaphragm
Nozzle
Packing casing cone
Final-stage blade
Fig. 3.1.2.1-5: Reduction in stress of steam turbine

casing (improvement of the shape of casing)
Fig.3.1.2.1-6: Improvement of spray at exhaust chamber

of steam turbine
3.1.2.2 Renewal status of plant equipment in aged thermal power plants

The Thermal and Nuclear Power Engineering Society (Kanto affiliate) conducted a survey on the renewal status of
plant equipment for thermal power plants (commercial thermal, joint thermal and private thermal) whose
cumulative operating hours exceeded 100,000 hours in 1991 on a nationwide scale, and the results of such survey
have been summarized as the Report of a fact-finding survey on the renewal of thermal plants that have for a
long time (January 1993).
145
Table 3.1.2.2-1: Examples of improvement in largecapacity machines (Constant-pressure supercritical oncethrough system)
[Improvement of plant durability]
Improvement of superheater header part of boiler (Fig. 9)
Processing of membrane-end part of boiler (Fig. 10)
Improvement of structure of surrounding wall tie-bar of boiler (Fig.
11)
Improvement of passing-through part at boiler tube wall (Fig. 12)
Improvement of support system for main piping of boiler (Fig. 13)
Reinforcement of start system valve of boiler (Fig. 14)
Reinforcement of feed water control valve of boiler (Fig. 15)
[Improvement of controllability and enhancement of supervisory
function]
Improvement of controllability to plan the improvement of
controllability at start up/shut down and when the load changes
Digitization of APC control
Automation of boiler automatic burner
Expansion of automatic start-up control range of turbine
Improvement of controllability on the drain level of feed water
heater
Bringing auxiliaries to group control (master)
Addition of life supervisory function for thick pressure-resistant part
of boiler
Automation, enhancement of supervisory function and man-machine
communication
[Before improvement]
[After improvement]
.
(a) Bringing header tube nozzle to flexible structure
Corner R processing
Nozzle
(b) Corner R processing of header tube nozzle part
Fig. 3.1.2.2-1 Improvement of superheater header

part of boiler
Membrane bar
Tie-bar clip
Membrane bar
Water-cooling
wall tube
Tie-bar
Tie-bar
R processing of membrane bar stop-end part
Fig. 3.1.2.2-3 Improvement of structure of surrounding

wall tie-bar of boiler
Fig. 3.1.2.2-2 Processing of membrane-end part of

boiler U band
Header
Outlet header of reheater

Tube leg
Stop-end refresh processing

(padding + R processing)
Header
Old toe
Wall
New toe
Torque bracket
Tube leg
A-part
Improvement of structure of tube leg at wall passing-through part
Fig. 3.1.2.2-4: Improvement of passing-through

part at boiler tube wall
Shear lag
(a) Current structure
(b) Improved structure
Fig. 3.1.2.2-5 Improvement of support system for main

piping of boiler
Z-type valve
Angle valve
Fig. 3.1.2.2-6: Reinforcement of start system valve

of boiler
146
The following are the reasons for renewal according to the equipment of each plant, renewal rate and equipment
whose renewal due to deterioration and damage exceeds 20% extracted from such report:
(1) Boiler plant related (Fig. 3.1.2.2-8)
1 Furnace tube
Renewal rate:
About 36%
Renewal time:
From less than 40,000 hours to 200,000 hours
The renewal peak falls within the range of 100,000 to 200,000 hours.
2 Superheater 1st
Renewal rate:
About 25%
Renewal time:
From less than 40,000 hours to 200,000 hours or more
Reason for renewal: As many renewals have been performed after 120,000 hours, conceivable reasons for
renewal are creep damage, external high-temperature corrosion and ash erosion.
3 Superheater 2nd to 4th
Renewal rate:
2nd About 56%
3rd About 66%
4th About 70%
Renewal time:
2nd: From less than 40,000 hours to 200,000 hours or more
3rd and 4th: From 60,000 hours to 160,000 hours
Reasons for renewal: As there are many renewals for those whose main steam temperature is 550C or
more, for those for WSS (weekly start up and shut down) operation and for heavy
oil-fired ones, conceivable reasons for renewal are creep damage and hightemperature corrosion.
4 Superheater weld joint with dissimilar materials
Renewal rate:
About 47%
Renewal time:
From less than 40,000 hours to 180,000 hours.
The renewal peak falls within the range of 80,000 hours to 160,000 hours.
Reason for renewal: As there are many renewals for those whose main steam temperature is high and for
heavy oil-fired ones, conceivable reasons for renewal are creep damage, thermal
stress fatigue and high-temperature corrosion.
Multistage pressure reducing
Single-seat globe valve
Multistage pressure-reducing valve
Fig. 3.1.2.2-7: Reinforcement of boiler feedwater control valve

5 Reheater 1st & 2nd
Renewal rate:
1st About 60%
2nd About 62%
Renewal time:
Renewals are distributed widely at 60,000 hours or more.
The renewal peak falls within the range of 120,000 hours to 160,000 hours for the 1st
superheater and within the range of 100,000 hours to 120,000 hours for the 2nd
superheater.
Reasons for renewal: From the viewpoint of the number of start ups, steam temperature, conceivable
reasons for renewal are creep and thermal stress fatigue.
6 Reheater weld joint with dissimilar materials
Renewal rate:
About 60%
Renewal time:
1st From 60,000 hours to 180,000 hours
2nd From 60,000 hours to 120,000 hours
147
Names of renewed equipments
Reasons for renewal: From the fact that there are many renewals of those whose steam pressure is high for
both the 1st and 2nd reheater, and in the case of the 1st reheater, there are many
renewals of those for DSS operation, a conceivable reason for renewal is thermal
stress fatigue.
7 Valves
Renewal time:
Form less than 40,000 hours to 180,000 hours
Reasons for renewal: From the fact that there are many renewals of those with many start ups, a
conceivable reason for renewal is seat leak.
8 Electrostatic precipitator (discharge electrode, collecting plate, hammering device, charging equipment
(P/P))
Renewal rate:
Discharge electrode About 57%
Economizer tube
Furnace tube
Superheater 1st
Superheater 2nd
Superheater 3rd
Superheater 4th
Superheater Mixed fitting
1st reheater 1st
1st reheater 2nd
1st reheater Mixed fitting
2nd reheater 1st
2nd reheater 2nd
2nd reheater Mixed fitting
1st superheater inlet header
1st superheater outlet header
2nd superheater inlet header
2nd superheater outlet header
3rd superheater inlet header
3rd superheater outlet header
4th superheater inlet header
4th superheater outlet header
1st reheater inlet header
1st reheater outlet header
2nd reheater inlet header
2nd reheater outlet header
Economizer inlet header
Economizer outlet header
Main steam pipe
Main steam pipe TY piece
Reheat steam pipe
Reheat steam pipe TY piece
Degradation
damage
Damage
prevention
Regulation
Boiler circulation pump
Drum safety valve

Furnace outlet safety valve
Superheater outlet safety valve
Reheater outlet safety valve
Start-up system line safety valve
PCV
High-pressure system valves
Start-up system valves
Fuel oil pump
Coal pulverizer
Stoker
Mill exhauster
Fuel oil tank heater
Fuel oil tank bottom plate
Forced draft fan
Induced draft fan
Gas recirculation draft fan
Gas-mixing draft fan
Discharge electrode for electrostatic precipitator
Electrostatic precipitator collecting plate
Electrostatic precipitator hammering device
Electrostatic precipitator charging equipment (P/P)
EP ash-handling ash flow pump
EP ash-handling blower
EP ash-handling ash feed pipe
Air compressor for control
Auxiliary air compressor
Air compressor for soot blower
NOx removal plant catalysis
Bottom ash-handling jet pump
Bottom ash-handling ash flow pipe
Duct expansion
Desulfurization system absorber
Desulfurization system oxidation tower
Desulfurization system G/G heater
Desulfurization system pump
Desulfurization system fan
Renewal rate (%)

Fig. 3.1.2.2-8: Reason for renewal and renewal rate by boiler system equipment
148
Performance
upgrading
Collecting plate: About 46%

Hammering device: About 39%
Charging equipment (P/P) About 29%
Renewal time: From less than 40,000 hours to 180,000

hours or more
The renewal peak falls within the range of 100,000
hours to 120,000 hours.
9 Duct extension
Degradation
damage
Damage
prevention
Regulation

Medium-pressure external casing
Low-pressure external casing
High-pressure internal casing
Medium-pressure internal casing
Low-pressure internal casing
High-pressure external casing high-temperature bolt
Medium-pressure external casing high-temperature bolt
High-pressure internal casing high-temperature bolt
Medium-pressure internal casing high-temperature bolt
High-pressure rotor
Medium-pressure rotor
Low-pressure rotor
High-pressure-stage rotating blade
Medium-pressure-stage rotating blade
Low-pressure-stage rotating blade
High-pressure-stage stationary blade
Medium-pressure-stage stationary blade
Low-pressure-stage stationary blade
Main steam stop valve valve box
Control valve valve box
Reheat steam stop valve valve box
Intercept valve valve box
Combined reheat valve valve box
Main steam stop valve high-temperature bolt
Control valve high-temperature bolt
Reheat steam stop valve high-temperature bolt
Intercept valve high-temperature bolt
Combined reheat valve high-temperature bolt
High-pressure rotor thrust bearing
Medium-pressure rotor thrust bearing
Low-pressure rotor thrust bearing
High-pressure rotor journal bearing
Medium-pressure rotor journal bearing
Low-pressure rotor journal bearing
Mechanical governor-mechanism set
BFPT external casing
BFPT internal casing
BFPT high-temperature bolt
BFPT rotor
BFPT rotating blade
BFPT stationary blade
Booster feed water pump
Feed water pump
Condenser tube
Condenser body expansion joint
Condenser electrochemical protector
Condenser cleaning device
Vacuum pump
Ejector
Condenser pump
Circulating water pump
Sea water cooler
High-pressure feed water heater
Low-pressure feed water heater
Feed water system valve
Main steam system valve
Reheat steam system valve
Renewal rate (%)

Fig. 3.1.2.2-9: Reason for renewal and renewal rate by turbine system equipment
Renewal rate: About 63%
Renewal time: From less than 40,000 hours to 180,000 hours or more
There are many renewals of those with DSS, WSS and high-sulfur heavy oil.
(2) Turbine system related (Fig. 3.1.2.2-9)
1 Internal casing High-pressure internal casing
Renewal rate:
About 12%
Renewal time:
As the number of renewed units is few, a peak does not appear clearly.
In the range of 120,000 hours to 180,000 hours, there is small growing trend.
149
Performance
upgrading
2 High-temperature bolt (bolt that tightens horizontal flange of casing)

Renewal rate:
For high-pressure internal casing: About 58%
For high-pressure external casing: About 39%
For medium-pressure internal casing: About 51%
For medium-pressure external casing: About 22%
Renewal time:
For high-pressure internal casing
Many renewals were performed within the range of 80,000 hours to 140,000 hours.
For medium-pressure internal casing
For medium-pressure external casing
Reason for renewal: As many renewals were performed for those with many start ups and shut downs,
conceivable reasons for renewal are high-temperature creep and fatigue.
3 Rotor (high-pressure, medium-pressure)
Renewal rate:
High-pressure axle About 14%
Medium-pressure axle About 34%
Renewal time:
There are many renewals associated with improvement of performance.
4 Rotating blade
High-/Medium-pressure-stage rotating blade
Renewal rate:
High-pressure stage About 40%
Medium-pressure stage About 64%
Renewal time:
There are many renewals associated with performance upgrading.
Low-pressure-stage rotating blade
Renewal rate:
About 35%
Renewal time:
5 Main steam valve valve box
Renewal rate:
Main steam stop valve About 15%
Control valve About 15%
Renewal time:
Main steam stop valve
Control valve
Many renewals were performed within the range of 120,000 hours to 180,000 hours
6 High-temperature bolt (bolt that tightens upper bonnet of steam valve)
Renewal rate:
Main steam stop valve About 53%
Control valve About 52%
Combined reheat valve About 69%
Reheat steam stop valve About 72%
Intercept valve About 63%
Renewal time:
Control valve
Combined reheat valve
Reheat steam stop valve
Intercept valve
Reasons for renewal: Many renewals were performed for those whose steam temperature is high, and those
with many DSS and WSS, so conceivable reasons for renewal are high-temperature
creep and fatigue.
7 Turbine bearing
Renewal rate:
Low-pressure rotor thrust About 22%
High-pressure rotor journal About 37%
Low-pressure rotor journal About 25%
Renewal time:
Low-pressure rotor thrust
High-pressure rotor journal, low-pressure rotor journal
Although renewals were performed within a wide time period range, relatively many
renewals were performed within the range of 80,000 hours to 140,000 hours.
8 Condenser Tube, body expansion joint
Renewal rate:
Tube About 66%
150
Renewal time:
Body expansion joint About 36%

Tube
Many renewals were performed from the initial stage of after operation start.
Body expansion joint

9 Feed water heater
Renewal rate:
(3)
1
High-pressure feed water heater About 33%

Low-pressure feed water heater About 24%
Renewal time:
High-pressure feed water heater
Many renewals were performed with the range of 100,000 hours to 120,000 hours.
Low-pressure feed water heater
Many renewals were performed with the range of 80,000 hours to 120,000 hours.
Electric plant related (Fig. 3.1.2.2-10)
Generator Rewinding of rotor
Renewal rate:
About 27%
Renewal time:
Relatively many renewals were performed within the range of 100,000 hours to
160,000 hours.
There are many renewals of those with DSS.
Reasons for renewal: A conceivable reason for renewal is insulation degradation of the winding.
Exciter Motor, AVR
Renewal rate:
Motor About 23%
AVR About 53%
Renewal time:
Motor:
160,000 hours.
AVR:
The number of renewed units increases suddenly from 80,000 hours and continues to
180,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: Generally, many renewals were performed on large-capacity units and those for DSS.
Conceivable reasons for renewal are insulation degradation of the winding or aging
of the equipment.
High-voltage motor Rewinding of stator coil
Renewal rate:
Outdoors About 43% Indoors About 39%
Renewal time:
140,000 hours.
There is a trend of increasing renewal of those for DSS.
Reasons for renewal: Conceivable reasons for renewal are insulation degradation of the winding.
Control center
Renewal rate:
About 28%
Renewal time:
Many renewals were performed at 100,000 hours or more.
There is a trend of increasing renewal of those for DSS.
Reasons for renewal: A conceivable reason for renewal is deterioration of major parts (NFB, thermal relay,
conductor, etc.)
Supervisory control panel Central electric supervisory panel, protective relay panel
Renewal rate:
Central electric supervisory panel About 19%
Protective relay About 25%
Renewal timing:
With respect to the protective relay panel, there is a trend of increasing renewal from
120,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: Conceivable reasons for renewal are aging of the relay, drop in reliability and type
change for the purpose of improving operation accuracy (from the
electromagnetic/mechanical to stationary type).
Power supply system Storage battery, rectifier, uninterruptible power supply system
Renewal rate:
Storage battery About 81%
Rectifier About 48%
Uninterruptible power supply system About 22%
Renewal time:
The number of renewed units increases suddenly from 80,000 hors or more.
Reasons for renewal: For the storage battery, a conceivable reason for renewal is deterioration of the
electrode plate, separator, etc.
For the rectifier, renewal was performed due to deterioration and in conjunction with
replacement of the storage battery.
For the uninterruptible power supply system, conceivable reasons for renewal are
deterioration and renewal associated with capacity increase, and system change
(making the control system redundant , making the control system free from
instantaneous disconnection) for improvement of reliability
151
Degradation
damage
Damage
prevention
Regulation
Performance
upgrading
Replacement of generator stator

Rewinding of generator stator
Replacement of generator rotor
Rewinding of generator rotor
Generator hydrogen gas cooler
Generator stator cooling system
Generator hydrogen gas shaft seal oil system
Generator lead bushing
Exciter
Generator for exciter
Motor for exciter
Rectifier for exciter
Exciter AVR
Cooling system for exciter
Isolated-phase bus support bushing
Isolated-phase bus wall passing-through bushing
Outdoor high-voltage motor
Rewinding of outdoor high-voltage motor stator coil

Outdoor high-voltage motor rotor
Indoor high-voltage motor
Rewinding of indoor high-voltage motor stator coil
Indoor high-voltage motor rotor
Set of metal-clad panel
Metal-clad circuit breaker body
Set of power center panel
Power center circuit breaker body
Set of control center panel
Central electricity supervisory control panel
Protective relay panel
Power supply system storage battery
Power supply system rectifier
Uninterruptible power supply system
Main transformer lead bushing
Main transformer-cooling system
House transformer main lead bushing
House transformer-cooling system
Starting transformer main lead bushing
Starting transformer-cooling system
Special high-voltage switch circuit breaker
Special high-voltage switch disconnecting switch
Special high-voltage switch support bushing
Special high-voltage switch wall passing-through bushing
Special high-voltage OF cable
Special high-voltage CV cable
High-voltage power cable
Low-voltage power cable
Control cable
Renewal rate (%)

Fig. 3.1.2.2-10 Reasons for renewal and renewal rate by electric plant equipment
7 Main transformer Cooling system
Renewal rate:
About 30%
Renewal time:
The number of renewed unit increases suddenly from 80,000 hors or more.
Reasons for renewal: Conceivable reasons for renewal are corrosion of elements and oil leak.
8 Cable High-voltage cable
Renewal rate:
About 49%
Renewal time:
There are many renewals performed at 100,000 hours or more.
Cable with high renewal rate
Breakdown by insulation class by class: Butyl rubber 70%
Cross-linked polyethylene 27%
Breakdown by plant condition: Air/Culvert 48%
Pipe line 35%
152
Degradation
damage
Damage
prevention
Regulation
Performance
upgrading
Unit interlock
Auxiliary machine interlock
Combustion control unit
Feed water control unit
Steam temperature control unit
Burner control unit
Governor control unit
Tb monitor vibration diagnosis system
TB monitor shaft vibration meter
Tb monitor shaft eccentricity meter
Tb monitor shaft position meter
Tb monitor revolution meter
Tb monitor difference expansion meter
Tb monitor cam position meter
Unit computer
Data logger computer
Environmental data-processing computer
Fuel control computer
Water quality control analyzer
Fuel analyzer
Exhaust gas NOx analyzer
Exhaust gas SOx analyzer
Exhaust gas O2 analyzer
Exhaust gas CO analyzer
Exhaust gas dust analyzer
Leak oil monitor analyzer
Flammable gas monitor analyzer
NH3 monitor analyzer
Waste water COD analyzer
Waste water PH analyzer
Feed water system actuator
Fuel system actuator
Starting bypass system actuator
Air system actuator
Exhaust gas system actuator
Air dryer for control
Air pressure-reducing system for control
Feed water flow transmitter
Main steam flow transmitter
Spray flow transmitter
Fuel oil flow transmitter
Fuel gas flow transmitter
Main steam pressure transmitter
Fuel oil pressure transmitter
Fuel gas pressure transmitter
Drum-level transmitter
Deaerator-level transmitter
Feed water flow element
Main steam flow element
Fuel oil flow element
Fuel gas flow element
Conveyor scale
Renewal rate (%)

Fig. 3.1.2.2-11 Reasons for renewal and renewal rate by instrumentation control plant
(4) Instrumentation control plant related (Fig. 3.1.2.2-11)

1 Control unit
Renewal rate:
Unit interlock About 18%
Auxiliary machine interlock About 14%
Combustion control unit About 68%
Feed water control unit About 66%
Steam temperature control unit About 67%
Burner control unit About 44%
Governor control unit About 32%
Renewal time:
Renewal of any of equipment was performed within the range of 60,000 hours to
160,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: For renewal due to degradation damage, conceivable reasons for renewal are failure
153
due to deterioration of the signal conversion unit, indication mechanism, etc. of each
controller and increasing difficulty in procuring parts because of discontinuance of
production of similar equipment.
For the renewal due to performance upgrading, many renewals were performed due
to nationalization of imported products or due to change from an air or mechanical
system to an electric or digital type, and it is conceivable that many renewals had the
objective of conversion to APC or full automation, etc.
2 Turbine monitor
Renewal rate:
Vibration diagnosis system About 57%

Shaft vibration meter About 67%
Shaft eccentricity meter About 65%
Shaft position meter About 57%
Revolution meter About 49%
Difference expansion meter About 60%
Cam position meter About 56%
Renewal timing:
Renewal of any equipment falls within the range of 40,000 hours to 180,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: There are many renewals due to degradation damage and damage prevention.
Conceivable reasons for renewal are failure attributable to the deterioration of each
sensor, conversion amplifier, reorder, etc. or increasing difficulty in procuring parts
because of discontinuance of production of similar equipment.
3 Computer
Renewal rate:
Unit computer About 59%
Data logger computer About 32%
Environmental data-processing computer About 41%
Fuel control computer About 22%
Renewal time:
Unit computer
Within the range of 60,000 hours to 180,000 hours
Reasons for renewal: Conceivable reasons that there are many renewals due to degradation damage are
failure attributable to the deterioration of the calculation unit, each sensor, memory,
typewriter, etc. or increasing difficulty in procuring parts because of discontinuance
of production of similar equipment.
4 Analyzer
Renewal rate:
Water quality control analyzer About 71%
Fuel analyzer About 48%
Exhaust gas NOx analyzer About 79%
Exhaust gas SOx analyzer About 78%
Exhaust gas O2 analyzer About 82%
Exhaust gas CO analyzer About 29%
Exhaust gas dust analyzer About 34%
Leak oil monitor analyzer About 9%
Flammable gas analyzer About 49%
NH3 analyzer About 35%
Waste water COD analyzer About 30%
Waste water pH meter About 35%
Renewal time:
The renewal of the water quality analyzer, fuel analyzer and exhaust gas NOx
analyzer falls within the range of 20,000/30,000 hours to 180,000 hours.
The renewal of exhaust gas SOx analyzer, exhaust gas O2 analyzer, exhaust gas CO
analyzer, flammable gas analyzer, NH3 analyzer, waste water COD analyzer and
waste water pH meter falls within the range of 40,000 hours to 80,000 hours.
failure attributable to deterioration of the calculation unit, each sensor, memory,
typewriter, etc. or increasing difficulty in procuring parts because of discontinuance
of production of similar equipment.
5 Actuator
Renewal rate:
Feed water system actuator About 37%
Fuel system actuator About 29%
Starting bypass system actuator About 17%
Air system actuator About 36%
Exhaust gas system actuator About 37%
Renewal time:
The renewal of feed water system, air system and exhaust gas system actuator falls
within the range of 60,000 hours to 180,000 hours.
154
occurrence of many failures attributable to deterioration of the control mechanism,
positioner, etc. or increasing difficulty in procuring the parts because of
discontinuance of production of similar equipment.
6 Air source for control, air dryer, air pressure-reducing system
Renewal rate:
Air dryer About 42%
Air pressure-reducing system About 17%
Renewal time:
The renewal falls within the range of 40,000 hours to 140,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: Conceivable reasons for renewal are occurrence of many failures as a result of
deterioration owing to change of the control mechanism, tower, etc. or increasing
difficulty in procuring parts because of discontinuance of production of similar
equipment.
7 Transmitter
Renewal rate:
Feed water flow transmitter About 65%
Main steam flow transmitter About 61%
Spray flow transmitter About 61%
Fuel oil flow transmitter About 50%
Fuel gas flow transmitter About 45%
Main steam pressure transmitter About 63%
Fuel oil pressure transmitter About 54%
Fuel gas pressure transmitter About 44%
Drum-level transmitter About 60%
Deaerator-level transmitter About 57%
Feed water flow element About 12%
Main steam flow element About 8%
Fuel oil flow element About 22%
Fuel gas flow element About 7%
Conveyor scale About 33%
Renewal time:
Renewals of feed water flow, spray flow, fuel oil flow, fuel oil pressure, drum level,
and deaerator-level transmitters fall within the range of 60,000 hours to 180,000
hours.
Renewals of main steam flow and main steam pressure transmitters fall within the
range of 40,000 hours to 200,000 hours.
Reasons for renewal: With respect to degradation damage and damage prevention, conceivable reasons for
renewal are occurrence of many failures due to deterioration of each sensor, signal
converter, etc. or increasing difficulty in procuring parts because of discontinuance of
production of similar equipment.
With respect to performance upgrading, conceivable reasons for renewal are
performance upgrading of equipment and shift of control equipment to the electric
type or digital type.
3.1.2.3 Inspection technology/remaining life assessment technology

Although the strength design of a boilers pressure part to be used under
high temperature and high pressure is performed based on the 100,000-hour creep strength of the material to be
used, from the facts that units whose cumulative operation hours reach 100,000 hours are starting to appear, and
problems with thermal power units with years of service such as breakage of the steam turbine rotor, cracks in the
steam turbine casing, etc. were reported in U.S.A., etc., from about the beginning of the 50s of the Showa period,
interest in the assessment of soundness, recovery from deterioration and renovation technology for the major
structural portions of major equipment in thermal units with years of service has grown.
For thermal power generation technology, technical advances such as upsizing, higher temperature and pressure,
etc. moved forward rapidly after World War II, and the age deterioration phenomenon itself was worldwide
unknown area. For this reason, at present, virtually every technology developed and having become operational,
such as deterioration characteristics of the material with years of service, mechanism of age deterioration,
inspection technology and inspection equipment for deterioration diagnosis, remaining life assessment technology,
renovation technology for recovery from deterioration, deterioration progress supervisory technology, etc., is
unknown and not yet developed, constituting technical issues that we must address. From the 50s of the Showa
period toward the 60s, inspection and assessment technology and remaining life assessment technology coping
with deterioration phenomena that became obvious with time were developed and became operational, and at the
present time, the focus of its development has shifted to labor saving, automation, broader use of robots, etc. In
addition, development and practical use of operation supervisory/diagnosis technology for the purposes of
strengthening and enhancing the operation supervisory aspect is being pushed forward.
155
[1] Boiler equipment

Age deterioration phenomena that became obvious in major structural parts of boiler plants (representative
examples)
(1) Long-duration high-temperature creep, high-temperature oxidation/steam oxidation
Final SH, RH pipe damage
In particular, downgraded portion of points subjected to material change, in-furnace points subjected to
material change
(2) Repeated fatigue due to thermal stress
Damage of evaporation pipe
Cracks originating from weld zone of fittings adhered to pipe
Damage originated from weld zones of burner, wind box, inspection hole mounting frame
Cracks originating from weld zone of slit-type fin
Crack due to corrosion fatigue from internal surface of pipe at nose, deflection arch and deflection parts.
SH, RH pipes
Crack originating from weld zone of fixing spacer fixture
Evaporation pipe, SH and RH pipes (non-heated part)
Crack originating from toe part of stub weld
Leak of boiler combustion exhaust gas
Seal structural part at intersection part between boiler nose part wall and furnace back wall-suspended pipe
Corner part of side wall part of front and rear wall pipes at heat recovery part
Header guard of RH, Eco, etc. of heat recovery part
Header around furnace bottom and seal structure part of ceiling wall passing-through part at GR port guard
Tube bending part such as TV, inspection hole, burner, manhole, etc.
(3) Repeated fatigue due to long-duration high-temperature creep, thermal stress
Superheater, reheater header
Crack at weld zone of nozzle
Main steam piping
Crack originating from internal part of weld zone
Crack at weld zone of branch piping nozzle
Inspection technology and assessment technology having became operational (representative example)
Boiler tube diagnosis UT system
(Target: Superheater, reheater)
Major piping diagnosis robot (target: major steam pipe)
Stack casing inspection robot
Remaining life assessment by means of destruction test
(targets: evaporation pipe, economizer tube, superheater tube, reheat tube)
Remaining life diagnosis by means of stress analysis
(Targets: T & Y pieces of major piping, weld zone of tube-adhered fixture, fin-mounting area of tube, support
lug part of tube, header stub)
Remaining life assessment by means of non-destructive test (A parameter method, void area rate, crystal grain
deformation)
(Targets: drum, header, header stub)
[2] Turbine equipment
Age deterioration phenomena that became obvious in the major structure of turbine plant (representative
example)
Breakage of high-pressure rotor
Surface crack at base R part of high-pressure rotor 1st-stage wheel
Bending of medium-pressure ROBIN rotor
Crack at low-pressure rotor wheel stud part
SCC of low-pressure rotor shrink-fit wheel part
Lifting of high-pressure part rotating blade
Erosion and crack on rotating blade of low-pressure part
Crack on final-stage rotating blade racing wire
Nozzle erosion
Crack on rotating blade tenon
Surface crack on corner part of high- & low-pressure housings
Crack on medium-pressure housing (origin: repaired weld zone)
Breakage of the high temperature bolt and damage to the bolt screw thread.
Crack on major valve casing (origin: repaired weld zone, internal defect)
Inspection technology having became operational (representative example)
Rotor center hole ultrasonic flaw detection technology
Rotor center hole magnetic particle flaw detection technology
156
Rotor center hole hardness-measuring technology

Rotor center hole replica-sampling technology
Rotor & casing embrittlement diagnosis technology
Blade stud part inspection technology
Tenon ultrasonic flaw detection technology
Rotor wheel ultrasonic flaw detection technology
High-temperature bolt (stud bolt) ultrasonic flaw detection technology
Remaining life diagnosis technology having been commercialized
Rotor, casing, major valve body (crack occurrence assessment, crack propagation assessment)
Rotating blade (lifting)
Hydraulic jack
Side top header support structure
Step rod
(85)
Support
beam
Hoisting
bar (140)
U bolt
(100)
Side wall
Front wall
Rear wall
Boiler, front
Oil jack
Boiler steel
frame
Collector
beam
Side wall top
header
Jack down
Fig. 3.1.2.4-1
Concept in
dismantling of
furnace wall by
means of jack
down construction
method
In furnace
Burner wind box
(3) Electrical equipment

Age deterioration phenomena having become obvious (representative example)
Crack on end ring (18Mn-5Cr steel) of generator rotor
Wedge crack on generator rotor
Generation of copper powder of generator rotor coil
Drop in insulation of generator rotor coil
Drop in insulation of generator stator coil
Water leakage from generator stator coil
Inspection technology and life diagnosis technology having become operational (representative example)
Ultrasonic flaw detection technology for end ring of generator rotor
Measurement of looseness of wedge of the generator rotator
Generator stator-winding diagnosis
Generator rotator diagnosis
Analysis on dissolved gas in oil of major transformer
High-voltage motor insulation diagnosis
High-voltage cable insulation diagnosis
(4) Measurement & control equipment
Diagnosis technology having become operational (representative example)
Control system diagnosis system
Standard maintenance tool
(5) Operation supervisory, diagnosis technology (representative example)
Operation support system (alarm guidance)
On-site problem detection system
Boiler combustion diagnosis system
High-pressure feed water heater tube leakage detection system
Patrol support by means of trend supervisory on operation data and alarm
Simplified vibration diagnosis of rotating auxiliary machines (pump, blower)
Valve control by means of handy terminal
Portable ultrasonic leak detector (high-pressure heater, drain valve)
Leakage detector by means of infrared camera (boiler casing)
Boiler wall thick part life diagnosis (main steam pipe T piece, circulation pump casing)
3.1.2.4 Large-scale renovation examples (renovation of boiler furnace)

For the purpose of responding to electric power demand-supply adjustment, from about the mid-50s of the
Showa period, modification of machines designed for the base load to the DSS model was made, and full-scale
high-frequency start-up & shut-down operation has been performed.
As the number of start ups and shut downs increases, many cracks on the boiler tube and leakages started to
157
appear in all areas of boilers, and, for this reason, inspection and repair result in longer time and higher cost. In
particular, heavy damage is found in the metallic substance weld zone of furnace pipe walls, furnace headers and
nozzle weld zones at the reheater header due to fatigue and creep, and fundamental measures are becoming
necessary.
In the future, as these portions are important components of boilers, it is impossible to take fundamental
measures through partial renovation. In addition, from the viewpoint that cost and work will be enormous,
complete blanket renovation of furnace evaporation pipes, headers, etc. is starting to be carried out.
Generator output
Main steam temperature
Main steam pressure
Fig. 3.1.2.4-2
Outline drawing of
renovation work for
Himeji No.2
thermal power Unit
No.2 boiler.
2nd superheater
pipe (replaced)
Reheat pipe
(replaced)
Furnace
evaporation pipe
(replaced)
Steam separator
(added)
1st superheater
Control unit
r(replaced)
Change of control system
Evaporator
Furnace-side
casing
(replaced)
Fuel
Economizer
Furnace
Burner
valve
Feed water
Boiler circulation
pump (added)
Air
Together with this renovation, partial renovation of an accessory plant was performed so that such boilers also
have cutting-edge performance. Further, for the purposes of shortening the renovation construction work period
and securing safety in construction work, the development and introduction of new construction such as jack
down construction (Fig. 3.1.4.2-1) are sought.
(1) Examples of structural improvement measures associated with renovation
(1) Modify the boiler from the skin casing structure to the membrane wall structure to plan a reduction in
thermal stress.
(2) Modify the boiler from a weld construction consisting of the furnace wall and tension plate to a slide
structure to plan the reduction in thermal stress.
(3) Cause the header nozzle part to have sufficient flexibility to plan the reduction in thermal stress.
(4) Modify the furnace wall passing-through part to the double-sleeve structure to avoid a concentration of
stress.
(5) Make the root of the nozzle and weld zone at the fine end smooth to relieve the concentration of stress.
(2) Renovation work examples
In the KANSAI Electric Companys Himeji No.2 thermal power plant Unit No.2 (325 MW), a subcritical pressure
boiler that began commercial operation in 1964, from 1992 to 1993 blanket replacement of the boiler was carried
out. This unit was originally oil fired; however, in 1980, modification to convert it to LNG fired was made and
since then, this boiler has served as base thermal power. Since its start of commercial operation, this plant has
operated for about 170,000 hours (number of start ups and shut downs: 662), and in addition to normal age
deterioration, due to the fact that this plant has been used for DSS operation from 1985, life consumption due to
low-cycle fatigue advanced in all areas of the boiler, minor problems occurred frequently, and the time required
for inspection and repair increased. Then, as a result of study of a repair program according to the increasing
longevity program, as it is more advantageous to replace the furnace water wall part completely than to repeat
minor repairs in terms of cost, then it was decided to carry out total replacement. Further, together with
renovation, performance upgrading including improvement of thermal efficiency and acceleration of the time
required for start up is planned through modification from a constant-pressure to a variable-pressure operation
method. (Fig. 3.1.2.4-2).
3.1.2.5 Technology and construction method for shortening of the term of periodic inspection work
In addition to the peak in the summer season, for the purpose of responding to firm growth of demand in the
winter season, the timing of periodic inspections tends to be concentrated in spring and autumn. On the other hand,
the term of periodic inspection work tends to become longer due to the increase in the amount of repairs
associated with aging of plants, and in the future, as the aging of large-capacity machines will also proceed,
further efforts to shorten the term of periodic inspection work are sought.
As a method to plan the shortening of the term of periodic inspection work, in addition to the effective
classification and planning of repair work associated with aging, improvement of construction method that
includes the following are also pursued.
Improvement of work efficiency through mechanization and broader use of robots
Improvement of work efficiency through labor-saving tools
Cutback in amount of works through blanket replacement of large parts (service, repair, etc.)
In addition, measures will be also be implemented from the viewpoint of the plant (Table 3.1.2.5-1), including:
Earlier start of work through forced cooling stop of the turbine
Improvement of workability through scale-up of manholes
158
Table 3.1.2.5-1 Improvement examples for shortening of the term of periodic inspection work
Examples
Adoption of forced cooling system for turbine
Adopt a high-performance oil-flushing system.
Have gas turbine rotor spares.
Have steam turbine rotor spares.
Adopt a gas turbine static blade-sealing alignment system.
Adopt a casing-tightening hydraulic bolt.
Modify from MHG to EHG.
Have one set of EHG parts spares.
Additionally install an overhead traveling crane.
Making the overhead traveling crane faster.
Develop scaffolding at the furnace bottom part.
Adopt a mobile clinker hopper.
Adopt a turbine rotor dry horning unit.
Adopt a hydraulic torque wrench.
Install a lifting unit for dismantling of major valves.
Adopt a hydraulic bolt for coupling.
Improve in-furnace scaffolding.
Install a floor for carry-in of boiler materials.
Install a shutter at the boiler sound isolation wall opening.
Conduct dismantling and inspection work on the electric valve with greater efficiency.
Contrive dismantling and assembling jigs for the coil-end cover of the generator.
Adopt an ultrasonic expansion-measuring instrument
Turbine blade clearance-measuring device
Adopt a laser-type centering measuring device.
Adopt a turbine casing lifting-level supervisory unit.
Install a crane for light parts.
Rotor center hole horning unit
Adopt a hydraulic jack for dismantling of housing.
Adopt a jig for groove alignment of the boiler-cooling wall pipe.
Upsize the boiler manhole.
Develop an internal surface inspection system of the boiler header part.
Outline
Introduce the outside air into high- and medium-pressure casings through the injection of cooling
air or by means of vacuum pump to shorten the cooling time.
Use the flushing system with a fine-mesh filter.
Have the gas turbine rotor of the combined-cycle generator as a spare to replace it at periodic
inspection.
Have the steam turbine rotor for geothermal heat as a spare to replace it at periodic inspection.
Although alignment at replacement was performed at the manufacturers factory, alignment has
become available through installation of the system at site.
Change the high-pressure turbine casing-tightening bolt from the shrink-fit type to the hydraulic
tension type.
Have one set of EHG parts as spares to replace them at inspection.

Install an overhead traveling crane additionally.
Make traveling and hoisting speed faster to plan effective use of the crane.
Carry in one set of folded stages from the furnace bottom to extend it on the furnace bottom.
Change the clinker hopper to the mobile type to facilitate carry-in of scaffolding.
Change the work form from manual work to work with the horning unit to plan greater efficiency of
work.
Adopt the hydraulic torque wrench for crossover pipe flange-tightening work at low-pressure casing.
Adopt a simplified lifting unit for lifting work of the main check valve, etc. to plan greater
efficiency of work.
Tighten the coupling by means of a hydraulic tension bolt.
Change the scaffolding from steel pipe scaffolding to steel fit scaffolding.
Install an out-furnace stage for carry-in of in-furnace scaffolding and for material storage space.
Install an opening at the sound isolation wall of the boiler to facilitate carry-in of materials, etc.
Change the power supply connection of the electric valve to the connector system.
Fix the bottom cover to the jig and then cause it to rotate to facilitate removal.
Measure expansion of bolts by means of the ultrasonic measuring instrument.
Insert the sensor into the clearance between the turbine blades to perform automatic measurement to
process its data.
Measure turbine alignment by means of a laser to calculate the corrected value automatically.
Monitor parallelism of the housing to be lifted by installing an ultrasonic-type distance sensor at 4
corners to measure it.
In addition to an overhead traveling crane, install a crane for lifting light parts.
Unit that performs horning of the turbine rotor center hole automatically.
Cause the measuring sensors installed at 4 corners of the housing to synchronize with the hydraulic
jack to lift it horizontally.
Jig for groove alignment of boiler water-cooling wall pipe.
Upsize the bore of the boiler manhole to plan greater efficiency.
Insert it through the header inspection hole to make observation by means of TV and observation
with an optical microscope.
159
3.1.2.6 Support system for creating a work plan for increasing longevity
In order to continue stable operation of an aged thermal power plant after 20 years or more from its construction
and start of operation. While maintaining the economics and its function, identifying the function, performance
and soundness of equipment and presentation (recovery from deterioration) are performed more efficiently than
conventionally.
For this reason, a support system to create a work plan for increasing longevity that takes plant reliability and
economics into account has generally been introduced and made use of.
Creation of a work plan for increasing longevity is performed along each step of flow in Fig. 3.1.2.6-1.
1 Selection of critical equipment (Fig. 3.1.2.6-2)
Assuming that the service period will be 60 years, the operation time, 400,000 hours and the number of start
ups and shut downs, 5,000, select equipment for which remaining life control is believed to be necessary out of all
equipment comprising the unit. Assess the probability of the occurrence of failure, effect of failure on output when
it occurs, term of recovery work and cost, safety (social influence level), etc. comprehensively by means of the
FMEA technique.
2 Investigation of the background of accidents and failures
Collect and organize the records of accidents and failures regarding the selected critical equipment, and
investigate the failure mode, life consumption factor, etc. during a long-term service period.
3 Breakdown and defragmentation of equipment (selection of critical points)
Select critical equipment.
Investigate history of accidents and failures.
Break down and defragment equipment.
Select the critical portion.
Select remaining life calculation measures.
Calculate the unit life consumption rate.
Operation history
Future operation conditions
Marginal processing value
Calculate remaining life.
Unit price table
Create a long-term maintenance program list.
Carry out profit calculation.
Create a work program list for increasing longevity.
Fig. 3.1.2.6-1 Flow in creation of work program plan list for increasing longevity work
Equipment
Measuring device
Electric device
Boiler system
Turbine system
Effect-level assessment
Life
consumption
factor
Initial
failure
mode
Final
failure
mode
Rotor
Creep, lowcycle fatigue
Progression of
manufacturing
defect
Burst
External casing
Crack
Leakage
Internal casing
Crack
Leakage
Nozzle chamber
Crack
Leakage
1st blade ring
Creep
Deformation
Axial inclination
Abnormal
vibration
High-pressure turbine
Equipment
Probability
of failure
occurrence
Effect on
output
Degree of difficulty of
recovery from failure
Term of
recovery
Recovery
cost
General assessment
Safety
Score
Critical
equipment
(100 points or
more)
Fig. 3.1.2.6-2: Example of critical equipment selection

160
Break down the selected critical equipment to the group that conceivably has the same structure, function, and
design condition, and then defragment them based on the detailed structure to select Point to which maintenance
control should be performed based on life assessment.
4 Selection of critical portion (Fig. 24)
Critical point
Critical portion
:
:
Dummy groove
Heat group groove
bottom
Initial failure mode : Crack
Life consumption factor:
Low-cycle fatigue
Low-cycle fatigue +
High-cycle fatigue
High-pressure stage
: Center hole
Critical point
Critical portion
: Control stage bottom
Creep + Low-cycle
fatigue
:
Critical point
Critical portion
:
Initial failure mode :
Rotor body
Central part and others
Deformation
Deterioration of
characteristics
Life consumption factor :
Creep, softening,
embrittlement
Ultrahigh-pressure stage
Governor side
GEN side
Control stage
Critical point
Critical portion
Rotating blade
High-pressure finalstage blade groove

1st tooth blade groove
shoulder corner
Stress corrosion crack,
corrosion fatigue
Outlet side
Inlet side
(a)
Critical point: Ultrahigh-pressure 1st-stage blade grove

(a) Critical portion
: Blade groove shoulder
corner
Initial failure mode
: Crack
Life consumption factor: Creep, High-cycle fatigue
creep + high-cycle fatigue
(b) Critical portion
: Contact surface at rotating
blade root
Initial failure mode
: Crack
Life consumption factor : Fretting fatigue
(b)
Fig. 3.1.2.6-3 Example of critical portion in high-pressure turbine rotor

Expand the critical points to the portion level further to extract the portions where occurrence of failure is possible
during a long-term service period to select the portions that are the target of remaining life control as a critical
portion from them.
5 Selection of remaining life calculation method
Remaining life calculation methods can be divided broadly into following 4 methods:
Theory analysis method (non-destructive diagnosis method)
Destruction test method
Statistical method
Trend control method
Out of these 4 methods, select the most adequate method corresponding to the initial failure mode and life
consumption factor.
6 Calculation of life consumption unit rate
Using the respective methods, obtain the amount of life consumption per 1,000 hours of operation (c) or amount
of life consumption per one start up and shut down (f).
Calculate unit life consumption rate.
Calculate remaining life.
Future
operation
conditions
FEM analysis
Limit processing
value
Consumed life
Temperature
difference
Computer
Output
Processing
limit
Consumed life
Remaining life
Stress
Life assessment curve
Life
consumption
unit life
(Year)
Repetitions
Life consumption unit life
Operation
history
161
Fig. 3.1.2.6-4: Calculate remaining

life.
Table 3.1.2.6-1 Example of plan list for increasing longevity

Fiscal
1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004
System
Boiler related
Turbine related
Electric related
Measurement related
Total
2226
712
12
12
3002
83
85
62
1
14
15
35
35
37
2
10
83
168
77
50
74
93
268
95
406
20
789
3356
1203
828
70
5457
(Unit: million yen)

2006
2008
2010
17
103
374
44
21
54
300
419
17
70
116
320
523
494
Uniform annual cost of renewal
Uniform annual cost of maintenance cost
Optimum renewal fiscal year
Fiscal year in A.D.
Fig. 3.1.2.6-5 Example of profit calculation result

7 Calculation of remaining life (Fig. 3.1.2.6-4)
(1) Calculation of consumption life
= c
Cumulative operation time

+ f Cumulative number of start ups and shut downs
1000
(2) Establishment of marginal processing value

The marginal processing value is a consumption life value that determines:
start timing of inspection
implementation timing of re-diagnosis
implementation timing of repair and replacement
And it is established in accordance with the equipment and portion.
(3) Establishment of future operation conditions
Based on the power generation plan, the annual estimated operation hours (Ta) and estimated number of
start ups and shut downs (Na) are assumed to calculate the future operating conditions by multiplying such
number by life consumption unit.
(4) Calculation of remaining life
Remaining life indicates the years until the unit reaches limit processing value and is calculated by means
of:
Remaining life (years) =
Limit processing value consumption life

c Ta/1000 + f Na
Creation of long-term maintenance program list

A long-term maintenance program list represents the maintenance cost within the assumed service period on a
year-by-year basis, and the maintenance cost is calculated from the cost required for inspection, diagnosis, repair
and replacement on a portion-by-portion basis and the quantity of the corresponding portion.
(1) Entry of unit price
Study the most adequate inspection, diagnosis, repair and replacement methods on a portion-by-portion
basis to select its unit price from unit price list that this system has to enter it.
(2) Creation of long-term maintenance plan list
There are 2 types of long-term maintenance plan list, on a portion-by-portion basis and equipment-byequipment basis, and clearly shows the fiscal year when inspection, diagnosis, repair and replacement are
required and the respective costs.
9 Implementation of profitability calculation (Fig. 3.1.2.6-5)
Study the selection whose renewal of equipment or partial repair is required, and select the most economical
renewal timing in the case of equipment renewal, as well as the optimum replacement range combining mutual
equipment.
Creation of longer life work plan list (Table 3.1.2.6-1)
With respect to all critical equipment, calculate the maintenance cost required within the future assumed service
period, and an increasing longevity work plan list is obtained by summing such costs.
162
3.2.1 Causes of damage to boiler equipment

(1) Trend of damage
An example of analysis of the ratio of aged deterioration damage for each component of a boiler and the
damage ratio of its pressure-retaining parts by each cause are shown in Fig. 3.2.1-1. Such pressure-retaining
components as the furnace wall, super-heater, re-heater, economizer, piping, etc. account for 67% of the entire
boiler equipment. Thermal fatigue, corrosion fatigue, and creep damage account for 83% of the causes of total
damage. As measures to improve the reliability of thermal power generation plants, it is important to prevent such
fatigue, corrosion fatigue, and creep damage from occurring to such pressure-retaining components.
Others
7%
Non-pressure-retai
ning components
4%
Fan
10%
Valves
5%
Others
14%
Furnace
wall
31%
Ratio of occurrence
of failure for each
component of boiler
equipment
Piping
16%
Wear
5%
Corrosion
5%
Creep
15%
Cause of damage to
pressure-retaining
components
Thermal
fatigue/
corrosion
fatigue
68%
SH/RH/ECO
20%
Fig. 3.2.1-1 Ratio of the components becoming defective/ratio of cause of damage

Deterioration
of materials
Overheating
Drop in bearing force

caused by use for a long
period of time
Change in material quality
Defective materials
Swelling out
Deformation
Creep
rupture
Rupture by
spouting
Clogging inside the piping

caused by foreign
materials
Imbalanced flow of fluid
within the piping
Adherence/growth of scale
within the piping
Corrosion by high
temperature
Corrosion
Corrosion by low
temperature
Corrosion of the inner
surface of tank caused by
filled water
Excessive increase
in load stress
caused by the
decrease in
effective thickness
Rupture
caused by
static stress
Leakage
Wear
Erosion by ash
Wear by high-velocity air
flow within the component
Fatigue
Thermal fatigue
Mechanical fatigue
Occurrence/growth
of crack(s)
Rupture
caused by
fatigue
Corrosion
fatigue
Fatigue occurring under

the environment of the
inner surface of the tank
caused by filled water
Occurrence/growth
of crack(s)
Rupture by
corrosion
fatigue
Fig. 3.2.1-2 Cause of damage to boiler equipment

(2) Cause of damage
The types of damage generally experienced with the pressure-retaining components of the boiler equipment are
shown in Fig. 3.2.1-2 for convenience.
3.2.2 Example of damage and measures to improve bearing force
Examples of typical damage experienced so far and measures taken to improve the bearing force are explained
below.
163
(1) Creep and creep rupture

Each pressure-retaining component of boiler equipment has been designed to have a creep rupture strength of
100,000 hours or longer. However, should the component be overheated beyond the designed temperature range
for any reason, or should any decrease in thickness advance, creep damage may advance within a very short
period time resulting in rupture. Typical causes of damage found in the examples are summarized as follows:
Overheating due to an extreme decrease in flow rate within the piping caused by clogging with of
foreign matters or by peeling off or accumulation of steam oxidation scale.
Temperature rise at the piping wall caused by the growth of scale adhered to the inner surface of the
pipes of the furnace evaporation piping, or the growth of porous-type scale with low heat
transmission efficiency
For the accumulation of steam oxidation scale within the stainless steel piping of the super-heater, etc. and
accumulated at the U-bend, it is considered effective to suppress the scale from growing if fine-grade steel is
employed or the inner surface of the piping is shot blasted. Creep damage includes creep created over
considerably long hours because the inner-pressure stress increases by the decreased thickness caused by
high-temperature corrosion, etc. A lot of damage has been found caused by the scale adhering to the inner surface
of the pipes of furnace evaporating piping. Standard water quality control of the supply water and tank water and
implementation of proper acid cleaning is an important task. To determine the timing of acid cleaning, monitoring
of the pipe wall temperature by a pulling-out check of the pipes at the time of regular inspection or by using a
Cordal-thermocouple (embedded thermocouple) is available.
(2) Thermal fatigue
Thermal fatigue occurs by the repeated effects of high thermal stress that is generated by the temperature
differences among the member materials. The thermal fatigue generated by the start/stop operation of boiler
equipment or by load fluctuation is a type of low-cycle fatigue in general. The surface of the broken part by
thermal fatigue is uneven and rougher than that caused by mechanical fatigue where high-cycle fatigue is
accompanied by vibration, etc. The surface of the cracked part is normally open to some extent. The causes
generating thermal stress vary depending on the structure of each component of the boiler equipment. Examples
of portions where thermal fatigue occurs and measures to reduce the stress are shown in Table 3.2.2-1 in a
concrete fashion.
(3) Corrosion fatigue
In the case of the inner water supply system of furnace, economizer, etc., such corrosion fatigue as cracking
generated not only from the outside of the piping but also from the inside has been experienced. Corrosion fatigue
is a phenomenon in which fatigue cracks are generated and grow because the strength against fatigue declines
remarkably to a larger degree than the same in an air atmosphere, when the metal receives stress repeatedly in a
corrosive environment. It is basically generated on the portion where thermal stress, etc. is large.
As a typical example of the relationship between thermal fatigue and corrosion fatigue, the tension plate and
welded portion of the furnace wall are shown in Fig. 3.2.2-1.
At the portion where the tension plate has been welded directly to the furnace wall, thermal stress is generated
by the temperature difference between the tension plate and the furnace wall in the direction of the piping axis and
to right angles of the piping axis. The maximum stress is generated on the welded portion of the tension plate on
the external face of piping. Thermal fatigue cracks are generated on the toe of the weld where stress concentrates.
On the other hand, stress is generated on the rear side of the weld on the inner surface of the piping. The stress
on the inner surface of the piping is smaller in general than that on the outer surface.
164
Table 3.2.2-1 Portions where thermal stress is generated and measures to reduce the stress
Portion
Portion where fatigue damage

occurs
Cool water
Furnace wall
Furnace wall seal box weld

Concentration
of stress
Tool box
Fixtures mounted on furnace

wall
Tension plate
Mechanism of generation of
stress
If the boiler water temperature
should change upon boiler
start/stop operations, temperature
difference occurs between the
furnace wall and the sub-wall or
between the sub-wall and the rear
smoke duct wall, which generates
stress on the fin edge of the
furnace wall.
furnace wall piping and the seal
box, by which stress concentrates
at the corner.
Measures to reduce stress

Arrange the fin edge in a large
arch shape
R-machining of fin edge
R-machining
(9) 2 A h
Arch
Change the shape of the seal box

corner to an arch.
Bend the seal box side in 2 steps.
2-step
bending
R corner

furnace wall piping and the
mounted fixture, which generates
stress on the welded portion.
Change the structure of the

furnace wall piping and mounted
fixture to a sliding structure.
The entire portion tends to deform

due to the temperature difference
between the front- and rear-end
bards at the ceiling hole, but is
locked by the ceiling piping,
resulting in the generation of
stress on the welded portion. Due
to the temperature difference
between the end bar and the skin
casing, cracking occurs on the
skin casing.
Due to the temperature difference
between the wall piping
surrounding the rear smoke duct
and hopper, stress is generated on
the skin casing, resulting in
cracking.
Change the structure of the

ceiling piping and end bar to a
sliding structure.
Change the skin casing to a 2-step
bent type.
Tension plate
Slide
End bar
Welded portion
Piping on
the ceiling
End bar and skin casing for

the hole of the ceiling
Deformation
Skin casing below

economizer
165
2-step-type skin
casing
End bar
Piping on
the ceiling
Change the skin casing to 2-step

projected bellow type.
Damage caused by heat fatigue
Damage caused by corrosive fatigue

Generation of
high stress
Generation of
high stress
Low expansion
Low expansion
Tension plate
High
expansion
High
expansion
Fig.9 Typical example of

heat and corrosive fatigue
Tension plate
Fig.10 Generation status of

incompatiblility at the end
portion of straight-finned
economizer
Table 3.2.2-1 Portion where thermal stress is generated and measures to reduce the stress
Portion

occurs
Nozzle of super-heater and

re-heating pipe head
Piping on
the ceiling
Coefficient of
linear thermal
expansion
Joint welded by dissimilar

metals
Inconel welding
electrode
Present
style
Improved
style
SUS rod
SUS steel
Cr-Mo steel
Saddle spacer welding

portion
Fixed
Welded portion of
small-diameter nozzle of pipe
header
Welding-type
saddle
Deformation
(29) Pi i
ti
Piping
reaction
force
stress
Temperature difference occurs
Change the nozzles to the
between the nozzles during
flexible type.
start/stop operations, and bending
stress is generated on the welded
portion that has been locked
Flexible
between the nozzles and ceiling
hole.
Due to the difference in the
carbon content, carbon migrates
to the metal to be welded from
low-alloy steel, yielding a
decarbonized layer as a result,
and the strength on the low-alloy
side declines. By the difference in
thermal expansion between the
austenitic stainless steel to be
welded and the low-alloy base
steel, thermal stress is generated
on the portion welded. Because of
its high temperature, creep
damage also occurs.
Within a structure supported by a
spacer fixed by welding to the
hanging pipe of the
horizontal-type
super-heater/re-heater, thermal
stress is generated on the
spacer-welded portion due to the
temperature difference between
the upper and the lower pipes.
If the air vent pipe and drain pipe
of pipe header are the type of
such structure as being locked in
the housing hole, thermal stress is
generated at the welded portion of
the nozzle of pipe header.
By using Inconel-family welding

electrodes and by reducing the
linear expansion difference,
reduce the stress. Prevent the
strength from declining by
preventing the carbon from
migrating.
Welding at factory
using Inconel welding
electrodes
Employ a flexible spacer.

Slide
Fixed
Flexible saddle
spacer
Change the small-diameter pipe

to a flexible type. The form of
nozzle of pipe heater should be
butt welding type.
Flexible bending
piping
Hole to
be fixed
166
Portion
Welded portion to fix the
anchor plate

occurs
Portion where
cracking occurs
Filler plate
Tie bar
stress
between the anchor plate and
furnace wall piping occurring by
start/stop operations of a boiler,
stress concentrates at the welded
portion of the anchor plate.

Separate the anchor plate to fit it
by full arc welding and make the
size smaller.
Anchor plate
Stand-off
Stopper
Filler plate
Driber
Anchor plate
Stand-off
Membrane-edge connecting
waterwall and cage walls
Membrane
Portion
where
cracking
occurs
Waterwall
pipe
Stopper
Forepart of
the tank
Welded liner of
super-heater/desuper-heater
Desuper-heater main
body
Support
Base pipe
Protection cylinder
Fitting of liner
(Welding type)
Measures against damage to

main piping support lag
Spray
nozzle
Liner
Support
ring
Weldi

between the waterwall and cage
piping occurring by start/stop
operations, stress concentrates at
the connection and membrane
edge.
Refresh the connection membrane

edge and provide R-machining to
the welding stop end.
By the ON/OFF injection from

the spray nozzle of the
super-heater/desuper-heater, the
liner is bumped and stress
concentrates at the liner-welded
portion.
Change the structure of the spray

nozzle and improve the method of
fixing the liner by changing to the
pin type.
Waterwall
pipe
Desuper-heater main body

Support
Protection
cylinder
Improved
structure
(pin type)
Spray
nozzle
Pin
Portion where
cracking occurs
Main
piping
Membrane
Pin
Stopper
Portion where
cracking occurs
Support
lag
Thermal
insulation
material
Temperature difference occurs on

the supports inside and outside
the thermal insulator, and excess
stress concentrates at the
support-welded potion.
Change the support lag to shear

lag.
Hanging
bolt
Shear
lag
Main
piping
Thermal
insulation
material
Band
Ceiling hole

between the crown and the
piping, stress concentrates
causing cracking to occur.
Crwon
Use a sleeve through the ceiling

hole and avoid direct welding of
the crown to the piping.
Crown
To add a
sleeve
Ceiling
piping
Ceiling
piping
Connection of loop pipes

Tie rod
Hanging loop
pipe
Sliding spacer
When there is a temperature

difference at operation start,
cracking occurs at the portion
where a linkage fixture has been
installed due to stress
concentration.
Use a sliding spacer at the portion

where high temperature is
transmitted and to avoid any
locking. Change the tie lag in the
rear heat transmission portion to
an oval-shaped lag to soften the
concentration of stress.
(Single lag)
Inner casing of ceiling

enclosure
The corner casing cannot absorb

the expansion force from 3 sides,
and cracking causes gas leakage.
Use a corrugated-type expansion

at the corner.
Corrugated-type
expansion
Pipe header
at furnace
front wall
167
(Oval lag)
Pipe header
at furnace
side wall
However, in a corrosive environment, strength against fatigue declines, which causes cracking at the inner face
within a pipe by corrosion fatigue.
As a characteristic of a cracked surface caused by corrosion fatigue, many cracks are accompanied by pits
caused by the corrosion along the cracks.
As basic countermeasures, such actions to soften the thermal stress are considered important. In such a case, it
is required to change the tension plate support to a sliding type and improve the structure so that the thermal stress
may be softened.
Examples of other corrosion fatigue are introduced below:
Straight fin end of economizer piping (Fig. 3.2.2-2)

The occurrence of cracking was experienced at the straight fin end of the economizer piping, caused by thermal
stress accompanied by intermittent water supply in order to keep the drum at a constant level at the operation start
of the boiler.
Cracking has started from the inner surface of the piping. Corrosive fatigue is the cause.
Ligament of the pipe header at the inlet of the economizer (Fig. 3.2.2-3)
The occurrence of cracking was experienced at the ligament of the pipe header at the inlet of the economizer
due to the same cause as above. This was also caused by corrosion fatigue.
(4) Mechanical fatigue
In the case of mechanical fatigue, the cracking is a type of transgranular cracking in general. The ruptured face
has a fine fatigue face, and no extension by rupture was detected.
Pipe header at the

inlet of economizer
Pipe header at
outside furnace
Nozzle at outside furnace
Fig. 3.2.2-3 Example of corrosion fatigue of the inner ligament of the pipe header nozzle at the inlet of the
economizer
(5) High-temperature corrosion
The surface stainless steel pipe affected by high-temperature corrosion has been damaged by corrosion in a
pockmarked fashion. The corroded portion is composed of an oxide layer a polysulfide layer a carbonized
layer base metal from the outer piping surface. From the viewpoint of microstructure, the corroded and
carbonized structure of grain boundary is found. A drop in expansion as well as a drop in strength can be
detected.
168
Table 3.2.2-2 Classification of measures to improve bearing force

Phenomenon
Creep
Fatigue
(including creep
fatigue)
Corrosion
Wear
Cause
Measures
Subject portion
Aged strength drop

by creep at welded
portion
Assessment of
remaining life by replica,
ultrasonic testing, TDFD,
ELFOSS, UT inspection
Pipe header of super-heater/re-heater,

main-/high-temperature longitudinal
re-heating steam piping, around welded
portion, elbow/Y-piece-welded portion
Restriction on
elongation by heat
Add flexibility
Pipe header stub, finish of sealing

Expansion of casing
Piping-supporting fixture, back-stay
prevention fixture
Sliding
Shape the stress
concentrates
R-machining, chamfering,
change of shape
Fin-end portion, pipe header lid at the

corner of the burner wall box, expansion
for the smoke duct
Thermal shock
Change of shape, improvement

of material, improvement of the
shapes of seat and piping
Desuper-heater spray, small-diameter

piping with main piping (drain pressure
tank)
Dissimilar metal
welding (SUS/Cr-Mo)
Inconel solvent
Joint of different piping material, fixture of

different material
Corrosion fatigue
Change of structure and

shape, water quality
control
Fixture welded to furnace wall piping,

ligament at the inlet of the economizer
High-temperature
fatigue, oxidation
Improvement of bearing
force of material, addition
of extra welding
Super-heater, re-heater
Furnace wall
Oxidation of steam
(SUS piping)
Fine-particle SUS material

Inner face shot blast
Super-heater, re-heater
Coal ash, soot blow
Protector, pipe thermal

spraying
Furnace wall, super-heater, re-heater
(6) Low-temperature corrosion

The AH element, seal plate, etc. are main damaged caused by low-temperature corrosion. It has been reported
that the expansion at the AH outlet, damper, etc. were affected by sulfuric acid corrosion when HS oil had been
used.
In addition, such an example was reported where corrosion was generated on the outer surface of the furnace or
the furnace wall of the rear smoke duct caused by condensed sulfuric acid in the steam-condensed water while the
boiler was kept at standstill.
(7) Measures to improve bearing force
As explained above, the components composing the boiler equipment receive various types of damage
depending on the environment of use, most of which are combinations of several damaging factors. With respect
to such damage, various measures to improve the bearing force, which are classified and detailed in Table 3.2.2-2,
have been taken.
3.2.3 Technology to assess the remaining life
The methods to assess the remaining life of boiler equipment can be divided into the following 3 types:
Stress analysis method such as the finite element method, etc.
Destructive test method
Non-destructive test method
Except the stress analysis method, it is not possible to assess the remaining life if you use only any one of above
methods. Assessment of remaining life is carried out by combining the methods.
(1) Stress analysis method
This is a method of obtaining the life consumption by calculation based on the equipment subjected to
169
assessment, the geometric shape of the part, the operation history such as temperature, stress, etc., the strength
against creep rupture, and the properties of the materials. The finite element method using a computer makes it
possible to analyze the stress of a complex structure.
With respect to the properties of the material to be used for the analysis, it is required to include the safety ratio
in the laboratory data to some extent considering possible variations of the properties. Therefore, the assessment
result leans towards the safe side.
With respect to such operation history as the temperature, stress, etc. to be used for the analysis, calculation is
performed by dividing the operation history into several typical patterns. In order to cope with the recent complex
operation history, the remaining life is sometimes assessed by installing a life-monitoring device at the pipe
header at the outlet of the super-heater, water separator, boiler circulation pump, etc.
(2) Destructive test method
This is a method of estimating the remaining life through various types of destructive tests by taking out test
specimens from the components actually put under operation. This test method is usually employed for
components (typically, the boiler tube) from which test specimens can be easily taken out. The advantage of this
method is that the remaining life of a given material can be assessed directly, including its history at the time of
manufacture, even if the temperature or stress history of the material in the past is not made clear. The
disadvantage is that sampling is required, the portion where the test specimen has been taken out needs to be
repaired, and time and expense are required for creep rupture testing, fatigue testing, etc.
As a measure making it possible to perform destructive testing by using much smaller test specimens,
destructive testing through a miniature test is available. As shown in Fig. 3.2.3-1, its effectiveness has been
verified.
Conventional test specimen
Miniature test specimen
Miniature test specimen
Stress (MPa)
Conventional test
specimen
Time of rupture
Comparison of strength against creep rupture between a conventional
test specimen of 1 Cr 0.5 Mo Steel and a miniature test specimen
Fig. 3.2.3-1 Miniature creep rupture test
(3) Non-destructive test method

The advantage of the non-destructive test method is that any critical component with respect to the stress can be
assessed in a short time without sampling. This test is used together with the assessment of remaining life through
stress analysis.
This method varies depending on the material quality or state of damage to the subject component. In Table
3.2.3-1, the non-destructive assessment method for creep damage and fatigue damage is shown.
170
Table 3.2.3-1 Non-destructive method of assessing the remaining life of components affected by creep/fatigue damage
Subject
damage
Creep
damage
Fatigue
Method of assessing remaining life
Method as described
Low-alloy steel
in Attachment 3 of the
Electricity Utilities
Welded
Base metal
Industry Law
portion
Steel
Base metal
Welded
portion
Deposition intergranular distance

method
Hardness-measuring method
Structure comparison method

AC electric resistance method
{
{
{
{
Void (cavity) area ratio method

Void density method
A-parameter method
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Crystal grain deformation method

Carbide structure-measuring method
Ultrasonic method
Structure-quantifying method
{
{
CMA density spectrum method

Microscopic-crack method
{
{
{
{
Creep damage
(a) Deposition intergranular distance method
This method is used for the assessment of creep damage of low-alloy steel base metal. Low-alloy steel is a
material whose strength against creep has been raised by depositions and shows ductile creep damage. When used
for many hours in a high-temperature atmosphere, the intergranular distance of this disposition becomes larger
and, at the same time, resistance against deformation declines, causing the creep to accelerate. This phenomenon
is represented by the creep distortiontime curve in general. The change depends on the temperature and stress of
the subject component. By measuring the intergranular distance between particles of disposition, the creep
distortion at the time of assessment can be obtained. Therefore, the behavior of creep distortion thereafter can be
predicted, and the creep remaining life can be assessed. The intergranular distance of disposition is obtained by
image processing of the replica taken out from the subject component using an electrolytic discharge-type
scanning electron microscope (Fig. 3.2, 3-2).
Disposition
Replica
Scanning
line
Point
Scanning-type electron
microscope
Creep rate constant
Mean free-path
Average intergranular
distance (m)
Fig. 3.2.3-2 Disposition intergranular distance method
171
(b) Hardness-measuring method

The crystal grains of 9 Cr base metal steel are very fine, and this base metal has a hard structure of initial
hardness. Different from low-alloy steel, no metallic structural change can be detected even when creep damage
grows. However, its hardness tends to drop gradually.
Therefore, by measuring the hardness and referring to the master curve that indicates the relationship between
the hardness and the amount of damage, the life consumption ratio can be assessed (Fig. 3.2.3-2).
Vickers
hardness
The amount of creep damage
Fig. 3.2.3-2 Hardness-measuring method
(c) Structure comparison method

This method is very effective for the assessment of components affected by low-alloy steel welding heat that
indicates fragile creep damage. Comprehensive assessment of life is carried out by comparing the standard
structure corresponding to the life consumption ratio by taking out the replica/extracted replica from the
component subjected to assessment and by using 3 parameters of deposition distribution pertaining to mechanical
damage such as creep voids or microscopic-cracks generated as the creep damage grows, optical microscopic
structure pertaining to the change in the distribution of the metallic structure, or carbide using various types of
microscopes and the change in the shape or size of the deposed carbide.
As shown in Fig. 3.2.3-3, the factors for assessment of respective damage are divided into 3 steps or 4 steps. By
combining them, the life consumption ratio is estimated comprehensively within a range of 8 categories. For
example, when mechanical damage is IID, the microscopic structure is IIIM, and deposition distribution is IIP, the
comprehensive damage category of the life consumption ratio by creep rupture is estimated to be E, namely 50
60%.
By combining various factors for assessment of life, assessment with high precision becomes possible in the
entire range covering the first half and second half of life.
172
Extracted replica
Replica
Component surface
(etched surface)
Optical microscope
Scanning-type electron
microscope
Micro-crack
Creep cavity
Metal structure
Damage factors
Mechanical
damage
Microscopic
structure
Analysis electron
microscope
Deposition
distribution
Comprehensive
damage
category
Disposition
Life consumption
ratio by creep
breakage (%)
Fig. 3.2.3-3 Structure comparison method
(d) AC electric resistance method

This method is effective for the assessment of creep damage of components affected by welding heat
(hereinafter referred to as the HAZ portion) of low-alloy steel and 9 Cr steel.
Material damaged
by creep
Voltage drop ratio defined by

initial value
Material not
used yet
Life consumption ratio by creep breakage (%)
Fig. 3.2.3-4 AC electric resistance method
The creep damage of the component affected by welding heat from these steels is a type of fragile damage and
generates creep voids at the grain boundary. As the generation of voids increases, the electric resistance tends to
become stronger (Fig. 3.2.3-4). The amount of damage is assessed by using the electric resistance ratio of unused
material and the electric resistance ratio of the component being assessed, and by referring to the master curve
indicating the relationship with the amount of damage. Assessment accuracy has been improved by making it
173
easier to grasp the level of damage proximate to the surface by using an alternative current. In addition, it is
required in this method to spot weld a platinum wire to the subject component. If an electrode has once been
installed, building of a scaffold, thermal insulation, removal/restoration of the exterior plate, and polishing of the
subject component for inspection are not required thereafter. Therefore, the costs for inspection can be reduced. In
addition, it is possible to make measurement at any time during operation. This method can also be used for
monitoring the main piping, etc.
(e) Void (cavity) area ratio method
As shown in Fig. 3.2.3-5, voids are generated at the grain boundary when the HAZ portion of low-alloy steel or
9 Cr steel is affected by creep damage. The number of voids increases as the damage grows. The voids become a
crack after growing/combining (namely, the area of voids increases), and finally result in the rupture of the
component material. In this method, the ratio between the total area of voids generated within the observation
visual field and the total observation visual area is defined as a void (cavity) area ratio. Using this ratio together
with the master curve prepared by its correlation with the degree of creep damage, the life is assessed in this
method (Fig. 3.2.3-5).
Replica
Cavity area ratio S0
Scanning-type
electron microscope
W elding metal (570C)

Regression curve
99% reliable section
99% reliable section of
creep damage ratio
Creep damage ratio c
Fig. 3.2.3-5 Void (cavity) area ratio method

Incidentally, the behavior to generate voids is different in such low-alloy steels as 2.25 Cr-1 Mo steel, etc. and 9
Cr steel. It is required to use the master curve suitable for the respective type of steel.
(f) Void density method
The ratio between the number of voids in the observation visual field and the observation area is defined as
cavity density. Referring to the master curve indicating the relationship between the cavity density and the amount
of damage, assessment of the life of the component subjected to assessment is carried out in this method.
(g) A-parameter method
This is a method to be used for the assessment of creep damage at the HAZ portion of low-alloy steel. This
method was developed by English researchers. Creep voids generated as creep damage grows are generated at the
grain boundary. Draw an optional scanning line in the metal structure of the subject component. The ratio of the
number of grain boundaries where voids have been generated against the number of grain boundaries that
intersect this scanning line is defined as the A-parameter. The life of the component subjected to assessment is
assessed in this method by referring to the master curve indicating its relationship with the amount of damage (Fig.
3.2.3-6).
174
Amount of creep damage (%)

Relationship between A-parameter and life
consumption ratio by creep rupture
Fig. 3.2.3-6 A-parameter method
(h) Crystal grain deformation method

The base material of low-alloy steel used for boiler equipment has been made considerably soft considering
easiness of machining and welding. Therefore, level of generation of voids when receiving creep damage is lower
than that of the HAZ portion, but instead plastic deformation generates easily. Under such circumstances, the
crystal grain is expanded gradually to be long and narrow in the applied stress direction and becomes uniform.
The level of this uniform style is quantified by the standard deviation of the frequency distribution of the
maximum-diameter angle (an angle created by the direction of the maximum diameter of the crystal grain and the
direction of applied stress). This is a method of assessing the life using this standard deviation and the master
curve prepared by the correlation with the degree of creep damage (Fig. 3.2.3-7).
Crystal
grain
Direction of stress
(a) New material
Frequency
Direction of stress
(b) Material damaged

by creep
Deformation
coefficient Sm
(standard deviation)
Deformation count Sm (degree)
Frequency
Maximum
diameter
Piping material (500-650C)
Applied to the assessment of creep damage of Cr-Mo steel

base metal
Method of assessing the remaining life focusing on the fact
that the crystal grain deforms as the creep damage grows
Heat transmission pipe material (570-600C)
Regression curve
99% reliable section of creep
damage ratio +/- 0.09
Formal
distribution
Creep damage ratio c

[Relationship between deformation
coefficient and creep damage ratio]
Fig. 3.2.3-7 Assessment of creep damage to Cr-Mo steel base metal through the crystal grain deformation method
(i) Carbide structure-measuring method

The base metal of low-alloy steel used for a boiler and the HAZ portion makes such structural changes as
deposition of carbide, condensation/large sizing, etc. as the creep grows. The structure of carbide also changes. At
the initial stage of life, there is a lot of Cr-enriched carbide represented by MC. However, as the damage grows,
it changes to Mo-enriched carbide such as MC. This method focuses on such structural changes of carbide. In
this method, life is assessed using the master curve prepared in the correlation between the weight ratio of Mo/Cr
and the degree of creep damage.
The Mo/Cr weight ratio is obtained by taking out very a small amount of specimen from the component
subjected to assessment, extracting carbide by dissolving it in a suitable device, and measuring the weight of Cr
and Mo by high-frequency plasma emission-analyzing apparatus. Figure 3.2.3-8 shows an example of the master
curve of this method, which shows stress dependency.
(j) Ultrasonic method
Upon the incidence of ultrasonic waves into the component, rear scatter noise is generated. Because the noise
characteristics correspond to the number of generated voids and/or microscopic-cracks of the damaged component,
it is quantified to specify this as a parameter to assess creep damage (noise value). Taking the noise wave after the
175
incidence of ultrasonic waves from the component surface to the 1st bottom echo, and by carrying out power
spectrum analysis, the area within a certain frequency range is calculated to define it as the noise value. The
assessment flow in the ultrasonic method is shown in Fig. 3.2.3-9.
Mo/Cr weight ratio
steel
HAZ-reproduced component with SR
: Application of reaction
Creep life ratio t/tr

(Carbide structure-measuring method)
Fig. 3.2.3-8 Carbide structure-measuring method
Search
unit
Frequency
analyzer
Life assessment
Noise value
No fine cracks are detected.

Frequency (MHz)
(b) Material damaged by creep
Noise value
Frequency (MHz)
Fine cracks are

detected.
st
1 bottom echo
Component for
assessment
Comparison of noise between

component for assessment
and unused material
Certified curve
Noise value ratio
PC
(a) New material (unused)
Amplitude (dB)
Pulse receiver
Oscilloscope
Noise
analysis
Amplitude (dB)
Data measurement of
component for assessment
Life ratio
Fig. 3.2.3-9 Life assessment flow in ultrasonic method
(k) Other methods to assess creep remaining life

In the remarks column of Attachment 3 as explained above, it is stated that the Application of any other
method than the above is permitted on the condition that it is recognized (by a committee with participation of
people of experience or academic standing) to have accuracy equivalent to the above methods. Various methods
other than the above have been developed. The names of such methods are mentioned below.
a) Structure-quantifying method
The following 2 means are included:
MC deposition ratio
Spheroidizing ratio of carbide
b) CMA (Computer-aided X-ray Microscopic-analyzer)

Density spectrum method
Fatigue damage
(a) Microscopic-crack method (Replica method, MT copying method, etc.)
The methods for life assessment against creep damage as explained above are the methods of assessing the life
against fatigue damage to the carbon steel, base metal, or HAZ portion.
If these components receive fatigue damage, microscopic-cracking of a level that can be observed by replicas
only at the initial stage of fatigue life occurs, grows, and finally grows to a crack that can be detected by a
non-destructive test such as PT, MT, etc. Therefore, the life can be assessed by detecting such microscopic-cracks
by a replica. Figure 3.2.3-10 shows life assessment curves.
176
Magnetic powder
copying film
Magnetic powder
Oxidation scale
Maximum length of crack measured by

MT copying method (mm)
Magnetic
field
Carbon steel welding stop end

Average value curve
99% reliability curve
Crack detection
boundary
Low-alloy steel welding stop end

Average value curve
99% reliability curve
Crack
detection
boundary
Maximum length of crack measured by

MT copying method (mm)
Life consumption ratio by the generation of

macro-cracks (%)
Life consumption ratio by the generation of

macro-cracks (%)
Fig. 3.2.3-10 Microscopic-crack method (MT copying method)
3.2.4 Development and automation of inspection technology

With respect to the regular inspection of boiler equipment, the use of high efficiency, high-precision assessment
devices has been required under such circumstances where the inspection process needs to be simplified,
inspectors are getting old, 3K jobs (dirty, dangerous, and tough jobs) need to be eliminated, and damage needs to
be quantitatively assessed corresponding to a requirement to rationalize aged boiler maintenance in line with the
liberalization of electric power. In Table 3.2.4-1, various types of inspection methods and related automation are
shown.
(1) Type IV cracks of high-temperature thick wall pipe of large diameter
Cracks occurring to the boiler pipe header and to the welded portion of the thick wall main piping of large
diameter are classified according to the locations of occurrence and are shown in Fig. 3.2.4-1. The cracks
frequently experienced as creep damage are Type III and Type IV damage and are respectively characterized as
damage to the rough-grain areas and fine-grain areas of the HAZ portion.
177
Table 3.2.4-1 Various types of inspection methods and related automation

Method of inspection and
Subject
Damage to material
Automation
detection
Furnace waterwall (1) Thermal fatigue of
PT, MT
Automatic inspection
piping
piping external metals UT from outside furnace
device using a
multi-sensor within the
(2) Inner piping corrosion High-frequency array UT
furnace
fatigue
Spiral UT
Coil of
(1) Creep
Replica method, hardness Void recognition device by
method
image processing
super-heater,
re-heater, and
(2) Fatigue
PT, MT
economizer
Replica method
(microscopic method)
(3) High-temperature
Inner piping UT
Automatic-measuring
robot
corrosion, wear, and
thickness decrease
(3) Steam oxidation scale High-precision UT
method
(4) Wear of horizontal
High-velocity laser
Automatic inspection unit
method
heat-transferring
piping
Inner piping UT
UT thickness gage for
narrow portion
Pipe header and
(1) Type IV crack, inner
TOFD method
Image-processing device
main piping
crack
Electronic focus sector
scanning
Ultrasonic noise method
W elding material
Base material
Base material
Transmitter
Surface
wave
Diffracted
wave
Receiver
Wave diffracted on
the crack top
Wave diffracted on
the crack bottom
Type I: Crack in welded metal

Type II: Crack classified as Type I, which has expanded from
the welded portion to the portion affected by heat
(HAZ)
Type III: Damage to the rough-grain area of the portion
affected by heat (HAZ)
Type IV: Damage from the fine-grain area of the portion
affected by heat (HAZ) to the range of the partially
transformed area
Fig. 3.2.4-1
Classification of damage to a welded portion
Wave reflected
on the bottom
Crack
Diffracted
wave
Direct reflection wave (same as conventional one)
Fig. 3.2.4-2 Principles of TOFD method
Type III damage (damage in a rough-grain area) appears on the external surface of a pipe, whereas Type IV
damage (damage in a fine-grain area) occurs within a thick wall pipe and expands toward the surface. Impure
substances contained in the steel play an important role in Type IV cracks.
(2) Inspection method for Type IV cracks
Typical inspection methods for Type IV cracks occurring within a pipe having a thick wall are explained below.
The inspection method is used alone or jointly with other methods.
TOFD method
As an inspection technology able to assess Type IV cracks occurring from the inside of a thick wall precisely
and quantitatively, the TOFD (Time of Flight Diffraction) method has been developed and put to practical use,
which is an ultrasonic wave flaw detection method using 2 search units for transmission and receipt. A comparison
with the conventional angle beam method is shown in Fig. 3.2.4-2.
The conventional method was in principle designed so as to catch reflecting echoes from a defect. Therefore,
there were some cases where inspection was not possible depending on the direction of the crack. It was also
178
difficult to capture the defect size in a quantitative manner.

On the other hand, the TOFD method catches the wave diffracted from the tip end of a crack. Therefore, it is
not affected by the direction of the defect. In addition, it can assess the length (depth) of a crack based on the
transmission time of the diffracted wave. As a result, inspection in a precise and quantitative fashion has become
possible.
Electronic focus sector scan ultrasonic testing

The principles of measurement by ELFOSS UT are shown in Fig. 3.2.4-3. This device can perform wide-angle
scanning by focusing an ultrasonic wave beam through the delay circuit to improve resolution and defect
inspection accuracy. Two search units are used for the TOFD method, whereas this device has such a characteristic
that inspection of the narrow portion is made possible because wide-angle flaw detection is performed by only 1
search unit.
Trigger pulse
for activation
Delay circuit
Vibrator
Angle of
deflection
Focus
Electronic focusing by
delay circuit
If the activation timing of
the vibrator is
changed with the
same interval in the
right and left
directions, an
ultrasonic wave
beam focuses. In
addition, the focal
depth can be freely
set by the duration of
the timing.
Sector scan by delay

circuit
If the activation timing of
the vibrator is changed at
the same interval, the
ultrasonic wave beam is
deflected. In addition, the
deflection angle can be
freely set by the duration
of the timing.
Electronic focus sector

scan
If the timing and duration
of the activation of the
vibrator is changed from
time to time, the direction
can be changed
continuously by focusing
an ultrasonic wave beam.
Fig. 3.2.4-3 Principles of ELFOSS UT

Ultrasonic noise method
As explained in the section on the method of assessing remaining life pertaining to creep damage, such features
as noise intensity rises in the case of a material with voids or microscopic-cracks being utilized in the ultrasonic
noise method. Early assessment has become possible for Type IV damage occurring within the welded joints of
high-temperature thick wall pipes of large diameter. In addition, by scanning the search unit in the right-angle
direction against the weld line and by installing a time gate in the direction of plate thickness, map images of the
damaged portion can be obtained through divided measurements as shown in Fig. 3.2.4-4.
179
Scan a search unit and apply gate by

splitting the corresponding time width.
Clarification of the points of damage

for image processing
Direction to move search unit (mm)

Time split gate
Scanning
Portion affected by
weld heat
Deposited metal
portion
Plate thickness
direction (mm)
Deposited metal
Base material
portion
Portion affected
Portion affected
by weld heat
by weld heat
Base material
Base material
Example of flaw detection result

The noise value is displayed on a color map.
Fig. 3.2.4.-4 Image processing of flaw detection results through the ultrasonic noise method
3.2.5 Chemical cleaning

(1) Purpose and timing of chemical cleaning
Purpose of chemical cleaning
The purpose of carrying out chemical cleaning of boiler equipment is to remove any and all foreign materials
and scale adhering to inner face of the evaporation piping during construction or operation of the boiler, thereby
preventing any problems from occurring to the boiler, to recover its efficiency and maintain it under good
conditions.
The purpose of chemical cleaning performed during the construction of boiler equipment is to remove any and
all mill scale adhered during the manufacture of the boiler piping and fat and oil adhered during installation, to
remove any foreign materials entered such as sand, etc., and to prevent any problems from occurring during
operation thereafter.
Although impure substances brought into the boiler equipment when installing a condensate demineralizer or
improving water treatment are reduced, these substances still remain as scale adhering to the inner piping due to
the following causes:
(a) Intrusion of corrosive substances through the water supply system and their adherence to the water supply
system
(b)
Condensation and deposition of dissolved salts
(c)
Corrosion of the materials of the boiler piping
Such impure substances cause overheating of the piping materials, generation of scaling, formation of local
cells, or corrosion due to condensed salts and lead to future swelling out or explosion of the piping.
As shown in Table 3.2.5-1, the thermal conductivity of scale largely varies depending on its chemical
ingredients. Because the size of scale is smaller than that of piping materials, adhered scale blocks thermal
conduction causing overheating or heat loss of piping materials.
Table 3.2.5-1 Thermal conductivity of metal and scale
Type
Thermal conductivity (W/mK)
Mild steel
45 ~ 70
Scale containing silicate as its major ingredient
0.2 ~ 0.5
Scale containing iron oxide as its major ingredient
0.9 ~ 2.3
Fat and oil
0.1
Water
0.6
The water vapor oxidized scale generated in the steam system peels off during operation and accumulates in the
U-shape pipe of the super-heater piping, resulting in its explosion. Its fragments may fly over to the turbine and
damage the blade.
180
Timing of chemical cleaning

For the timing of chemical cleaning after the start of operation of boiler equipment, the boiler manufacturer
specifies the standards of cleaning depending on the amount and thickness of adhered scale. On the other hand,
the operators at electric power companies also specify their own respective standards. The standards commonly
used for cleaning are shown in Table 3.2.5-2. The value mentioned there is only a general guideline. Therefore, it
is desirable if an independent cleaning timing is established. In addition, this value should be determined based on
the portion where the maximum amount of scale adheres to individual boiler equipment. Full care should be paid
to any change in the portion where the maximum amount of scale adhered due to a change in the boiler operation
method or fuel change.
Table 3.2.5-2 Amount and thickness of adhered scale for which chemical cleaning is required
Normal pressure
Beyond boundary
8Mpa class
12Mpa class
18Mpa class
pressure
Type
90 ~ 135
75 ~ 105
Coal-fired boiler
400 ~ 450
250 ~ 350
Coal/oil
90 ~ 120
75 ~ 105
60 ~ 90
mixture-fired
300 ~ 400
250 ~ 350
200 ~ 300
boiler
75 ~ 105
60 ~ 90
45 ~ 75
24 ~ 36
Oil-fired boiler
250 ~ 350
200 ~ 300
150 ~ 250
80 ~ 120
Gas-fired boiler
Same as above
Same as above
Same as above
Same as above
Note 1) The upper row in each column indicates the amount of adhered scale (mg/cm), the and lower row indicates the scale
thickness (m).
Note 2) The amount of adhered scale is the value at the flame side (180) of the inner evaporation piping.
Note 3) The amount of a once-through boiler of 18 Mpa class or smaller shall be 2/3 of the value shown in above table.
Note 4) Even if the actual values are less than above, it is recommended to carry out chemical cleaning when the boiler has been
operated for 50,000 hours or longer.
(2) Nature of scale

The scale adhered to new boiler equipment is mostly mill scale (magnetite: FeO) generated during the course
of pipe manufacturing. On the other hand, the nature of scale largely varies depending on the quality of the supply
water or refill water, treatment of the supply water or boiler water or materials of low-/the high-pressure supply
water heat transmission piping of a heater between the steam condenser and the boiler. Even with the same boiler,
the amount and ingredients of scale vary depending on the sampling position or whether it is the flame
side/furnace material side. Table 3.2.-3 shows examples of analyzed scale ingredients in the evaporation piping
and steam system. Its characteristics are outlined below:
(a) With respect to boilers A, B, and C using a heater of copper alloy steel in the water supply system, the scale
contains copper.
(b) With respect to boilers B and C, such refractory scale as white ZnAlO (zinc aluminate) or NiFeO (nickel
ferrite) called spinel scale may be generated if zinc (Zn), Aluminum (Al), and/or nickel (Ni) is contained.
(c) The scale of boilers D, E, and F using a heater for the steel piping in the water supply system is mostly iron
oxide (FeO).
(d) Boilers D, E, and F are of same high-pressure, once-through type, but the boiler water treatment for boilers D
and E is AVT (all volatile treatment) to remove FeO (magnetite). As shown in Photo 3.2.5-1, the scale has
a corrugated surface.
181
Table 3.2.5-3 Examples of chemically analyzed scale ingredients
ZnO
Al2O3
NiO
MgO
CaO
P2O5
Cr2O3
MoO
MnO
Refractory
by acid
H
I
Right-side wall pipe

Front wall pipe
Front wall pipe
Front wall pipe
Front wall pipe
Front wall pipe
Secondary
super-heater
Re-heater
Main steam pipe
Cu
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Pipe specimen
Chemical content
Fe3SO4
Boiler
Average
adhering
amount
(mg/cm2)
65.3
25.4
20.4
24.1
23.4
9.6
38.4
58.3
33.0
73.0
97.5
97.9
97.9
1.9
34.5
2.8
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
1.1
15.1
10.0
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
0.7
0.9
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
14.5
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
10.3
<0.1
0.8
<0.1
<0.1
13.3
<0.1
1.7
0.1
0.2
10.6
0.3
4.9
-
1.8
-
0.7
0.5
2.1
0.2
1.9
<0.1
0.7
<0.1
65.9
<0.1
<0.1
11.3
<0.1
17.8
1.5
1.7
0.3
125.0
125.3
95.4
88.1
<0.1
<0.5
<0.02 <0.1
<0.5 <0.5
<0.2
<0.5
<0.5
<0.4
<0.5
<0.5
1.8
3.3
0.9
0.8
0.4
<0.5
1.3
-
Note 1) A: Boiler for own power generation (VU-60) 6.8 MPa

60 t/h
B: Forced circulation boiler (Mitsubishi) 19.2 MPa
860 t/h
C: Natural circulation boiler (Hitachi) 17.2 MPa
1,135 t/h
D: Once-through boiler 26.3 MPa
1,640 t/h
E: Pressure-variable once-through boiler (AVT) 25.0 MPa
2,300 t/h
F: Pressure-variable once-through boiler (CWT) 25.0 MPa
2,300 t/h
G: Once-through boiler (super-heater piping: SUS316HTB) 26.9 MPa 1,500 t/h
H: Pressure-variable once-through boiler (re-heater piping:STBA24) 25.0 MPa
2,300 t/h
I: Once-through boiler (main steam piping:STBA24) 25.0 MPa
1,900 t/h
Note 2) A F: Adhered amount on flame side
G I: Adhered amount around entire circumference
Outer
layer
Inner
layer
Base
material
Photo 3.2.5-1: Corrugated scale of AVT treatment

boiler
Photo 3.2.5-2: Steam-oxidized scale

(x 100 magnification)
With respect to boiler E, fine-grain FeO from CWT (combined water treatment) adheres to the magnetite, and
the scale has smooth surface.
(e) Boilers G, H, and I generate vapor-type scale. Cr-Mo steel (low-alloy steel) has been used for these
boilers. Two-layer scale, called steam-oxidized scale; one in the neighborhood of piping materials with a
high content of chromium and the other at steam side with a high content of iron oxide are generated as
shown in Photo 3.2.5-2.
182
Remarks
Washing with
water
Prevention of
rust by
neutralization
Final washing
with water
Cleaning with
acid
Washing with
water
{
{
Cleaning by
degreasing
Cleaning with
ammonia
During construction
Copper content: high
After
Copper content: low
operation
Copper content: none
Flushing
Table 3.2.5-4 Operation of a boiler and required cleaning process
U
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
U
U
{
{
{
{
{
{
U
U
{: Implement. U Implement if necessary.
(3) Cleaning method

Cleaning process
The cleaning method varies depending on the operation of the boiler equipment or the ingredients of the scale.
Typical cleaning processes are shown in Table 3.2.5-4.
(a) Boiler during construction
The main purpose of cleaning is to remove mill scale, oil and fat, and/or foreign materials. In these years, the
degreasing process is mostly omitted by adding degreasing agent during acid cleaning.
(b) Boiler after operation
i) Starting from acid cleaning of the scale mainly containing ferrous, hardening ingredients and/or a small
amount of copper, copper-dissolving/-enclosing agent is added during acid cleaning if copper is
contained.
ii)
Before acid cleaning, ammonia cleaning is performed as pretreatment in order to dissolve the copper
content.
In lieu of the above i) and ii) cleaning, chelating cleaning is sometimes carried out. Its cleaning process is:
Ferrous removal cooling copper removal/rust prevention washing with water
(4) Planning and implementation of cleaning
Planning of cleaning includes understanding the overall structure of the subject boiler, studying the cleaning
specifications through investigation of scale, selection of a method of treating wastewater, and planning the
implementation method. The planning procedures are shown in Fig. 3.2.5-1.
183
Investigation of the subject of cleaning

z Specifications and materials of the unit
z State of evaporation amount, pressure,
operation hours, etc.
z State of water treatment control such as
quality of supply water, quality of boiler
water, chemicals used, etc.
z Practical experiences in cleaning
z Type of fuel
Planning of cleaning specifications and

requirements
z Planning of cleaning process
z Planning of treatment of wastewater and
exhaust gas
z Approval of power source, water supply
source, heat source, etc.
z Preparation of cleaning flow and work
procedures
z Checking of the safety and sanitary level
related to construction and training
Investigation of scale
z
z
z
z
Scale ingredients
Amount of adhered scale
Scale generation rate
Deterioration level of the material
Implementation
Inspection
z Visual inspection
z Amount of corrosion to be checked
by a test piece
z Amount of scale removed by
cleaning
Dissolution test
z Scale dissolution test
z Material deterioration test
z Investigation of customers
environmental conditions such as
wastewater standards, etc.
z Availability of wastewater treatment
equipment at customer side
z Experimental wastewater treatment
Summary
Study of wastewater treatment system
z Report of cleaning implemented

z Advice regarding maintenance and
water treatment method
z Checking of operation after cleaning
Fig. 3.2.5-1 Flow of chemical cleaning planning for boilers

Guideline for implementation
Items to be considered when planning a guideline for implementation are given below:
(a) Outline of the unit subjected to cleaning
(b) Scope of cleaning and amount of cleanser
(c) Handling of components not subjected to cleaning
(d) Relationship between actual construction and temporary construction, size, quantity
(e) Types of cleaning chemicals, density and cleaning conditions
(f) Cleaning process and criteria for determining the completion of cleaning
(g) Method of checking and inspecting the effect of cleaning
(h) Method of receiving waste cleaning fluid and procedures to treat it
(i) Utilities (pure water, steam, power, air, etc.)
(j) Flow of each process, temporary storing place, and piping route
(k) Outline and detailed process
An example of the cleaning system for typical-type boiler equipment is shown in Fig. 3.2.5-2.
184
Actual construction line
N2 gas
Pressure gage
Flow meter
Side wall
Front/rear
walls
Side wall
Water
supply line
Temporary construction
Temporary
level gage
Steam drum
Sampling
Thermometer
Mixing header
Mixing heater
Inspection nipple
Draw
pump
Hydrazine pump
Pure water
Circulation pump
Steam
Chemicals
injection pump
Tank
Blower
Ejector
Fig. 3.2.5-2 Flow of cleaning system of the natural circulation-type boiler

Actual construction line
Main steam piping
Temporary construction line

Level gage
Pressure gage
Main closing
valve of turbine
Flow meter
Thermometer
N2H4 tank
SH Water-filling pump
Sampling
Cage
N2H4 pump
Steam
separator
Evaporator
Steam
separation
tank
Water-sealing pump for the components not subjected to cleaning

Test piece seat
Ceiling wall
Blow line
Steam
Mixing heater
Cold
water
Chemicals
tank
Ejector
Circulation pump
Chemicals
injection pump
From tank-lorry
Economizer
High-pressure supply
water super-heater
Main supply water piping
To blow line
Fig. 3.2.5-3 Flow of cleaning a once-through boiler
185
Pure water
Number of delivered units (unit)
3.2.6 Circulation Pump

(1) Preventive maintenance of circulation pump
Circulation pumps for boilers have been employed for boiler equipment having a capacity of 150 MW or more
since around 1955. The circulation pump is divided into the injection type and the glandless type (canned motor
type, submerged motor type). Currently, about 400 units of these 2 types of pumps are operated for domestic
thermal power generation. Many non-conformance events occurred at the initial stage of introduction. As a result
of structural improvement and completion of the details for inspection items thereafter, such non-conformance
events have been drastically reduced and the reliability has been largely improved. However, 30 years have
already passed since the installation of some circulation pumps as shown in Fig. 3.2.6-1. Some of them are being
replaced gradually, but more than half of them have been used for 15 years or longer. The preventive maintenance
of such units has become a critical issue. (The descriptions from the next section are examples of circulation
pumps made by Fuji Electric.)
Total number
of units
30 years or 25 ~ 29
longer
years
20 ~ 24
years
15 ~ 19
years
10 ~ 14
years
5~9
years
0~4
years
Fig. 3.2.6-1 Years of operation after delivery
Pump case
(Renewal cycle: 35 40 years)
Generation of
cracks
Motor case
Expansion of in-low
clearance
Deformation of gasket
Uneven tightening
Warming shortage
Overlapping of thermal
insulation materials
Impeller (Renewal cycle: 25 30 years)

Generation of
Abnormal vibration
cracks
Abnormal sound
Abnormal vibration
Steam leakage, water
leakage
Cavity abnormal
temperature rise
Renewal cycle of journal bearing

Sleeve plate: 8 12 years
Pad: 16 20 years
Abnormal wear
Abnormal
Lift/peeling off of
sound/abnormal
bearing material
vibration
Heat exchanger
Accumulation of
Cavity temperature
scale
rise
Fatigue/corrosion
Water leakage
of welded portion
Stator (Renewal cycle: 25 30 years)

Wear of press ring
Abnormal sound
Loosening,
Abnormal vibration
dislocation,
Shortened life of
corrosion, or wear
coil
of steel core
Rotor (Renewal cycle: 25 30 years)

Deflection of
Popping out of
ammeter
rotor bar
Corrosion/wear of
Abnormal sound
steel core
Abnormal vibration
Renewal cycle of coil winding

PVC: 8 years
XLPE: 12 16 years
Renewal cycle of thrust bearing

Thrust plate: 8 12 years
Pad: 16 20 years
Abnormal wear
Abnormal
Lift/peeling off of
sound/abnormal
bearing material
vibration
Wear of coil wire
Slipping down of coil
Loosened cleat wire
Deterioration of
insulation materials
Fig. 3.2.6-2 Deterioration of main parts and renewal cycle
186
Insulation drop
Ground
fault/unstable life
Non-conformance events
As explained above, non-conformance events have been reduced to date, and the reliability of the circulation
pump of boiler has been largely improved. However, there still remain many plants for which no structural
improvement has been implemented so far. It is required therefore to recheck the non-conformance events in the
past and reflect their results in the completion of details of inspection items and on the plan for repair.
Non-conformance events of major parts are outlined in Fig. 3.2.6-2, which shows the deterioration phenomena
and renewal cycle of major parts (renewal cycle with addition of the effect of the bearing force improvement plan
to the past experiences).
Guideline for implementation of preventive maintenance and inspection
Inspection items are divided into general inspection items and special inspection items. General inspection
mainly involves visual inspection, whereas non-destructive testing is the main item of special inspection, which
should be started from the 10th year after the start of operation to obtain remaining life assessment data.
Concretely, the target regular inspection cycle should be set at 4 years, and a long-term plan of details for
checking/inspection items and details for repair items should be developed Items to be implemented should
be confirmed at the start of the respective regular inspection.
Concept of measures for improvement of bearing force and examples of implementation
Measures for improvement of bearing force of the circulation pump of boiler equipment are promoted under the
2 concepts below, aiming to respond to any change in the operation method of power generation plants
(conversion to WSS/DSS), extension of the inspection cycle, and prolongation of operation life:
(a)
Improvement of structure, materials, and work method
(b)
Enrichment of inspection items (early detection of non-conformance and early countermeasures)
Typical examples of implementation are shown below:

i) Forged pump case
The conventional pump case was a cast product of the volute type. As a measure to improve the bearing
force of the pump case, a spherical-shape forged pump case has been employed for about 15 years.
Compared with the volute-type cast pump case, the spherical-shape forged pump case is simple in its
configuration and the reliability of its materials is high. It is suitable for a plant with frequent start/stop
operations in a high-temperature, high-pressure atmosphere (plants using DSS, etc.)
ii)
The motor stator coil has been changed to cross-linked polyethylene wire.
Coils manufactured before 1980 were made of PVC wire, which involved the issue that the rewinding
cycle was short because hardening/fragility of the insulation coat was accelerated due to reduction of
the plasticizer.
iii) Employment of a single-basket-shaped stator of the closed slit type

The double-basket-shaped stator of the open slit type was used as a standard stator in the past. DSS
operation (repeated transient vibration torque and/or thermal stress at the start of operation) was not
considered in its structure. As a measure for DDS operation, a single rotor of the closed slit type has
been employed.
iv) Implementation of special precise inspection
Visual inspection is more than enough for the initial stage of plant operation (within 10 years). However,
after 10 years when the renewal cycle timing of parts approaches, special precise inspection mainly
composed of non-destructive testing is carried out in addition to visual inspection. Through early
detection of and early action against any non-conformance by determining the timing of renewal, the
life of parts can be prolonged.
187
3.2.7 Fan
(1) Measures to improve reliability and guideline for maintenance and inspection
The present time is called a maintenance age. The number of social systems and production systems subjected
to maintenance are accumulating at a continuously increasing speed. According to a certain trial calculation, the
ratio of costs for maintenance was 10% of social capital investment during the 1970s, whereas it increased to 30%
during the 1990s and to 50% by 2020. Under these circumstances, maintenance costs keep increasing; how to
cope with this in a quantitative manner, how to improve cost efficiency keeping improvement of reliability, and
how to select the type of acceptable maintenance have become serious issues.
Because the fans installed at power generation plants are kept in operation for a long period of time from the
start of operation until the time they are disposed of, the accumulated number of units has been increasing. It is
required to make clear what inspection items are to be applied to these fans and to implement them under a
controlled cycle and implement feedback and feedforward without any reserve. Because efficiency and
rationalization of maintenance costs is directly linked to the management, it is required to develop a general image
of maintenance, determine what is presently missing, and implement these items in a well-planned manner.
Axial fan
As boiler capacity becomes larger, the rotating-type variable axial fan suitable for large-capacity boilers with
reduced power consumption under partial load has been widely used as a ventilating fan for power generation
equipment other than FDF, IDF, PAF, BUF, and high-temperature GRF. Control for improvement of reliability is
further required, because the structure of the rotating-type variable mechanism is complex and the number of parts
is larger than the same of the centrifugal fan.
As a result of measures taken for the improvement of reliability [1] with consideration paid to the problems
with axial FDF experienced over a period of 15 years since 1970, the employment of axial fans started, and the
problem occurrence ratio has been suppressed to its minimum. However, in view of the facts that the installation
of axial fans increased from 1985 onward when many thermal power generation plants were constructed, and that
its usage has expanded, it is desirable to carry out precise inspection of fans used for many years in order to
further secure their reliability.
Centrifugal fan
Although the reliability of centrifugal fan has been improved, many fans have already been in use for 20 years
or longer. It is required to plan and implement measures to improve their reliability further taking into account any
aged deterioration or any change in operation from what was expected at the start of operation.
Because the operation of thermal power generation plants corresponds to the peak power generation capacity,
the number of start/stop operations has increased, which, as a result, requires the improvement of the bearing force
of impellers, bearings, and couplings.
(a) Stress change occurs at the impeller caused by the change in RPM due to start/stop of operations.
Especially with GRF, low-cycle fatigue occurs due to repeated thermal expansion caused by temperature
fluctuation. If you start the operation of GRF at room temperature, the temperature of the intake gas
rapidly changes and the vibration becomes several times larger for some time than the vibration
experienced under stable, steady operation. This is an effect of the difference in thermal expansion
caused by the temperature difference among the components of the impeller. When the temperature of
the impeller becomes stable after continuing operation in a stable gas temperature atmosphere, the
amplification of vibration gradually lowers and the operation becomes stable. In particular, when a
riveted joint is used, this phenomenon frequently appears. Therefore, if a riveted structure has been used
for the impeller, it is recommended to change it to a welded structure and remodel the connection of the
impeller to the shaft/hub to a reaming bolt connection structure from the rivet-fixed type. Because the
effect of thermal distortion concentrates on the riveted structure, non-destructive testing needs to be
carried out for the components concerned when the fan is not in use or regular inspection is carried out.
In the case of the structure of the axisboss shrink fit, any vibration that may be caused by the decrease
in the shrink-fit margin or loosening due to the transitional difference in temperature distribution is of
concern. It may be required to increase the shrink-fit margin or change to an integrated rotor of the
axisboss.
If the level of adherence of the mating portion of the axisboss shrink-fit structure changes as the time
passes, that the vibration may become stronger or the torque transmission ability may drop are concerns.
Ultrasonic waves can be used to test the level of such adherence. Figure 3.2.7-1 shows the inspection
principles when a clearance is available for testing.
(b) Any fatigue damage that occurs to the face of the tooth at the gear coupling due to start/stop operations
is also a concern. Complete inspection is required. It is recommended to change to a tooth face with
improved bearing force or to a flexible coupling having no contact with the face of the tooth.
188
(c) Stress occurring at the impeller is strong. When carrying out non-destructive testing at regular
inspection, such a case is found where the portions and number of occurrences of damage increase as
time passes. In case there is concern that complete reliability may not be secured through regular
inspection or repair only, it is required to change to an impeller of a type whose generated stress has
been reduced by increasing its wall thickness or improving its welding quality.
Precise inspection of large-sized fan
Large-sized fans are disassembled and maintained at each regular inspection. Items subjected to precise
inspection of the respective parts of the centrifugal fan that can be implemented for such aged deterioration
phenomena as corrosion, wear, cracking, etc. are shown in Table 1. Because problems with large-sized fans can
lead to operation stop of the unit or to load limit, it is recommended to carry out full assessment at respective
regular inspection, etc.
The fan is equipped with attachment devices other than the main unit such as the lubricating device, silencer,
measuring apparatus, etc. It is required to secure the reliability of these devices as well as securing the reliability
of the main unit. For inspection of the main unit, disassembling, which requires many processes, is necessary.
Because fewer processes are required for disassembling inspection of attachment devices, it is recommended to
carry out regular maintenance once a year.
Impeller
Impeller hub
Shaft
Mating portion
Hub
Assess the output of the echo from

the hub bottom (Bn) and from the
shaft bottom (W).
Shaft
Transmitted
wave
Sensor
Fig. 3.2.7-1 Assessment of the degree of adherence of hub/shaft
(2) Cause of life consumption

As the causes of consumption of life of the fan, corrosion, wear, fatigue, etc. can be mentioned.
Because power generation plants are located near the sea, corrosion caused by salt needs to be taken into
consideration. For the intake of atmospheric air by FDF and PAF, it is required to assess the strength of the
silencer against corrosion. Caution is required to be paid to the pit generation of aluminum alloy used for the
rotating blade of the axial fan caused by salt corrosion and clogging created between slide clearances. With
respect to IDF and BUF, because drain with strong corrosive features is generated when the moisture contained in
the gas condenses while the gas temperature drops when the fan is not in use, it is required to make assessment in
this respect.
With respect to wear, there is a record of a survey conducted in USA. As a result of a large-scale survey to
clarify the cause of problems conducted by EPRI in order to improve the reliability of coal-fired thermal
power generation plants, it was found that IDF was one of the most serious causes for drops in operation
efficiency.
The main cause of problems with IDF was wear caused by the fly ash contained in the exhaust gas. Researches
of the following items are presently under way in order to improve the wear resistance of IDF:
(a) Characteristics and level of wear of the fan at power generation plants and related costs required for
countermeasures against it
(b) Improvement of computer models to estimate the wear damage to the fan
(c) Assessment of the effect of relative wear by various types of fly ash
189
(d) Assessment of the cost for the armor system of the blade-shaped centrifugal fan that can be replaced on
site
The researches are mainly focused on the centrifugal blade-type fan, which cannot in most cases be applied
directly to the axial fan, which is the mainstream in Japan.
Axial-type IDF, many of which have been introduced in Japan from around 1985, have already been used for
10 years or longer. It is considered that such study will become necessary as the same EPRI conducted for wear.
Fatigue is divided into low-cycle fatigue caused by start/stop operations and high-cycle fatigue occurring during
normal operation. It is required to fully assess the rotating blade of the axial fan because damage to it is highly
expected. A study is required to be conducted for low-cycle fatigue if the frequency of start/stop operations has
increased in the course of the change in the operation method to more than when the unit was initially installed.
3.2.8
Corrosion of boiler equipment occurring in its water zone and countermeasures against it
Introduction
The purposes of controlling thermal power generation plants by establishing a reference value for each item of
water supply, boiler water, and steam is to prevent any problems from occurring to the equipment composing the
thermal power generation plant caused by corrosion and/or scale due to the quality of water used and to continue
the operation of the plant in a safe and smooth manner. As the pressure and temperature of the main steam rise
higher, the thermal efficiency of the plant becomes higher. However, the plant is likely to be affected by corrosion
or scale, and the level of such effect becomes higher. Therefore, water quality control is an important task that
affects the thermal efficiency and operation efficiency of the unit.
While the water treatment engineering of boiler equipment has remarkably advanced in these years, accidents
often occur from thermal power generation plants caused by the water used by aged equipment or DDS
operation. Those staff responsible for water quality and the staff in charge of operation and maintenance of the
plant are required to understand the importance of water quality control and endeavor to improve it.
Problems arising from water are roughly divided into issues of corrosion, fragility, (cracking) and scale. As
shown in Fig. 3.2.8, most of the problems relating to water occur when multiple causes are combined. Upon
occurrence of any problem, its cause must be analyzed and assessed in detail to establish adequate
countermeasures.
An outline of various types of problem and their causes, handling, and preventive measures is given below.
{ Attack by ammonia
Defective design and construction
{ Erosion of turbine
{ Inadequate materials
{ Defective design of orifice
{ Oxidization of steam
{ Clogging
{ Clogging with foreign

materials
{ Insufficient flow rate
{ Rise in differential
pressure
{ Uneven thermal load

Defective operation maintenance
{ Defective storage
{ Defective water treatment
{ Adherence of scale
{ Corrosion of entire unit
{ Thermal conduction
was blocked
{ Corrosion of partial unit
{ Alkali corrosion
{ Carry over
{ Fragile crack caused by

hydrogen
{ Leakage of seawater
Drop in efficiency
Opening by
swelling-out
breakage
{ Crack caused by stress
{ Defective control of
combustion
Fig. 3.2.8 Problems and related causes

(1) Problem caused by adhered scale and countermeasures against it
Problem caused by overheating
In the period in which raw water was used for refilling, hard contents contained in the raw water were deposited
on the evaporation unit as white scale of calcium carbonate, which caused overheating problems of the
evaporation piping due to its thermal resistance. Currently, due to advanced technology in the manufacture of pure
water, dissolved contents from the materials in the condensed water supply system change to scale and adhere to
the evaporation unit.
The main ingredients of the scale are magnetite (FeO), copper, etc. By carrying out chemical cleaning of the
190
boiler equipment at an adequate timing, it is very seldom that the evaporation piping is damaged by overheating
due to the thermal resistance of the scale itself.
Cross section of scale
Appearance of the portion

of leakage
Photo 3.2.8-1 Example 1 of problem caused by overheating due to adherence of scale

The causes of problems by overheating due to scale adhering to the evaporation piping occurring in these years
are considered to be as follows:
(a) Due to improper water control, very soft magnetite scale is generated and grows to form a steam layer in
the clearances among the scale layers.
(b) A steam layer is formed in the portion in which the scale has been peeled off from the steel face and
lifted due to the temperature fluctuation caused by start/stop operations of the boiler equipment under a
condition where a relatively large amount of scale has adhered.
(c) If the amount of Cu, ZnO, CaO, etc. has become very large within a given scale layer when the
composition of scale largely fluctuates due to the change in quality of the supply water, the scale is
peeled off from that portion, film boiling occurs there, and a steam layer is formed as a result.
(d) When any scale remains in the chemical cleaning process of boiler equipment and any clearance is
created between the piping materials and the scale, that portion becomes a hot spot and a steam layer is
formed there. Almost all of these problems occur after the operation of the plant has started.
Photo 3.2.8-1 shows an example in which the scale has swelled out and broken open in an oval shape within the
furnace of the evaporation piping (STB42) located on the upper side of the burner. This is a case where heat
conduction is blocked when soft-type scale (200 250 m) has adhered to the inner face of the piping, peeled off
within the layers, and lifted and opened due to the excessive rise in the metal temperature of the piping. In the area
surrounding the opening, many cracks are generated in the pipe shaft direction. As countermeasures against this,
the generation of soft-type scale is suppressed by the removal of scale through chemical cleaning, reduction of
melted oxygen in the condensed water and in the drain system of the low-pressure supply water heater,
deoxidization at the time of starting operation, etc.
[Metal]
(Scale thickness 0.33 0.49 mm)
Appearance of the portion
of leakage
Cross section of scale
Photo 3.2.8-2 Example 2 of problem caused by overheating due to adherence of scale

Photo 3.2.8-2 is an example of a case the scale was overheated, swelled out, and opened within a very short
period of time (creep breakage in a short time); as a result, the unit was operated under such a condition that the
amount of scale adhered to the inner piping exceeded the amount for which chemical cleaning was required
(thickness 450 m, amount of adherence 85 mg/cm), the scale layers adhered to the inner piping were peeled
191
off and lifted, and heat conduction was blocked by the steam layers generated between the scale layers. As
countermeasures against this, it is required to capture the level of scale growth by regular pipe sampling
inspection and determine the adequate timing of chemical cleaning.
Corrugated scale
At a plant where volatile matter treatment is undertaken as a method of treating supply water, there are many
experiences where the scale adhered to the inner evaporation piping of a furnace shows a corrugated pattern.
Especially with respect to the supercritical sliding-pressure once-through boiler, the average rate of flow in the
piping becomes higher. Therefore, scale with this corrugated appearance increases the break-through resistance of
the furnace, which may cause problems in operation. The cause of the generation of such corrugated scale has not
yet been clarified. The scale is considered to be generated under such a condition that chemical factors and fluid
dynamics factors have been combined. Namely, dissolution and deposition of the component materials in a
high-temperature, high-pressure atmosphere as chemical factors and cyclic structural change of turbulent
boundary layers as fluid dynamic factors are considered combined, whereby such corrugated scale was generated.
Photo 3.2.8-3 shows an example of the corrugated scale generated within a supercritical sliding-pressure
once-through boiler. In this case, the amount of adhered scale is not so great that chemical cleaning is required,
but problems in operation have occurred because the break-through resistance became stronger due to the shape of
such scale. As countermeasures, the scale is removed by chemical cleaning in order to reduce the break-through
resistance. Thereafter, it was clarified that the generation of such corrugated scale could be suppressed by
changing the supply water treatment to oxygen treatment, according to certain European literature and the
test results of oxygen treatment verification carried out in Japan . This oxygen treatment method has the
advantage of a reduction in running costs, including the prevention of such corrugated scale from being generated.
Therefore, this oxygen treatment method is currently being rapidly introduced to once-through boilers in Japan.
Direction
of flow
Adhered scale (inside of furnace)
Photo 3.2.8-3 Adherence of corrugated scale

Scale adhering to the components
There is such a case where an increase in break-through resistance and fault movement is caused by the
considerable amount of magnetite scale partially adhering to such components as the orifice for flow rate
adjustment at the inlet of the evaporation piping of the forced circulation boiler, the spray water control valves of
the super-heater and re-heater, the drain control valve of the supply water heater, the flow meter for the supply
192
Iron concentration (g/l)
water (flow nozzle), and the high-pressure supply water system (strainer of the water supply pump, rectifying
cylinder of the high-pressure supply water heater, heater piping), etc. This scale adheres to portions where there is
no thermal load, which however is present in the evaporation piping. It is considered that the adherence of scale is
a phenomenon that occurs when chemical factors, fluid dynamic factors, and static electric factors (charged
grains) are combined.
Temperature (C)
Fig. 3.2.8-1 Solubility curve of magnetite

Because the main ingredient in the chemical factors is magnetite and scale is generated at portions with such
high temperatures as 180 or more, and as one can reason by analogy from the solubility curve in Fig.
3.2.8-1, the portion where scale has adhered becomes oversaturated by the degree of solution of magnetite under
such temperatures and becomes an area where fine grains of magnetite are created. As fluid dynamic factors, the
scale has adhered to the portion whose boundary layers proximate to the metal surface are thinner than other
portions in the high rate of flow in the area in which the flow path has become narrower. This indicates that the
scale adheres to such portions with high probability of the created magnetite fine grains colliding with the metal
surface. As static electrical factors, when such oxide as magnetite is submerged into water, the surface of the oxide
is charged and comes to have electrical potential (zeta potential) by certain type of static electrical phenomenon.
The intensity level of this electrical potential is related to the characteristics of the grain surface. If the grain size
becomes smaller, the characteristics of the surface become stronger. Namely, the activity of the surface becomes
especially strong immediately after the fine grains of magnetite are created. Because scale is generated to such
portions where the various factors above are combined, the scale does not always adhere to the same portions of
similar plants.
Photo 3.2.8-4 shows an example of a unit that has become uncontrollable due to adhered and solidified
magnetite scale in the high-velocity portion of the stem throttle of control valve for the spray water of the
super-heater.
Photo 3.2.8-5 shows an example of scale containing copper as its main ingredient selectively adhered and
solidified at the orifice inlet of the water drum where the flow rate has been reduced. In this case, the copper
content dissolved from the supply water heater equipped with copper alloy piping due to a failure in the supply
water treatment was brought into the boiler and selectively adhered to the orifice.
193
Photo 3.2.8-4 Example of scale adhered to control valve
Scale
Orifice
Photo 3.2.8-5 Example of scale adhered to orifice

Such a failure in supply water treatment can be avoided by improving the treatment system. The adherence of
magnetite scale as mentioned above occurs even in such area where supply water treatment has been carried out
properly. Even by changing the conditions of the portion to which the scale has adhered (for example, change in
the pH, hydrazine density, etc.), only the adhering portion changes its location to some extent, and it does not lead
to any satisfactory solution. As a measure to resolve this issue of scale adherence, oxygen treatment, which has
been employed as a countermeasure against corrugated scale, is effective.
Photo 3.2.8-6 shows an example of improvement for the removal of magnetite scale adhered to the rectifying
cylinder of a high-pressure supply water heater at a power generation plant where oxygen treatment has been
adopted. Such problems as efficiency drop, vibration, etc. caused by magnetite scale adhered to the impeller of the
water supply pump have also been resolved by oxygen treatment.
194
Volatile matter treatment
Oxygen treatment
Photo 3.2.8-6 Example of scale adhering to rectifying cylinder of high-pressure supply water heater
(1) Corrosion at the furnace water-wall tube of coal-fired boilers
Corrosion
It has been known from long ago that strong corrosion occurs at the furnace wall of coal-fired boilers by flame
impingement (flames hit the waterwall piping directly in the neighborhood of the burner zone).
In such a case, it is considered that the area exposed to flames is locally placed under low oxygen partial
pressure, because a lot of unburned carbon, FeS, etc. are contained in the adhered ash. As shown in the chemical
formula below, FeS contained in the adhered ash reacts with the Fe contained in the waterwall piping to yield
FeS. Because FeS contains more grid defects than such oxides as FeO, the protective capability of the coat
becomes poorer, causing strong corrosion.
Recently, many cases are found such as the 2-step-type combustion process being employed for many boilers
for power generation as a measure to satisfy low NOx yield. In such a process, the area in the neighborhood of
burner zone becomes an atmosphere of low oxygen partial pressure containing HS. Figure 3.2.8-2 shows the
impact of air ratio on the balanced structure of gas when Datong (Chinese) coal containing 0.63% S is burned at
1300. When the air ratio is 0.8 or less, it is obvious that a lot of reduced contents such as H, CO, HS, etc. is
contained in the combustion gas. In particular, when such coal containing a lot of S content is used as fuel, the
HS density becomes higher, creating a severe corrosive environment. Corrosion of the furnace waterwall piping
caused by high-temperature sulfide becomes a critical issue. Coal combustion gas is composed of CO, CO, HO,
HS, COS, N, etc. As a result, the environment has become a family of so-called C-H-O-S. The critical factors of
corrosion are oxygen partial pressure and sulfur partial pressure in the atmosphere. In an atmosphere where the
oxygen partial pressure is high, oxidation plays a leading role in the corrosion of materials, whereas in an
atmosphere where the sulfur partial pressure is high, sulfuration plays a leading role. In an atmosphere where
oxidation is the leading player, the protective characteristic of the oxidized coat becomes excellent, resulting in a
negligible level of corrosion. On the other hand, in an atmosphere where sulfuration is the leading player, the
protective characteristic of the sulfide coat becomes remarkably poor, resulting in strong corrosion.
With respect to the corrosion occurring in an atmosphere of low oxygen partial pressure and high sulfur partial
pressure, it is considered that the reaction mentioned below is the leading player.
195
Datong coal (S content: 0.63%)

Combustion gas temperature: 1300C
Air ratio
Fig. 3.2.8-2 Impact of air ratio on the balanced structure of combustion gas at 1300
H2S + Fe Fes + H2 ...........................................................................................................(7)
2CO + SO2 + Fe FeS + 2CO2 ..........................................................................................(8)
This corrosion gradually grows to complete corrosion in general. At a portion where repeated thermal stress is
strong, the corrosion may grow in a groove shape in the direction of the circumference (which is called
elephant-hide alligator-skin cracking).
Other than the above corrosion, it has been reported that corrosion involving such vitriols as XSO, XSO
(X: Na or K), etc. contained in the adhered ash or pyrosulfate can occur when the SO density in the combustion
gas is high . However, cases of corrosion of the waterwall piping by these alkali compounds are not reported
very frequently.
In UK where coal containing lot of Cl is used, acceleration of corrosion of waterwall piping caused by HCl
contained in the combustion gas has been reported. Because the coal currently used in Japan contains a very small
amount of Cl, no corrosion caused by HCl contained in the combustion gas has been reported to date. From the
standpoint that poor-quality coal may be used in future as fuels to be used diversify, it will be required to capture
well the influence of HCl on corrosion.
196
Examples of corrosion and countermeasures

A cross section of corrosion of the furnace waterwall piping of a coal-fired boiler that occurred in which the
2-step combustion process has been employed in order to reduce NOx is shown in Photo 3.2.8-7. The flame side
has been evenly corroded, and the amount of corrosion was 0.15 2.00 mm/year.
Flame side
Photo 3.2.8-7 Cross

section of corroded
potion of furnace
waterwall piping
Photo 3.2.8-8 includes EPMA photographs of corrosive scale. The scale in the outer layer is composed of FeS,
whereas the inner layer is composed of a mixture in which FeO is the main content. It is typical corrosion in an
atmosphere of low oxygen containing a considerable amount of HS. In the neighborhood of the waterwall piping
surface where strong corrosion occurred, it is indicated that the content of HS in the combustion gas was 300
ppm, H was 1.5%, and CO was 6.1%, and the air ratio at the moment of combustion was 1 or less.
An example of groove-shape corrosion of the waterwall piping is shown in Photo 3.2.8-9. The appearance of
the corrosion is similar to that occurring at heavy oil-fired boilers. The causes of such groove-shape corrosion
are considered to be follows. Namely, the oxidized coat on the piping surface has cracked by repeated thermal
stress arising from any combination of adhered substances to the inner piping (FeO), condensation of air
bubbles, or local falling off of scale from the surface of the furnace piping. It is considered that corrosive gas
entered through the cracks and that the corrosion was accelerated at this gas-entered portion .
Considerable actions to prevent corrosion of waterwall piping are as follows:
(a) Measures to be taken in the design
(b) Selection of materials
(c) Employment of surface treatment
The most effective action is the use of coal with a lower S content. Such actions as employment of low-NOx
burners, use of fined coal to promote complete combustion, increase in the oxygen partial pressure on the piping
surface by filling boundary air (to create an air curtain along the waterwall piping) over the waterwall piping
surface, etc. are also considered effective .
Photo 3.2.8-10 shows the EPMA observation result of the scale on the piping surface before and after filling of
boundary air. By filling of air, the scale mainly containing sulfide has changed to scale mainly containing oxide.
As measures against groove-shape corrosion, suppression of the generation of substances adhering to the inner
portions through thoroughgoing water treatment or prevention of air bubbles from condensation by employing
rifle pipes is considered effective .
197
Na: X-ray image
Fe: X-ray image
S: X-ray image
C: X-ray image
Cl: X-ray image
O: X-ray image
K: X-ray image
Photo 3.2.8-8 EPMA observation result of corrosive scale on waterwall piping
Photo 3.2.8-9 Appearance of groove-shape corrosion of waterwall piping in the neighborhood of the burner
With respect to the materials, use of the double piping system composed of an outer pipe made of materials
excellent in corrosion resistance such as SUS 347 H, SUS 310 S, etc. and an inner pipe made of carbon steel is
considered . These materials have been already put to practical use where the materials are exposed to severe
combustion gas containing HS and HCl .
For surface treatment, chromizing treatment by raising the Cr density by having Cr diffuse and penetrate is
effective for prevention of corrosion also. In addition, thermal spray coating of corrosive materials by plasma
thermal spray is effective for prevention of corrosion. Thermal spray process using 50 Cr 50 Ni as its material
has been put to practical use.
In the case of thermal spray, however, entry of gas into the layer of the metal/thermal spray cannot be avoided.
This process has not yet been put to practical use as a permanent countermeasure.
198
O: X-ray image
Before filling
boundary air
S: X-ray image
Fe: X-ray image
After filling
boundary air
O: X-ray image
S: X-ray image
Fe: X-ray image
Photo 3.2.8-10 EPMA observation result of corrosive scale adhering to waterwall piping before and after filling
boundary air
199
3.3 Water Chemistry for the Boiler

3.3.1
Transition and Summary of Water Treatment Technology
The current water treatment technology we use in Japan derives from the U.S., introduced together with the
so-called new type of thermal power system.
3.3.1.1 Transition of 170K-Class Water Treatment
A 170K-class unit was imported and installed at Osaka Power Plant. The boiler used was a forced circulation
type made by Combustion Engineering. Water treatment using the 170K-class unit showed a series of problems,
and the method used for water treatment changed several times.
(1) Initial Criteria for Water treatment
The initial criteria under which water quality was controlled in Osaka Power Plant are shown in Table 1.
Caustic treatment was used, in which sodium hydroxide and sodium phosphate were injected into the boiler water.
(2) Hide-Outs and Turbine Scales
Power generating efficiency decreased due to the hide-out of phosphate ions in the boiler water (and subsequent
increase in pH), and also due to deposition of sodium phosphate scales to the turbine blades (See Table 3.3.1-1).
Consequently, the downwash of the scale at the time of turbine start up contaminated the condensate water . To
eliminate the hide-out, disodium salt was used and the phosphate ion concentration was maintained at 0.2 - 2.0
ppm, which was the upper limit that Osaka Power Plant was able to manage.
However, hide-outs still existed and it was relatively difficult to control pH at an appropriate level.
1) Low Phosphate Treatment
In early 1961, a test for treating water with low phosphate treatment started. Following the results, monobasic
sodium salt was used, but since it failed to reduce the pH to the threshold limit value of GA1, i.e. 8.5 to 9.5, the
value remained to be 9.5 to 10.0.
In September 1961, Mr. Grabowski of C.E. made a presentation at the New Nagoya Power Plant and Thermal
Power Division of Kansai Electric Power Company, Inc. and showed that reducing boiler corrosion does not
necessarily require increasing pH, but the key is to protect the magnetite protection coating. He also pointed out
that Coordinated Phosphate Treatment requires the pH value to be maintained at the 9.5 to 10.0 level only (as
experienced by a boiler manufactured by C.E.) and suggested keeping the concentration of phosphate ions on the
concentration curves of trisodium salt and pH.
Table 3.3.1-1: Example of Analysis of Depositions on the Turbine Blades at Osaka Power Plant (Unit: %)
Ignition Loss
SiO2
Fe2O3
Na2O
CuO
High Pressure Moving Blade 1st to
4.1
1.5
36.4
38.2
3.1
4th stages
* Medium Pressure Static Blade
10.0
16.0
14.5
49.0
1st to 4th stages
* Medium Pressure Moving Blade
20.3
23.7
15.1
58.4
6.4
3rd to 5th stages
1.7
Medium Pressure Moving Blade
24.2
23.9
19.8
49.7
6th to 8th stages
2.6
Medium Pressure Static Blade 8th
17.0
12.3
48.7
41.8
to 9th stages
3.7
10.4
2.9
61.3
40.1
stage
1.7
13.3
3.1
53.5
42.3
stage
1.4
Medium Pressure Moving Blade
22.1
9.0
34.8
63.9
13th stage
5.0
Low Pressure Static Blade 1st to
2.1
1.9
84.7
5.8
3rd stages
7.2
Low Pressure Moving Blade 2nd
2.2
1.9
54.5
6.7
stage
(Blade composition: 12 stages for High Pressure and 13 stages for Medium Pressure and 6 stages for Low Pressure)
* As shown in the original document
200
PO4
45.6
23.8
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.8
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
Ratio of silica contained in steam to that in water (%)
2) All volatile Treatment

Mr. Grabowski also showed a method involving the use of volatile chemicals to treat boiler water. He noted (1)
the use of volatile chemicals requires thorough monitoring of any condenser leakage and assurance of pre-boiler
system operation, (2) if a leakage occurs, phosphate salts must immediately be injected, (3) the phosphate salts
work effectively against the leakage of sea water at a concentration of 5ppm or above, below which they are
ineffective and (4) after reaching the cationic conductivity of 0.5S/cm, the phosphate salt must be kept at 10 to
15 ppm.
He also instructed that the cationic conductivity of boiler water be maintained at 2 to 3S/cm during normal
operation and to feedwater at a pH of 8.8 to 9.2.
Water Quality
Requirements
Average pH
Silica (ppm.)
Pressure (psig)
Fig. 3.3.1-1: Impact of Pressure, pH and Concentration of Silica in Water to the Ratio of Silica under the Steam
Generation Volume of 5lb/h and in Static Condition
Acceptable Concentration of Silica in Boiler

Water (SiO2, ppm.)
1 Distribution ratio by Jacklin & Bronar
5 Coulter, et al: pH 7.8 - 9.0
(Silica Concentration in Steam:

0.02 ppm.)
Drum Pressure (kg/cm2G)
Fig 3.3.1-2: Curve of Acceptable Silica Concentration in Boiler Water
201
Silica (ppm.)
Acceptable silica concentration in boiler water in

order to retain silica concentration in steam to 0.02
ppm or below
All volatile
treatment: pH:
approx. 9.0
Pressure (psig)
Silica Concentration (SiO2 ppm)
Fig. 3.3.1-3: Acceptable Silica Concentration in Boiler Water (by C.E.)

(3) Shift of Criteria for Condensate water and Make-up water
The reference pH value shown by Gilbert for condensate water and make-up water at Osaka Power Plant was
8.6 to 8.8. The value depends on the volume of ammonia generated by the decomposition of hydrazine. However,
an increase of hydrazine injection caused a surge of pH to nearly 9.0. Gilbert explained that ammonia would
attack the copper alloy condenser tube if the pH value of ACD was high. In this case, the value should be kept to
8.8. However, the company also explained that if the pH of ACD were below 9.8, the pH of the condensed and
make-up water might be around 8.6 to 9.0.
So as criteria for pH and hydrazine concentrations, the ceiling was set to 0.05 ppm for hydrazine and 8.9 for pH
respectively, so that they can be maintained at these levels, even when there is a load variation. As it is difficult to
limit the hydrazine concentration to 0.01 ppm or below in a stable manner, and as there is concern regarding the
accuracy of the analysis, the lower limit of hydrazine concentration was set as 0.01 ppm.
(4) Silica and Silica Purge
In order to avoid bad influence to a turbine by silica scales, it is necessary to limit the volume of silica
contained in steam. As for the limit, the following three reports were issued in the U.S.:
1) Experience shows silica in steam should be contained to 0.03 ppm or below to avoid any scales being
deposited to the turbine.
2) No deposits was found in the low- and medium-pressure turbine blades of a turbine with 150MW, 170k and
550C when the silica concentration in the high pressure turbine exhaust was retained to approx. 0.01 to
0.02 ppm.
3) Experience shows no silica is deposited on turbine blades when the silica concentration is kept at 0.02 ppm or below.
Indicates silica concentration should be kept
below this line during normal operation to
avoid any deposits.
Indicates silica concentration can reach this
line when a turbine is restarted after regular
repair or when it is rapidly operated.
However, the concentration should be
closer to the real line and close attention
should be paid to the concentration of silica
in moisture.
Drum Pressure (kg/cm2C)
Fig. 3.3.1-4: Boiler Pressure and Maximum Permissible Silica Concentration Limit in Boiler Water
202
Table 3.3.1-2: Maximum Permissible Total Soluble Solid Material in Steam (Unit: ppb)
Material
NaCl
Na2SO4
Na3PO4
NaOH
SiO2
Total
Permissible
Concentration for
Continuous Operation
400
400
60
30
8
898
Permissible
Concentration for
Conditioned Operation
2000
2000
150
60
20
4230
Permissible
Concentration for
Intermittent Operation
4000
4500
300
150
45
8995
Table 3.3.1-3: Example of Measurement for Drum Carry-Over in the U.S.

Name of Power Plant
Load
Drum Pressure
Na
Concentration of Boiler Water
Concentration in Steam
Carry-Over Ratio
NaCl
Concentration of Boiler Water
Maximum Carry-Over Ratio
Chestexfield
170 MW
2600 psig
7.5 ppm
0.0021 ppm
0.028%
9.4 ppm
0.057%
Ashtabula
2500 psig
10.6 ppm
0.0029 ppm
0.027%
15.3 ppm
0.047%
Referring to the above reports, the concentration of silica was set to 0.02 ppm or below.
The tolerance of silica concentration in boiler water depends on the ratio of silica distribution in saturated steam.
It also depends on pressure and pH, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-1. Based on the distribution ratio, Fig. 3.3.1-2 is drawn
and C.E used Fig. 3.3.1-3.
In Fig. 3.3.1-2, the silica concentration is 0.18 to 0.19 ppm under the pressure of 186 to 188k and a pH of 7.8 to
9. From these data, the silica concentration was set as 0.2 ppm.
As the silica concentration in boiler water tends to rise when the boiler starts operation, due to the silica scale
deposited on the turbine low-pressure blades being washed away by wet steam, a silica purge must be
implemented to raise pressure by blowing the boiler, while ensuring the silica concentration is limited to within
the designated value. This is the main cause of delays and increased load when starting the drum type boiler.
Therefore, looser values were set, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-4, for the concentration of silica when starting a boiler.
The silica-washing device installed in a drum manufactured by Babcock-Hitachi K.K. showed a remarkable
ability to reduce the silica concentration in steam, doubling the permissible concentration of silica in the boiler.
(5) Total Soluble Solid Materials
As for the total soluble solid materials, the following reports were issued in the U.S.:
1) Fig.3.3.1-2 shows the permissible concentration for continuous operation (the maximum concentration that
does not cause significant silica deposit after operating a turbine for 8,000 hours), the permissible
concentration for conditioned operation (the maximum concentration after repeated stopping and restarting
or under such operation conditions as variable pressure operation) and the permissible concentration for
intermittent operation (the maximum concentration that does not cause any silica deposits for a relatively
short turbine operating period). The permissible concentration for continuous operation is approx. 1 ppm.
2) No significant silica deposits were observed in the concentration range of 0.1 to 0.2 ppm.
3) In order to operate a turbine without any washing for an extended period, the silica concentration must be
controlled to 0.05 ppm or below.
Experience at Himeji No. 2 Power Plant showed that deposits were rarely seen when a turbine was operated
with cationic conductivity of 0.3S or below. This corresponds to a silica concentration of 0.05 ppm.
Based on the above, the cationic conductivity and the silica concentration were determined as 0.3K-S/cm or
below and 0.05 ppm or below, respectively.
In order to determine the limit value for the total solid materials in the boiler water, the carry-over ratio of the
drum should be considered. With this in mind, the following data is issued:
1) The design value is 0.25%.
2) The value measured in the U.S. is 0.05% or so, as shown in Table 3.3.1-3.
3) The value measured in Himeji No. 3 Power Plant was approx. 0.15%.
Based on the above, the value was determined as 0.2%, taking safety into consideration, and the total solid
materials in boiler water was set as 25 ppm.
As the measurement of water quality under the all volatile treatment is 5K-S/cm, or 10K/S/cm at worst, the
total solid materials in boiler water was determined as 10 ppm.
203
Ignition
First stage low temperature reheated steam

Second stage low temperature reheated steam
Fourth steam
Normal values
Combined
feeding
Time (h)
Fig. 3.3.1-5: Trend of Hydrogen Concentration

after chemical cleaning
Time
No. 2 bearing vibration increased

by three-hundredth.
Loads decreased by 3MW.
High temperature reheated steam (ppb)
Fig. 3.3.1-6: Hydrogen Concentration when Two First

Stage Blades of Curtiss Turbine Flied Apart
Time
Permittivity of
Cation-Exchange Resin
Condensate
t
Exit of WW
Entrance of ECO
Second stage low temperature
reheated steam
KC-floc used
OH- in Boiler Water (ppm) (as CaCO3)
Fig. 3.3.1-7: Electrical Conductivity and Hydrogen when

Water Starts to Pass Through a Filter
Throttle Pressure (kg/cm2)
{: Crater-shaped corrosion observed at least once

: No crater-shaped corrosion observed
This is a chart indicating the relationship between the alkali level of
hydroxy-ions in boiler water and pressure. The safe and unsafe domains for a
boiler showing crater-shaped corrosion are indicated as a dotted line.
Fig. 3.3.1-8: Relationship of Alkali Level and

Crater-shaped Corrosion
204
(6) Hydrogen
As for hydrogen, it only indicates the corrosion condition of a tube and no measures can be taken based on it .
The generation of hydrogen can be determined as stable, because it remains commensurate with the surface
area, regardless of the volume of steam generated. Thus, it seems normal that the hydrogen concentration doubles
when the flow decreases by half.
As seen in the example where the hydrogen concentration is 2 to 4 ppb under stable operation, the chemical
reaction of iron and water continues to a certain extent, even under stable operation. This means the magnetite
coating undergoes a cycle of damage and recovery to a certain extent.
Increased hydrogen generation tells that the following events are happening:
1) The magnetite coating incurs significant damage. : E.g.: After chemical cleaning, the magnetite coating is
removed and thus hydrogen increases, returning to the normal level as the coating is formed (Fig. 3.3.1-5).
2) A new steel surface has appeared. : E.g.: Iron powder is generated by the flying apart of turbine blade; a
new metal surface appears on it, on which a chemical reaction progresses rapidly (Fig. 3.3.1-6).
3) The metal temperature has surged abnormally. : There is a report that the hydrogen concentration increased
by about 10 ppb when a reheating pipe caused creep damage for a relatively short period.
4) Organic materials (sugars) inputted have been decomposed (Fig. 3.3.1-7): There is a report that fine resin
leaked out from a condensate demineralization tower when water was introduced into it immediately after
replenishing the resin.
(7) Malfunctioning of Boilers in the U.S.
Table 3.3.1-4 indicates the result of investigations by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
on 116 boilers in the U.S. from 1950 to 1959. As stated in the table, 40% of boiler showed some pipe damage,
while 28% of boilers caused crater-shaped corrosion, which is considered alkali corrosion. Fig. 3.3.1-8 shows the
relationship between crater-shaped corrosion and hydroxy-ions, expressly showing how the concentration of the
latter may decline as pressure goes up.
205
Table 3.3.1-4: Outline of 116 Boilers in Use

No. of Boiler
Manufacturer
A
B
C
D
E
Pressure (kg/cm2)
63 or below
64-91
92-126
127-155
156 or above
Capacity
90 or above
90-225
225-337
337-450
450 or above
Overheat Temperature (C)
427 or below
427-496
496-552
552 or above
Reheating Temperature (C)
496 or below
496-552
552 or below
No reheating
Fuel
Fine charcoal powder
Gas
Oil
Others
42
49
14
8
3
36
42
12
7
3
13
21
53
26
3
11
18
46
22
3
6
33
26
28
23
5
28
23
24
20
0
15
80
21
0
13
69
18
0
68
3
46
0
59
2
39
72
36
4
4
62
31
3.5
3.5
7
4
5
7
18
28
18
11
7
8
3
6
3
4
6
16
24
16
9
6
7
3
101
15
87
13
Deaeration unit
Used
Not used
Final treatment of makeup
water
Deionizer is used.
Steam evaporator is used.
Boiler water treatment
Sodium sulfite
Hydrazine
Caustic soda
Phosphate
Potassium salt
Organics
Condensate water treatment
Morpholine
Cyclohexylamine
Ammonia
Problems
No corrosion losses
observed to pipes
Crater-type corrosions
89
27
77
23
50
66
43
57
80
41
81
111
3
13
69
35
70
96
3
11
76
12
12
65
10
10
70
60
32
28
(20 to 23% are of
fluidity
hindrance.)
Burnout due to overheat

Bubbles observed
Overheat at the top of
pipes
Orifice
Others
Pitting corrosion of
header
Pitting corrosion of
suspending metals
Corrosion of separation
tube
Attachment to header
Corrosion of feed heater
Turbine attachments
(chain grate-fed charcoal and coal)
Year of Operation
Before 1950
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
Economizer
Used
Not used
No. of Boiler
5
2
1
4
2
1
13
11
5
13
9
4
11
8
(Water-soluble
9)
Carry-over of silica
Acid washing
With acid washing
No acid washing
With initial acid washing
No initial acid washing
Total number of acid
washings
Once
34
82
45
37
29
71
44
(Initial acid
washing 22)
Twice
14
(Initial acid
washing 7)
Three times
21
(Initial acid
washing 13)
Four times
2
(Initial acid
washing 2)
Five times
1
(Initial acid
washing 1)
For users, chemical cleaning to prevent any damage, for manufactures, designs to avoid hot spots or fluidity
hindrances, for consultants, the removal of dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide from the
pre-boiler, curtailment of dissolving iron and copper and research into controlling the pH level are requested.
206
Concentration of NaOH (ppm)
Temperature of Boiler Water and Pipe

Materials (F)
Concentration
Mother Water of
Boiler Water
Temperature
Concentrated
boundary Film
Number
of Cases
Year
Example
Overheat
Ash
Corrosion
Corrosion
Fatigue
Ash
Corrosion
Stress Corrosion
Brittleness against
Hydrogen
Alkali Corrosion
Fig. 3.3.1-9: Heat Transmission Film and Concentrated

Film at the Heat Transmission Surface
Fig. 3.3.1-10: Accidents Occurring to Power Generation Boiler Pipes
(8) Alkali Corrosion

Sodium hydroxide was used to control pH in the boiler water. As Fig. 3.3.1-9 indicates, a boundary film was
formed around the boiler pipes of the heat transfer surface where boiling occurred. The sodium hydroxide in the
boiler water increased in concentration because it was left on the heat transfer surface as the water boiled up. As
sodium hydroxide has high solubility, it was not deposited on the surface, but instead, a film of highly
207
concentrated sodium hydroxide formed. According to an example of calculation , a 100k-class boiler containing
100 ppm of sodium hydroxide shows the temperature of inner surface of a pipe is increased by 5F when it is
heated at comparatively low heat flow rate of 25,000 BTU/ft2h, boosting the sodium hydroxide concentration by
10%.
Another report shows that the temperature of the inner surface of the pipe is increased by 30C at some hot
spots . The occurrence of such hot spots is considered attributable to film boiling that is likely to occur due to the
enlargement of heat flux in a large-sized boiler, steam blanket, lack of flow rate, inappropriate burner positioning,
contact of flame due to insufficient combustion control, biased combustion and gas flow, inclusion of slabs in the
welded parts, blow holes and lack of fusion.
Sodium hydroxide can result in corrosion of steel at a concentration of 5%. When the concentration reaches 5%
or above, it dissolved the protective oxide layer, causing the inner metal surface to become exposed and corroding
it due to the reaction of water and steel. The hydrogen generated by the reaction penetrates into and damages the
steel.
In Japan, alkali corrosion cases were also reported. As Fig. 3.3.1-10 shows, statistically speaking, this has been
responsible for the highest proportion of boiler accidents having occurred to date.
The alkali corrosion is otherwise known as a caustic attack, or in the U.S., as crater-shaped corrosion, due to its
shape. These differ from conventional caustic embitterment.
After such accidents, the injection of sodium hydroxide was stopped. Thereafter, a new finding was reported:
namely that hideout of phosphate ions causes not trisodium phosphate but 2.65-sodium biphosphate at 689F and
2.85-sodium biphosphate at 572F respectively. This means 0.35 to 0.15 of trisodium phosphate in the system is in
the form of sodium hydroxide. It thus emerged that phosphate containing sodium less than 2.6 sodium
biphosphate should be used.
However, even if such phosphate is used, it was found that pH in boiler water increased past this level due to
trisodium phosphate. The cause was identified as a leakage of sodium from a deionized water system. In order to
avoid leakage, a double-bed operation was used to place the deionized water system just after regeneration to the
latter stage. Due to the fact that the movement of the system used at the latter stage to the front stage resulted in a
more significant leakage, a mixed type system was installed at the latter stage to use it dedicated to a polisher.
Thanks to such measurements, no further alkali corrosion has been reported since 1963.
(9) Shift to All volatile treatment
The No. 2 boiler of the Karita Power Plant (a 170k forced circulation boiler) started its operation in June 1959
showed alkali corrosion to evaporator tube at the 3,700th hour. This was attributable to sodium hydroxide and the
use of the chemical was stopped. The investigation showed that powder scale was attached to its turbine blades,
especially the final stage of the medium-pressure turbine, mainly consisting of sodium bicarbonate. Gilbert
suggested the use of sodium acid phosphate to maintain the pH level of boiler water and make-up water at around
8.5 to 9.5. The phosphate ion was dramatically reduced two days after feeding phosphate ions into the drum. As
this resulted in heightened conductivity of saturated steam and carryover to the turbine, the use of phosphate ions
was terminated in February 1960.
As the volume of hydrazine was maintained, the pH level of boiler water was lower by 0.4 to 0.5 than that of
make-up water, which was well below 8.5 and maintained at that level.
Regarding the risk of leakage within the condenser, trisodium phosphate is fed and a drum blow operation is
started. After repairing the leakage, the concentration of phosphate ions decreased to 0.0 ppm.
In the U.S, all volatile treatment was used due to the heavy carryover having occurred, and an ambiguous trial
just to maintain turbine operation started. For them, there was no choice other than the use of the treatment
method.
208
Table 3.3.1-5: pH Control Methods of the Pressure Boiler of 130kg/cm2 or above by C.E.
How to Adjust pH
(1) Caustic Based
pH10.5 to 11.0
(Caustic alkali and phosphate ions are used.)
(2) Low Caustic Control
pH10.0 to 10.5
(Same as above)
(3) Cordinated Phosphate pH Control pH10.0 to 10.5
(Coordinated phosphate treatment is used and caustic alkali is not used.)
(4) All volatile treatment: pH 8.5-9.0
(Hydrazine and ammonia treatment is used and no solid chemicals are used.)
No. of Boilers
37
8
29
21
(10) Chemicals Fed into the Drum

To avoid alkali corrosions, no free sodium hydroxide should exist and the pH should be minimized. However,
decreasing the pH level is not desirable in preventing oxygen corrosion and sodium hydroxide helps the removal
of magnesium as sludge during leakage into a condenser. To maintain pH at a certain desired level, the phosphate
ion concentration should be increased, but doing so can stain turbine blades. Therefore, where the increase of pH
is not abandoned, sodium hydroxide should be used to prevent the turbine blades from deposit. In order to avoid
both turbine scale and alkali corrosion, only volatile chemicals should be used, although doing so is not safe for
preventing the seawater leakage of the condenser.
There is no single medicine to cure all such difficulties. Thus, it was decided to implement a comprehensive
examination of conditions surrounding the boilers to decide which priority should be chosen and favored. Table
3.3.1-5 shows the experience of the U.S. in 1959.
(11) Problems in All volatile treatment
At the Kansai Electric Power Company, the use of volatile chemicals was applied to all units of 250KW or
above. However, there were reports of white laminated scales deposited in a boiler, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-11, with
total thickness of 0.4mm and a total of around 11 to 12 white laminations. Each ingredient, especially the 11 to 12
layers of copper and zinc, corresponded to the number of white laminations. There were some 86 instances of
seawater leakage within the condenser, of which 10 were serious. This also corresponds to the number of white
layers. The total calcium and magnesium content was 1 to 4% in the form of CaO, which is several times larger
than other boilers. Rice associated the generation of hydrogen to decreased pH, due to leakage of the condenser,
causing accelerated corrosion. He also determined that the corrosion became uncontrollable when volatile
chemicals were used, and that no hydrogen corrosion would occur when coordinated phosphate treatment was
used. ONeal also commented that coordinated phosphate treatment was used in lieu of volatile chemicals to avoid
any hydrogen embitterment.
Base Material of Scale
Scale Thickness
All volatile
treatment
Approx. 15%
Ingredient
strength
Approx. 80%
Approx. 10%
Scale Thickness (when scanned in an oblique directions)
(Source: Kurosawa et al.)
Fig. 3.3.1-11: Microscopic Diagram of Scales on the Burner Side
209
Number of Boilers in Operation
Total
125K Class
170K Class
140K Class
Year
Percentage in the Entire Treatments %
Fig. 3.3.1-12: Trend of High Pressure Boilers
Sodium
hydrate
Sodium
phosphate
All volatile treatment

Potassium salt
treatment
Year
Fig. 3.3.1-13: Trend of Boiler Water Treatment

Dick revealed that all volatile treatment is not a panacea against water damage accidents, because there were
reports of significant water wall tube trouble occurring in some boilers subjected to all volatile treatment.
Decker disagreed with the use of all volatile treatment on drum type boilers, stating that such treatment was
rarely beneficial to them.
Every few years, an accident involving increased differential pressure to a forced circulation boiler with all
volatile treatment happens due to the attachment of scales to the orifice installed at the inlet of water pipes. This is
likely to occur just after chemical cleaning and the likelihood of such incident is based on how the initial
crystallization occurs. The scale present consists of mainly magnetite. As anti-scale measures, (i) removal and
cleaning, (ii) modification of the orifice shape, (iii) change of the orifice material to soft steel, and low phosphate
treatment were carried out.
Subsequently in 1970, of four heavy oil boilers of virtually the same design, two treated by volatile chemicals
were involved in an accident, while another, although not involved in an accident, was affected by a zinc scale
attachments on a considerable scale. On the other hand, boilers subjected to low phosphate treatment showed no
such zinc scale deposits. It was considered that the use of low phosphate treatment not only stops zinc deposits but
also decomposes part of the zinc oxide deposits into zinc phosphate.
Thus, conventional method of all volatile treatment was switched to phosphate treatment at boilers used mainly
by Electric Power Development Co. Ltd. Table 3.3.1-6 shows a comparison performance comparison featuring the
scale generation behaviors of 23 boilers before and after changing the mode of water treatment. As the table
shows, 4 units showed that phosphate treatment worked well in reducing the generation of scales. No unit showed
an increase of scale when phosphate treatment was used in lieu of all volatile treatment. Even taking into
consideration the change in operating conditions, phosphate treatment showed a reduction of scale generation. It
was therefore considered that phosphate treatment was applicable for restricting scale deposits in the generating
tubes of a boiler.
210
Table 3.3.1-6: Survey on Boilers whose Water Treatment Method was Switched from
All volatile treatment to Low Phosphate Treatment
When Phosphate
Materials for the Condenser
Treatment was
Started
Condensate water Part
Air Cooling Part
(Year/Month)
53.3
Aluminum brass
Nickel-plated
aluminum brass
48.1
Aluminum brass
Cupronickel
45.3
Aluminum brass
Cupronickel
51.5
Aluminum brass
Monel metal
Aluminum brass
Cupronickel
53.2 (50.6PA)
53.5
Aluminum brass
Titanium
Unit
No.
Capacity
(MW)
Furnace
Type
Circulation
Method
36
375
Single
Natural
Start of
Operation
(Year/
Month)
47.11
65
66
67
70
78
156
156
350
156
156
Divided
Divided
Divided
Divided
Divided
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
39.8
41.2
44.1
39.6
48.4
86
87
250
250
Divided
Divided
Natural
Forced
42.7
43.7
49.4
52.6
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
88
250
Divided
Forced
44.1
52.2
Aluminum brass
89
90
106
108
265
265
350
265
Divided
Divided
Divided
Divided
Natural
Natural
Natural
Forced
42.5
44.9
47.2
35.10
47.5
50.10
54.1
54.11
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
BKCB
Aluminum brass
109
112
265
350
Divided
Divided
Forced
Forced
37.9
41.7
54.10
53.6
113
118
350
350
Divided
Divided
Natural
Forced
42.1
43.1
55.12
53.7
122
147
250
350
Single
Divided
Forced
Natural
45.6
44.9
54.1
53.6
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Titanium
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Cupronickel
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
148
168
169
181
350
250
350
400
Divided
Divided
Single
Single
Natural
Natural
Forced
Forced
45.1
46.1
48.1
52.9
55.12
51.3
53.12
56.3
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Cupronickel
Nickel-plated
aluminum brass
Nickel-plated
aluminum brass
Titanium
Titanium
Titanium
Nickel-plated
aluminum brass
Titanium
Titanium
Materials for the Feed Heater

Low Pressure Part
High Pressure Part
Aluminum brass
Monel metal
Copper arsenate
Copper arsenate
Aluminum brass
Copper arsenate
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Monel metal
Monel metal
Carbon steel
Monel metal
Alloy steel
Carbon steel
Alloy steel
Alloy steel
Aluminum brass
Alloy steel
Copper arsenate
Copper arsenate
Aluminum brass
Copper arsenate
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Monel metal
Copper arsenate
Copper arsenate
Monel metal
Alloy steel
Titanium
Aluminum brass
Copper arsenate
Aluminum brass
Alloy steel
Alloy steel
Cupronickel
Titanium
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Titanium
Cupronickel
Cupronickel
Titanium
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Aluminum brass
Alloy steel
Alloy steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Table 3.3.1-7: Corrosion Damage Reported in the U.S. on Drum Boilers (125k Class or above)
Periods
1955-1960
1961-1965
1966-1970
New damage
reported
48
39
27
Number of units in
operation
219
385
481
Ratio of annual
damage occurred
3.6%
2.0
1.1
* Corrosion newly discovered
(12) Water Treatment and Boiler Accidents in the U.S.

Fig. 3.3.1-12 shows statistics concerning high pressure boiler damage reported in the U.S. up to 1970. Fig.
3.3.1-13 also shows a shift of boiler water treatment methods. It shows that the use of sodium hydroxide keeps
declining, while that of sodium phosphate is on the rise. All volatile treatment peaked in 1963 (25%) and declined
thereafter, falling as low as 5% in 1970.
Table 3.3.1-7 shows the trend of boiler corrosion, in terms of year on year decline. However, even recently, 1%
of boilers used today are prone to corrosion damage. As Table 3.3.1-8 shows, 170k-class boilers tend to corrode,
even when volatile chemicals are used to treat the boiler water. This ratio is relatively high compared with other
classes, indicating why this type of treatment was declined.
However, a few cases of damage allegedly occurred due to the all volatile treatment not showing any evidence
of boiler water contamination. The users believed that the all volatile treatment maintained the deionized water at
the specified level. Experience supports the theory that it was the boiler design making it prone to corrosion)
although Klein considers such an idea to be illogical.
Boiler corrosion cases in the U.S. peaked in the early 1960s, when various reports were submitted by both users
and consultants. They reported that corrosion was caused by (i) basically inappropriate boiler design, (ii) contact
of flames, (iii) insufficient circulation of boiler water and (iv) excessive evaporation speed. A few users suggested
that strict control should be imposed to the heat load exposed to furnaces.
3.3.1.2 Appearance of Subcritical Pressure Once-through Boilers and the Necessity of Condensate
Water Treatments
As the type of boiler evolves from natural circulation to forced circulation to once-through types, stricter water
treatment technologies have been called for.
A once-through boiler requires departure from the conventional type of water treatment technology, because all
foreign matter introduced to the boiler, together with the feed water, tend to become deposits on boiler tube and
turbine blade.
A once-through boiler requires ultra pure water, which contains a concentration of solid substances as low as
211
just 5 to 500 ppb. In order to obtain such low concentrations, it is necessary to avoid mixing solid substances into
the feed water.
Generally speaking, the following are considered sources of solid substances into feed water :
x Solid substances derived from construction phase
x A mixture of cooling water into the system, due to leakage of the condenser
x Corrosion products derived from the feed water system
x Solid substances in supplementary feed
x Solution of resin from the deionized water system
Among them, leakage of the condenser occupies the largest part. To eliminate this, condensate purification
equipment is installed. This unit is relatively effective in removing dissolving metal.
When an equilibrium between the protective coating on the metal surface and the water contacting it is lost, due,
for example, to load fluctuation, and system start-up and stoppage, the volume of corrosion products contained in
feed water rapidly increases.
In order to maintain the stability of the metal surface during a system stoppage, the system should be carefully
protected while not in use, with the use of hydrazine water of high pH and nitrogen sealed in tubes.
At the same time, a clean-up operation should be implemented before the system restarts operation. As for the
solution of resin from the deionized water unit, resin slightly dissolves into water during the initial phase of the
unit start-up, until it reaches a stable condition, meaning fine-powdered resin mingles into the supplementary feed.
The effects thereof were not the subjects of research in 1959. In those days, it was considered that installation of a
fine pore filter before and after a condensate purification equipment was effective in removing fine powder resin.
As chemicals capable of solidifying must not be used, hydrazine, ammonia and amines should be used.
However, amines are not recommended because they decompose at high pressure.
Table 3.3.1-8: Damages to Boilers by Pressure and by the Water Treatment Method
Pressure
Sodium Phosphate Treatment
Sodium Hydroxide Treatment
Potassium Salt Treatment
Total
125k Class
5
12
41
5
63
140k Class
7
3
18
5
33
170k Class
11
8
4
23
Total
23
23
63
10
119
The No. 2 Boiler of the Himeji No. 2 Power Plant was imported from the U.S. and commenced comercial
operation in 1964. Table 3.3.1-9 shows the water quality standards, set based on actual operation performance.
This boiler uses hydrazine and ammonia injected into the outlet of its condensate purification equipment and
ammonia into the outlet of its deaeration unit.
(1) Condensate purification equipment
Condensate purification equipment normally consists of a mixed bed condensate demineralization tower and
filters placed in front of it. Some act as a polisher of supplementary feed.
The following three major objectives are associated with the use of condensate purification equipment:
1) To prevent damage to the entire system due to the leakage of a condenser
2) To purify the supplementary feed
3) To remove corrosion products from the feed water system
The secondary objectives include:
1) to purify various drain water before it enters into the system, and
2) to purify the system during the initial start-up and shutdown operations.
Contamination of ion-exchange resin by metal oxides and pressure loss of the condensate demineralization
tower impose significant impacts to the system when a high-speed ion exchange takes place. Due to this, a filter is
installed just before the tower to remove them and prevent the ion-exchange resin from deterioration.
As for appropriate materials to use for the filter, cellulose, diatomite, leaf-type and other fine pore filters are
recommended.
As for the condensate water condensate demineralization tower, although the impact of dissolved resin to the
tower has not yet been clearly identified, some say that the use of a filter, which puts after the demineralization
tower, can eliminate leakage from the tower. Himeji No. 2 Power Plant employs a combination of filters made by
United Filters, Inc. and Permutite Company. The label said the design conductivity was 0.2S/cm, and that design
silica, iron and copper concentrations were 7 ppb, 5 ppb and 5 ppb respectively, although these are not guaranteed
values.
The imported item of Himeji No. 2 Power Plant uses a horizontal leaf type pre-coat filter and Solka floc
212
BW-100 and -40 were used at a ratio of 1 to 1 as filtering agents. The agents heavily leaked out, were deposited on
the resin surface of the condensate demineralization tower caused pressure loss of the tower. The reasons for the
leakage were attributed to leaf-end gaps, the distance of leaf hubs, the non-parallel arrangement of the same,
variations in the water flow, an excessive design flow rate and the screen structure. The pressure loss exceeded the
design value, after pre-coating, it was attributable to the excessive flow rate and an overly small shaft and shaft
hole diameter. To eliminate the pressure loss, the system underwent renovation, but the loss still exceeded the
design value. So, other filter unit was added.
It is believed that the black carbon precipitated to the boiler tube when the filtering agent leaked in large
amount.
The condensate demineralization tower showed resin leakage, which was attributable to the gap of the disc
strainers, the distances between a disc strainer and the strainer plate and between the strainer plate and a bottom
plate.
In addition, sending resin to the regeneration tank led to massive amounts of residual resin accumulating at the
bottom of the tower, resulting in an insufficient regeneration process and imbalances between the cation and anion
resins. This was due to a structural defect at the bottom of the tower.
As the pressure loss of the condensate demineralization tower became abnormally high, resin with less than 60
mesh was filtrated using a filter (Permatite Q and S-1). The total annual fraction ratio came to approx. 45%, with
the ratio of damaged anion resin particularly high. As for the cause of the fractured resin, this was found to be
attributable to the relatively high design flow rate of 119m/h (51). Due to such experiences, a flow rate of 80m/h
was recommended.
However, despite such measures, the water purity showed no improvement. Even after investigation by a
Japanese condensate demineralizer manufacturer, no causes were identified. So, the staff was so desperate for help
that they used a sieve to remove small resins, whereupon the water purity showed improvement.
Table 3.3.1-9: Criteria for a Once-through Boiler
Pressure
Condensate water
Demineralized
Condensate water
Feed Water
ClO2
Electrical Conductivity
ppm
ppb
S
Subcritical
Pressure
0
40
0.2
Supercritical
Pressure
0
40
0.2
pH
9.0-9.5
9.2-9.7
O2
5
5
ppb
ppb
5-30
5-30
N2H4
0.2
0.2
Cationic conductivity S/cm
10
10
Fe
ppb
5
3
Cu
ppb
20
10
ppb
SiO2
Values not shown in the form of a range (a ~ b) are the maximum allowable values.
213
(2) Cleanup
(Inlet of an economizer in front of a
boiler unit of Himeji No. 2 Power Plant)
Time
Lowest Range
Start of switchover to a high
pressure heater (second time)
B-Line Feed Water
Highest Range
Feed water rate increased

(200t/h 260t/h)
Fig. 3.3.1-14: Example of Flow-Out of Suspended Particles after Increase

in the High Pressure Heater Flow Rate and Switchover of Lines
Picture 3.3.1-1: Suspended Particles in Condensate water

(during the clean-up process in supercritical pressure boiler)
The cleanup process basically aims to remove foreign matter from the lines swiftly, stabilize the metal surface
and regulate water quality to ensure the normal operation of the unit. In order to realize this, each system must be
separated and it must be cleaned up from condenser to the boiler, achieving and maintaining satisfactory water
quality level.
There are the following two ways of purifying water:
x Blowing down
x Condensate purification equipment
The aim of the blowing is to uplift water quality, when boiler water quality has deteriorated to such an extent
that it would damage a condenser.
After the blowing process, the water passes through a filter, bypassing a condensate demineralization tower, to
reduce the iron concentration at the outlet of the filter to 30 ppb or below. Subsequently, the water can be fed to
the condensate demineralization tower.
Suspended particles must be removed as far as possible via flushing before discharging them from the lines.
The flow rate is a decisive factor during flushing and cleanup. For this purpose, the flow rate should be
increased by using a single line system, or by adding shocks to the flow rate by switching lines reciprocally. Fig.
3.3.1-14 shows examples of a large volume of suspended particles flown out of the system via the addition of
shocks after switching to the high pressure heater.
The temperature of the boiler should be monitored to raise it in a phased manner by considering the relationship
between the temperature and the maximum allowable iron concentration. The flow rate must be retained as high
as possible.
(3) Analysis of Iron Concentration using a 0.45m Millipore Filter
Analysis of iron concentration must be done as swiftly as possible, as it is an indicator to determine the
appropriateness of each cleanup process. The accuracy is relatively unimportant. A technique involving filtrating a
certain volume of sample water to visually inspect the residues and compare its color with a standard specimen
was introduced by Gilbert.
The technique was developed by B&W. Firstly, a filter of 0.1m was used, but it soon emerged experimentally
that more than 90% of particles that cannot be removed via filtration of condensed and feed water can be
214
eliminated by a 0.45m filter. In Japan, as shown in Table 3.3.1-10, it was found that, when except a deaerator
tank, iron particles of 0.45m or above in size occupied more than 60% at the position requiring final assessment
and at the time measurement required just after starting up the plant.
These results were based on the plant being in continuous operation mode, with shutdown rarely occurring. The
successful results were attributable to the fact that large-sized particles detached from the boiler surface, etc., were
flown out temporarily into water in the lines when the plant started operation.
However, stopping the system frequently during the DSS operation gradually reduces the volume of such
particles of larger size. On the other hand, it was reported that the size of the needle-shaped corrosion products
generated in a condenser during plant stoppage and restart consisted of FeOOH of 0.02 to 0.1m and that other
products, such as magnetite, also detached from the boilers of which the size and shape were apparent in the form
of thin films of approx. 0.02m and square-shaped products of approx. 0.1m respectively. As the ratio of fine
particles of 0.45m in size or below newly generated from the system letup to restart tended to increase, it was
necessary to examine whether a filter of 0.45m should be continuously used or not.
Recently suggestions include, given the variability in the optical properties of FeOOH, Fe2O3 and Fe3O4, that
the color strength of these three products should be measured and quantified.
Table 3.3.1-10: Particle Diameter Distribution of Suspended Iron Oxides in System
Water when the System is Started
Specimen
Outlet of the
Condensate
pump
No. 4 Unit of Himeji No. 2

Sampling Iron Collected by a Millipore
Time*1
Filter*2
0.45
0.22
0.025
1
180
179
189
86
85
90
2
43
60
60
72
100
100
Sampling
Time*1
1
2
3
4
Deaerator tank
1
2
17
30
30
100
23
40
30
100
23
40
30
100
1
2
3
4
Inlet of an
Economizer
1
2
86
57
31
100
116
77
31
100
126
84
31
100
1
2
3
4
Outlet of
Furnace
1
2
86
57
31
100
116
77
31
100
126
84
31
100
1
2
3
4
* Sampling Time
[No. 4 Unit of Himeji No. 2]
1973.6
1: After boiler inspection
2: Cleanup at 117C
[No. 2 Unit of Takasago]

1973.5
1: Acceptance of cleanup before
the ignition of the boiler
No. 2 Unit of Takasago

Iron Collected by a Millipore
Filter*2
0.45
0.22
0.025
288
293
309
92
94
99
189
196
207
91
94
100
261
273
277
93
98
98
228
238
239
94
93
99
13
16
27
43
53
90
17
16
26
59
55
90
18
18
30
58
58
97
8
18
29
26
58
94
33
37
47
62
70
89
12
16
31
35
47
91
17
17
27
45
49
77
28
32
40
61
70
87
25
28
43
58
65
100
19
27
40
48
68
100
24
24
24
100
100
100
23
23
23
100
100
100
2: Furnace fluid: 120C

*2 The upper line of each column shows the concentration of iron collected by 0.45m, 0.22m
and 0.025m filters, while the bottom line shows the percentage of iron oxides of more than
0.45m, .22m and 0.025m in size relatively to the total iron.
No. 4 Unit of Kainan *3

Sampling
Iron Collected by a
Time*1
Millipore Filter*2
0.45
0.22
1
83
35
88
93
2
41
42
96
97
3
63
64
94
95
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
37
6
73
4
54
4
50
6
73
4
63
11
73
11
83
6
88
12
80
12
87
6
96
44
94
58
95
3
72
45
96
58
96
3
72
[No. 4 Unit of Kainan]

1973.8
1: Immediately before the ignition of the boiler
2: Inlet of Primary SH: 200C
3: Inlet of Primary SH: 350C
*3 The iron concentration values are rounded
off to the nearest whole number.
3.3.1.3 Emergence of a Supercritical Pressure Unit

The first supercritical pressure unit commenced commercial operation at Anegasaki Power Plant in Chiba
Prefecture in December 1967, followed by the No. 4 unit in the Himeji No. 2 Power Plant in March 1968. In the
U.S, the first supercritical pressure unit to commence commercial operation was the 315k Class Philio No. 6 unit
(125MW) in 1957. Based on the experience of this unit, a 246k Class, 538C unit was developed after 1964, and
in 1966, such units occupied almost half of all power generation capacities developed for steam-power generation.
215
As in the U.S. a supercritical pressure unit started operation without identifying the movement of impurities in
water under supercritical condition, many troubles of copper scales to a high pressure turbine was reported due to
the copper dissolved in steam. The troubles became a synonym of a trouble peculiar to supercritical pressure unit,
that had not been experienced in subcritical pressure units. For example, Avon No. 8 unit experienced a copper
scale deposit of 1.5 to 2.3mm in thickness and 5.5 lbs. in weight during its three-year operation, and the load of
250 MW was decreased to 216 MW.
Subsequently came the introduction of a supercritical pressure unit aiming to meet the increased power demand
during periods of high economic growth. As the new unit handles supercritical pressure, completely different from
subcritical pressure, the latest water treatment system was employed to handle the latest water treatment
technology at that time.
There remained some challenges to be overcome in water treatment after the introduction of a supercritical
pressure unit. The following are the experiences of the No. 4 unit in the Himeji No. 2 Power Plant.
(1) Copper and Condensate purification equipment
As explained above, the concentration of copper must be minimized, as it deposits on turbine blades. Referring
to experiences in the U.S, 2 ppb was determined as a target for the copper concentration.
To eliminate copper, there are two methods; namely removing copper alloys from plant and using condensate
purification equipment.
For the former, steel pipes were used for the feedwater heater in lieu of copper alloy pipes. The No. 4 unit of
Himeji No. 2 Power Plant only used copper alloy for its low-pressure heater No. 1 and 2.
There was no alternative to the use of aluminum brass and copper dissolved from a condenser can be removed
by condensate purification equipment. However the condensate purification equipment manufactured by Graver
and installed as the No.4 unit of Himeji No. 2 Power Plant met the guaranteed value of 0.3S for electrical
conductivity, while the iron, copper and total dissolved solid material concentrations of 10 ppb, 3 ppb and 35 ppb
respectively were only the target values. The condensate demineralizer used was an external regeneration system.
With this in mind, the criteria for the copper concentration of the No. 4 unit of Himeji No. 2 Power Plant was
set to 3 ppb, although the actual concentration could be contained at almost 2 ppb. All the units installed in the
Power Plant thereafter used steel pipes for all feed heaters and the criteria was changed to 2 ppb, which was
successfully met thereafter.
Fluid Temperature (F)
Iron Deposition Volume (g/ft2)
Temperature
Deposition
Length of Generating Tubes (ft)
(Source: B&W reports)
Fig. 3.3.1-15: Iron Deposition to Generation Tubes

(2) Cold Cleanup at a Temperature of 177C
The following two were preconditioned for boiler cleanup activities:
1) To minimize foreign substances slipped into boilers to minimize deposit generation and hence reduce chemical
cleaning
2) To shorten the cleanup time
The flow ratio of WW maintained by a BCP is said to accelerate the cleanup because the contaminant reverts to
the form of suspended particles and flows out from the boiler .
A cold cleanup refers to the initial cleanup process of a boiler previously used, which can literally also be cold.
For the No. 4 unit of the Himeji No. 2 Power Plant, C.E suggested that a cleanup be done while keeping the boiler
216
ignited. As Fig. 3.3.1-15, a result of experiments at B&W, shows, the iron starts depositing in a generating tube at
a temperature of 450F (232C). Therefore at this temperature or below, iron deposited at the inlet of an
economizer need not be considered. In actual practice, a boiler is cleaned by keeping its temperature at 350F
(177C) at the outlet of the WW to suspend foreign matter deposited on the wall of pipes, which is then removed
using a condensate purification equipment. The temperature at the outlet of the WW may be risen up to 400F. It
is reported that Breed and Philo experienced circumstances whereby most iron oxide contained in feed water went
through the boiler at an outlet temperature of 260C to 288C, and all of it was deposited on the pipe wall at a
temperature of 316C or above.
The following are the criteria for giving final approval to a boiler that cleanup be completed at a temperature of
177C:
Inlet of an economizer: Iron 50 ppb
Copper 20 ppb
Silica 30 ppb
Oxygen 10 ppb
Outlet of a WW:
Iron 500 ppb
If the iron concentration is 500 ppb or below at the outlet of WW when the deaeration feed water contains 50
ppb of iron, the contamination on the WW surface is minute. This is because it is said that experiences indicate
that iron will not separate out at the WW when the temperature at the outlet of the WW is 218C at the highest.
Experiences also indicate that the permissible level of iron concentration at the outlet of WW may be up to 500
ppb, rather than 50 ppb, without sacrificing cleanup effects or boiler performances.
Lax water quality is allowed after cleanup so that units can be installed in juxtaposition to obtain a reasonable
flow rate. Moreover, since the cleanup does not take long, slightly deteriorated water quality will not cause any
scales to be deposited.
Based on experience, when the iron concentration comes to 50 ppb, both copper and silica concentrations
satisfy the limit values, and the acceptance of cleanup is determined by measuring the iron concentration at the
inlet of an economizer only.
If the iron concentration at the inlet of the economizer reaches 50 ppb, both copper and silica concentrations at
the same location should satisfy the limit values.
After the cleanup at 177C, the temperature may be uplifted. During the temperature rise, the iron concentration
at the inlet of the economizer should be kept at 50 ppb or below. Beyond 177C, even if the spillover of the
economizer is closed, the iron concentration can be maintained at this concentration or below. In the case that the
concentration exceeds this value, the spillover should be increased, whereupon, the iron concentration can be kept
at this level till combined input.
(3) Steel Pipe Heater and pH Rise
As a result of a test , when the pH of the feed water at the inlet of the economizer was uplifted to 9.5, the iron
separated out into the feed water system was significantly reduced. As for copper, no significant change was
observed after the pH uplifted to 9.5. So the value of 9.5 was determined for pH.
The reason that the pH was limited to 9.5 was because more ammonia should be used if the value exceeds this
level and because of curtailing chemical costs due to an increase in the number of regenerations and due to a
deterioration in the water intake capacity of a desalination tank.
3.3.1.4 Advancement of Condensate purification equipments
(1) Ammonia-Type Resin
Though the cation and anion resins contained within a condensate demineralization tower do not lose the
function of removing ions such as sodium, iron and copper for the former and chloride ions and silica for the latter,
they are prone to break down due to the ammonium ion exchange caused by a pH regulator.
Based on experience, an idea was proposed to use NH4 type ions as exchanger bases for cation resin to
optimally utilize the resin functions. In the U.S, a series of simulation tests was conducted at the end of 1966,
followed by the practical implementation of the method.
At the No. 4 unit of the Himeji No. 2 Power Plant, a series of tests using an actual unit was conducted from
1969 to 1970, following an experiment using a small-sized unit.
Consequently, it emerged that this method can withstand even a leakage occurring within the condenser.
However, the findings were attributable to the fact that during the test, the unit was handled with extreme care, the
ratio of regeneration was almost 100% and that due to this, the water quality at the inlet was excellent. With this in
mind, the design of actual units required thorough consideration of various points. This consideration was made
after the test and the method was implemented.
(2) Electromagnetic Filter
217
Ratio of Removal (%)
A pre-coat filter was in use for 20 years. The shortcomings were the fact that it took 2 hours to regenerate and
that dissolving a pre-coat agent requires handling by operators, because this did not take place automatically. In
addition, the pre-coat filter requires a pre-coat agent, resulting in a high running cost, and effluent sludge needs to
be treated.
An electromagnetic filter was first used in a Kiel Power Plant (320MW). At the Power Plant, condensate water
and a low pressure drain were treated at a temperature of 130C, while the capacity of the electromagnetic filter
was disclosed in 1966, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-16. As the system water temperature rose at startup, the magnetite
volume also increased. Alongside the same, the ratio of removing foreign matter was on the rise; 90% of total iron
and 97% of magnetite were removed successfully. However, as the concentration of total iron fell to 10 ppb, the
ratio was reduced to 80%.
After an electromagnetic filter had been developed in Japan, it rapidly spread to all newly installed units. The
filter generates a high gradient magnet field by subjecting a solenoid coil to a direct high density current. It shows
high removal performances against ferromagnetic and paramagnetic iron oxides when a filler is charged into the
tower, making it an electric magnet, in combination with the mechanical filtration of the filler. The water feed
filtration velocity (LV Value) is approx. 10 times higher for an electromagnetic filter than that for a conventional
filter, and the whole unit can be miniaturized. As it facilitates regeneration relatively easily, this helps save
significant amounts of both energy and labor. Moreover, no stand-by unit is required because flushing the unit
takes as little as 15 minutes, including the preparation time. In addition, no meticulous operation control is
necessary, the volume of effluents from of the unit is modest, no filtration auxiliary agents or other chemicals are
required and the volume of sludge can therefore be minimized.
However, the shortcomings, according to a report, include its inability to remove high levels of paramagnetic
-Fe2O3 and -FeOOH of fine powders and amorphous bodies, while its capacity to remove irons is slightly
worse .
Normal Operation
(0.3m/s)
Magnetite
Total iron
Heat up of a plant
Iron (pbb)
(Source: Condensate water of

the Kiel Power Plant)
Fig. 3.3.1-16: Performance of an Electromagnetic Filter
(3) Hollow Fiber Membrane Filter

The first thermal Power Plant to use a hollow fiber membrane filter was Goi Thermal Power Plant No.2 in April
1988 . In operating DSS, as the conventional pre-coat filters fell short in terms of responding to the requirement of
high speed condensate water purification and enhancement of boiler water quality, one of the three existing
pre-coat filter was replaced by a hollow fiber membrane filter so that all condensate water generated at system
start-up could be treated. The hollow fiber membrane filter is of polyethylene resin, with filtration holes of less
than 0.1 micron in diameter on its surface and removes foreign matter on the external surface of the fiber. The
foreign matter it captures is discharged from the membrane surface by backwashing filtrated condensate water
from the inside of the filter by vibrating the membrane fiber using air pressure.
As the operation needed only involves drawing water and backwashing, they can be remotely controlled from
the central control room.
Although the report states that the concentration of iron at the inlet reached 200 ppb, that at the outlet was kept
below the detectable limit, as always and the cleanup time was successfully curtailed by half to a third of the
original.
The bottleneck of this system, however, is the substantial initial cost required.
3.3.1.5 Introduction of an Oxygen Treatment Method
As indicated by the arguments thus far, water treatment technologies after the WWII have been solely reliant on
the U.S. However, on a global basis, methods of water treatment employed may also originate from outside the
218
U.S., e.g. from Europe, where methods unique to this continent are used.
In Germany, an oxygen treatment method was developed in the latter half of 1960s and registered in VGB in
1972. Due to the lack of any ammonia attack on the condensate water pipes, the iron concentration in feed water
can be retained, at least at a level equivalent to that of volatile chemicals and other benefits, and this oxygen
treatment method has penetrated all over Europe. Indeed, the former Soviet Union employed the method in the
mid-1970s for practical use. In Japan, the method has been applied to all boiling water reactors (BWR), in systems
where chemical treatment cannot be applied to the primary cooling system, and a good operational record has
been accumulated to date.
It was considered that, in order to apply the oxygen treatment method to thermal power plants in Japan, it was
necessary to more clearly identify its impacts on reducing scales, the effects of curtailing boiler differential
pressure, the influences on turbine materials, water treatment conditions when stopping and starting the system
and other aspects. For this purpose an oxygen treatment method assessment committee was established,
featuring the membership of 10 electric power companies and the Central Research Institute of Electric Power
Industry (CRIEPI). CRIEPI aimed to identify the above issues and commenced basic research into the practical
use of oxygen treatment method to a once-through boiler in April 1988. The research period was 2 years.
Joint basic research carried out by the 10 electric power companies and CRIEPI was primarily focused on the
following three examination items, and the committee was used as a venue for discussing and assessing in a
comprehensive manner.
(i) The impacts of oxygen on the anti-corrosive performance of boiler pipes against high temperature water
(ii) Impacts of oxygen on SCC and the corrosion fatigue of steam turbine materials
(iii) Assessment as to how the oxygen treatment method is used in plants outside Japan and the provision of
temporary guidance for the practical application of this method to an actual system
Various types of these tests, as well as a case assessment of how the method is used in overseas plants, were
summarized as shown below.
The oxygen treatment method was found to have at least equivalent scaling and anti-corrosion performances to
the all volatile treatment method. Case assessment showed that the oxygen treatment method had the effect of
curtailing a surge of boiler differential pressure and decreasing the generation of scales as well as no new system
reports being reported. With such affirmative results, it was confirmed that the oxygen treatment methods could
represent an ideal feed water treatment method to a once-through boiler.
3.3.1.6 Introduction of the Oxygen Treatment Method
The Chubu Electric Power Company Limited conducted an experimental research involving the application of
the oxygen treatment method to the No. 1 unit of its Chita No. 2 Thermal Power Plant jointly with Hitachi, Ltd.
(boilers) and Toshiba Corporation (turbines) in 1990. This was the first of its kind in Japan.
Some favorable results were obtained, including the curtailment of the differential pressure surge of boilers,
decreased BFP powers and prolongation of the chemical cleaning intervals of boilers. As no adverse effects of
corrosion and erosion were observed, the system was assessed as being applicable for practical use.
With such favorable assessments, the system will be introduced mainly to 18 once-through boilers of
supercritical pressure class or above.
The following chapters explain the result of the research, final assessments and introduction plans.
Application of the Oxygen Treatment
Method
Change of scale
characteristics
Decreased iron concentration in

the feed water
Curtailment of wave-shaped
scale production
Decreased iron volume fed to

the pumps
Curtailment of the differential

pressure surge of boilers
Curtailment of
pressure surge at the
outlet of a feed water
pump
Curtailment of
overheating to the
generating pipes
Decreasing
power
consumption of
the feed water
pumps
Enhanced reliability
219
Decreased scale generation

velocity
Prolonged chemical cleaning

intervals
Enhanced cost
performance
Fig. 3.3.1-17: Expected Effects of the Oxygen Treatment Method

Table 3.3.1-11: Research Plan
Item
FY1990
FY1991
FY1992
FY1993
Facility Design
and Construction
(Regular Inspection)
Feasibility Test
(Inspection of
Facility)
Analysis and
Assessment
Test to determine optimum

operating conditions
Analysis
Long-term running test
Intermediate
assessment
Analysis
Comprehensive
assessment
3.3.1.6.1 Characteristics of the Oxygen Treatment Method

The oxygen treatment method aims to prevent corrosion by generating a protective layer of trivalent iron oxide
(Fe2O3 or hematite) by infusing a minute volume of oxygen (20 to 200g/l) under an ultra pure water environment
(0.2S/cm or below) with pH between 6.5 to 9.0. Compared to an AVT protection layer of magnetite, hematite has
relatively lower solubility, finer particles and generates sleeker protection layers, meaning the performance as
shown in Fig. 3.3.1-17 can be expected.
There are two ways to use the oxygen treatment method; one is the neutral water treatment method and the
other, the combined water treatment method (CWT), where the pH environment is 8.0 to 9.0. During this research,
CWT was employed because it was once used before in Germany and because of its excellent performance in
terms of curtailing the separation of iron and copper.
3.3.1.6.2 Outline of Research
(1) Research Periods
April 1990 to September 1993
The work schedule is as shown in Table 3.3.1-11.
(2) Unit Subject to the Research
No. 1 unit of the Chita No. 2 Thermal Power Plant
(Supercritical pressure conversion and the once-through type with the output of 700MW)
(3) Research Items
a. To establish optimum water quality conditions
b. To establish an optimum mode of switching from AVT and CWT and vice versa
c. To establish optimum operation methods of condensate water and the desalination unit.
d. Assessment test of impacts on other units
(4) Research Facilities
a. Oxygen injection unit (Oxygen is fed from a cylinder to the outlet of a condensate water desalination unit
and of a deaeration unit.)
b. Low pH ammonia injection unit
c. Water quality monitoring system
3.3.1.6.3 Results of the Research
In line with the regular inspection for FY1990 (February 4 to 6, a series of facility installation works was
conducted, including an oxygen injection unit.
For approx. 1.5 months from the start of the units and after regular inspection, AVT was conducted to smoothly
transfer to CVT after the start of CWT.
Subsequently, on August 15, the system was completely transferred from AVT to CWT, whereupon, a series of
tests was conducted, including optimum water quality conditioning tests, long-term running tests and impact
assessment test to other units.
(1) Iron and Copper Concentration in Feed and Condensate water
a. Iron Concentration
220
(Legend)
Oxygen
(Legend)
Oxygen
Outlet of a
Outlet of an Outlet of a Outlet of a Outlet of an Main
Condensate Electromagnetic Condensate Deaeration Economizer Steam
water Booster Unit
water Pump
Filter
Pump
Outlet of a Condensate water

Pump
Outlet of an Economizer
Fig. 3.3.1.19: Relationship between pH, DO and Iron

Concentration
Fig. 3.3.1-18: Shift of Iron Concentration under the

Long-Term Running Test (pH: 8.5, DO: 100g)
(Legend)
During the research

period
Differential Pressure (kg/cm2)
During the past AVT

period
Chemical
cleaning
Regular Inspection
(Chemical cleaning)
Regular
Inspection
Start of CWT
Regular
Inspection
Number of Months
Fig. 3.3.1-20: Shift of Boiler Differential Pressure
1) When Converting to CWT

Just after the conversion to CWT, the iron concentration surged by more than 8 times or 24g/l at the inlet of an
economizer, compared to AVT. This transit phenomenon was also seen in copper concentration (tripled to 2g/l).
Both phenomena, however, disappeared within a few weeks.
The reason for this may be attributable to the fact that protection layers were not formed smoothly because of
decreasing pH (AVT9.6CWT8.5) and the fact that the injection of oxygen was performed simultaneously when
the CWT was first started. In future, first oxygen should be injected to monitor the behaviors of dissolved oxygen
(DO) and iron while reducing pH step by step.
2) Long-Term Running (pH: 8.5, DO: 100g/l)
As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-18, compared to AVT, the iron concentration doubled to 8.8g/l at the outlet of a
condensate pump before injecting oxygen, due to the decreased pH, while after injecting oxygen, it reduced to
between a third and a half (3.1g/l1.6g/l at the inlet of an economizer). The CWT thus seems relatively
effective in reducing the iron concentration of feed water and the volume of iron fed into boilers.
3) Relationship between pH and DO
As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-19, at the outlet of a condensate pump, as the pH increased, the iron concentration
tended to decrease, with a level equal or slightly higher than AVT. The same trend was observed in low pressure
feed heater drain, although no significant effects were observed in other systems.
There were also no significant relationships observed between pH and DO.
b. Copper Concentration
The copper concentration in CWT was at the same level as AVT, i.e. 0.6g/l. No significant relationships were
observed between pH and DO as well.
(2) Differential Pressure of Units
a. Differential Pressure of Boilers
The boiler differential pressure refers to the difference in the pressure lost between the inlet of an economizer to
221
a steam separation drain tank.

As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-20, the pressure surged by approx. 8kg/cm2 in 1.5 months for AVT, before the start of
CWT. It then became a decrease one month after the start of the CWT, whereas in 9 months, the differential
pressure had decreased to the same level as that after chemical cleaning was applied to the unit (30kg/cm2). The
trend continued thereafter, before ultimately reaching differential pressure equivalent to that at the commissioning
of the unit, i.e. 27.5kg/cm2).
Compared to AVT, the differential pressure showed a significant decrease to approx. 15 kg/cm2, which was the
same level as that of a unit 15 months after chemical washing.
Due to such reduced differential pressure of boilers and other factors, the BFP outlet pressure was reduced. The
volume of steam required for operating the BFP was reduced by 6.7 t/h for low pressure steam and 5.3 t/h for high
pressure steam, compared to AVT, as shown in Table 3.3.1-12.
This effectively shows that CWT is relatively effective in reducing the differential pressure of boilers and the
BFP power loss.
Table 3.3.1-12: Comparison of Steam Volume for Operating BFP (Unit: t/h)
1 AVT
2 CWT
Low pressure steam
125.3
118.6
High pressure steam
9.2
3.9
Note 1: For AVT, the figures are the mean values from Jan. 1987 to April 1990.
Note 2: For CWT. The figures are the mean values from Jan. 1991 to Jan. 1992.
1-2
6.7
5.3
(Legend)
Generation Speed (mg/cm2, 1,000h)
The unit used for this

research
No. 4 unit of the Ulsan
Thermal Power Plant
(2.5 years)
(1 year after the

start of CWT)
4 years
9.5 years
Fig. 3.3.1-22: Water Pipe Scale Generation Speed of the Unit used for This Research and
the No. 4 Unit of the Ulsan Thermal Power Plant
Generation Speed (mg/cm2, 1,000h)
(Legend)
Upper
part
Lower
part
(Coal economizer)
Furnace Furnace
material
side
side
(Water pipe: front

wall)
Furnace
side
Furnace Upper
material part
side
(Water pipe: side wall)
Lower
part
(Generation unit)
Fig. 3.3.1-21: Scale Generation Speed of Water Pipes, etc.

222
b. Differential Pressure of High Pressure Feed Heater

The differential pressure of a high pressure feed heater refers to the total differential pressure from the inlet of
No. 1 unit to the outlet of No. 3 unit respectively.
It shows the same trend as the differential pressure of boilers and in 10 months, it came down to 7kg/cm2 ,
namely, the same level as the unit immediately after chemical cleaning. Thereafter, the trend continued until the
differential pressure stabilized at approx. 6kg/cm2.
(3) Corrosion and Scale Deposition on the Units
Inspections for corrosion and scale deposition on boilers and turbine-related units were performed in line with
regular inspections.
The inspections were performed in three stages, the first involved inspecting the conditions of the AVT as a
basis of the assessment, and the second covered its conditions 1 year after the switchover to the CWT (CWT-1),
while the third was done approx. 2.5 years after the switchover to the CWT.
a. Major Units Related to Boilers
(a) Economizer and Evaporation Part (pipe observation test)
(i) Volume of Scales Deposited (Generation Speed)
As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-21, the speed of scale generation showed a time course decrease after switching over to
the CWT. In approx. 2.5 years, it reduced by between two thirds to a half (10.7mg/cm2, 1,000h at the front
wall of the water pipe on the furnace side). Compared to AVT, the decrease was relatively significant i.e. by a
between a half and a third (1.70.7mg/cm2, 1,000h at the front wall of the water pipe on the furnace side).
The trend for decreased scale generation speed is, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-22, the same level as that shown at
the No. 4 unit of the Ulsan Thermal Power Plant of Korea Electric Power Corporation. Based on this, the
ultimate scale generation speed of a CWT is 0.5mg/cm2, 1,000h.
(ii) Scale Thickness
The scale thickness after switching to CWT showed a decrease in the same manner as the volume of scale
deposited. In approx. 2.5 years, it decreased to a level almost equivalent to that around a year after the
switchover. Compared to AVT, it showed a significant decrease by approx. a half to a quarter (0.060.03mm
at the front wall of the water pipe on the furnace side).
223
(iii) Surface Conditions of Scale

As Picture 3.3.1-1 shows, for AVT, the scale was in a waveform of crystals of 10 to 20 m in diameter.
Around a year after the switchover to CWT, the surface conditions of the scale changed into a shape of fine
powders of several m in diameter, and no waveform shape scales were identified. After approx. 2.5 years,
further progress was made in terms of miniaturization of the fine powder diameter.
Picture 3.3.1-1 Surface Condition of the Scales Deposited

in Water Pipes
224
Resin
Resin
Scale
Scale
Pipe
Wall
Pipe
Wall
Picture 3.3.1-2: Cross Section of Scales

Deposited in Water Pipes
Fig. 3.3.1-23: X-ray Analysis of Iron Compounds

(Water Pipes)
(iv) Cross Section of Scales

As shown in Picture. 3.3.1-2, in AVT, uneven distribution of scale thickness and many voids were observed.
The thickness, thereafter, was thinned and the surface was sleeker approx. one year after switchover to CWT and
the same trend was observed after approx. 2.5 years.
(v) Coarseness of the Scale Surface
Compared to AVT, the coarseness of the scale surface approx. one year after the switchover to CWT was
miniaturized by half (7735m).
(vi) Chemical Composition of the Scale
As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-23, the X-ray analysis indicated that in AVT, most of the scales were in the form of
magnetite, while in CWT, they were a mixture of magnetite and hematite (-Fe2O3).
It is considered that due to such qualitative and quantitative changes of scales in CWT, the differential pressure
of the boilers was reduced.
(vii) Solubility of Scales to Chemical cleaning Agents
A scale solubility test was conducted to confirm the solubility of scales generated in CWT into chemical
cleaning agents. Consequently, scales deposited in CWT were totally soluble to agents used for the chemical
cleaning of AVT (1.5% citric acid and 1.5% hydroxyacetic acid), even after approx. 2.5 years had elapsed.
The solubility of scale to chemical agents was the same for that deposited to CWT and AVT. No insoluble
scales were generated some time after the use of CWT was commenced.
(b) Stagnant Water (pipe observation test)
Generally speaking, in CWT, water containing oxygen must be there to supply oxygen. For this reason, there
225
was concern regarding corrosion in sections containing stagnant water.

In order to observe and assess the corrosion, a drain pipe close to the inlet of an economizer and close to the
inlet pipe of a horizontally-set superheater header were chosen as two representative locations where water tends
to be stagnant and oxygen is hardly supplied. Consequently, no significant differences emerged in the corrosion
performance of CWT and AVT.
Thickness and Volume of Scales (CWT/AVT) (Unit: %)
(Legend)
Main
Turbine
BFP
Turbine
High Pressure
Water Supply
Heater Flow
Rectification
Tower
BFP
Strainer
Rotator
at the
Inlet of a
BFP
Adjusting
Valve of
High
Pressure
Water
Heater Drain
Fig. 3.3.1-24: Thickness and Volume of Scales

Deposited on Major Components of a Turbine (Relative
Comparison)
Table 3.3.1-13: Results of Analysis on Scales Deposited on the Main Turbine (Unit: Fe: %, Others: mg/kg)
Fe
Cu
Cr
Ni
Mo
SiO2
Na
Cl
SO4
AVT
Medium-Pressure
Low-Pressure
Unit #9
Unit #15
61.1
64.1
4900
9400
12400
9000
810
1100
3100
3300
3600
13800
3300
5400
7
120
210
450
CWT-1
Medium-Pressure
Low-Pressure
Unit #9
Unit #15
62.1
64.1
4000
8200
10000
9400
2200
1500
2600
3800
4100
5900
1100
1500
4
<1
250
940
CWT-2
Medium-Pressure
Low-Pressure
Unit #9
Unit #15
61.4
62.9
800
5900
8400
9500
330
1000
2500
3600
3800
4800
500
560
24
17
93
220
(c) Instrumentation and Control Valves

A series of investigations were conducted on 11 types of spray control valves of a superheater.
As for corrosion and erosion performances, no significant changes emerged between AVT and CWT except for
erosion, as explained in 3.3.3.1.6-(3)-d Parts Using Stellite Materials observed on the spray control valves of a
secondary superheater.
Scales deposited on the water side showed a change from black magnetite to red-brown hematite, while on the
steam side, black magnetite was observed, although the volume had declined.
b. Major Turbine Components
(a) Main and BFP Turbines
The scales were colored from black or gray to a mixture of slight red or yellow-brown.
Though some scales were seen deposited on various parts of AVT, in CWT they were rarely seen. As shown in
Fig. 3.3.1-24, compared to AVT, the scales deposited on CWT were reduced to two fifths to one fifth for the
overall main turbine and to one tenth to one twentieth for the BFP turbines, as estimated.
The chemical composition of the scale was, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-13, the same as those found in AVT, but a
significant decrease was observed in NaSO4 and SiO2. The results of an X-ray analysis showed an increase of
hematite, like the scale attached to the boiler generation pipes.
The form of the scale was, due to the use of CWT, observed in smaller crystal shapes.
As for the corrosion and erosion of blades, rotors, nozzles and enclosures, there were no significant differences
when generally compared to AVT. There was also no abnormality in the non-destructive inspection (PT, MT, UT).
(b) Turbine control valve
226
An investigation was conducted on seven kinds of valves including the main steam stop valve. As a result, there
was no significant difference when compared to AVT generally.
The maximum depth of erosion to a sub-valve of a main steam stop valve was 4 to 5 mm, which is equivalent to
that observed in AVT.
(c) Instrumentation and Control Valves
A series of investigations was conducted to 9 types of valves, including BFP overheat prevention valves.
Consequently, the drain control valve attached to a high pressure feed water valve No. 3 showed a significant
decrease in the volume of scales (while in AVT, valve sticks were observed due to the deposition of scales), of
which the thickness was one fifth or below compared to AVT (0.6 to 3.0 mm 0 to 0.5mm). The scale was soft
and easily removed and maintained.
As for corrosion and erosion performances, no significant changes emerged between AVT and CWT except for
erosion, as explained in 3.3.3.1.6-(3)-d Parts Using Stellite Materials observed on the BFP overheat prevention
valves.
Picture 3.3.1-3: Scales Deposited on the Flow Rectifying Tower of the High Pressure Feed Heater
Good
Bad
Ablation Volume (mm)
Fig. 3.3.1-25: Performances of a High Pressure

Feed Heater
Fig. 3.3.1-26: Wear Volumes of the Chrome

Plating
227
(d) High Pressure Water Feed Heater

The color of scales for both the inner water chamber and inner heating pipe, as well as the flow rectifying tower,
changed from black magnetite to red-brown hematite, while X-ray analysis also confirmed an increase in hematite
materials.
Meanwhile, the volume of scales was also subject to decrease. As shown in Picture 3.3.1-3, the hardened scales
that had been removed during regular AVT inspection were rarely observed. As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-25, the
volume of scales in CWT was one tenth or below (1,520150g/year).
Due to the decreased scale, the differential pressure of a high pressure feed heater was decreased and, as shown
in Fig. 3.3.1-25, the heat transfer performance (TD: Temperature Difference at the End Parts) was increased by 0.3
to 0.5C, compared to AVT.
As for the corrosion and erosion performances, no significant differences were observed between AVT and
CWT and a similar trend was observed for other types of heat exchangers (condensers and deaeration units).
(e) BFP
A series of investigations was conducted on a rotator and strainer. As shown in Fig. 3.3.1-24, the volume of
scales attached to the rotator was found to have decreased to approx. one fifth of that to AVT (460100g/year x
unit) and no waveform scales, as observed in AVT, were seen around the CWT periphery. As for the strainer, the
scales were around one sixth that of AVT (25040g/year x unit).
Regarding corrosion and erosion, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-26, the wear volume of the chrome plating layer of the
driving part of the rotator showed an increase compared to that of AVT (0 to 0.06mm0.02 to 0.35mm in terms
of the maximum volume at each stage). It was presumed that feed water containing oxygen had slipped into the
micro pin holes and micro cracks, causing corrosions in the gap between the base materials and their plating
layers and leading to removal of the layer.
In order to reverse the situation, the following corrosion tests were carried out using an actual unit and chrome
plating combined by electroless nickel plating was found to be effective.
[Test Procedures]
Location: Suction strainer of BFP
Materials: Base material (13 Cr)
Cr plating
Composite electroless nickel plating
Cr plating + electroless nickel plating
Thermal spraying of oxidized Cr
Periods: July 1992 to Jan. 1993 (for 6 months)
c. Stress Corrosion Cracking Test of Turbine Materials
In order to confirm the effects of CWT on turbine materials, a stress corrosion cracking test was conducted in
the following procedures. To compare the results, the No. 2 unit using AVT was subject to a similar test.
[Test Procedures]
Location: Low pressure 16th stage extraction steam chamber (dry)
Low pressure 17th stage extraction steam chamber (humidity: 2%)
Low pressure air discharge chamber (humidity; 7.5%)
Materials: Blade materials (12CrNiMoV steel)
Blade materials (12CrMoV steel)
Rotor materials (3.5CrNiCrMoV steel)
Stress added: 40kgf/mm2
60kgf/mm2
Exposure periods: CWT: 761 days
AVT: 674 days
The following results were obtained and no adverse impacts were considered to be imposed on the turbine
materials by CWT:
1) No stress corrosion cracks observed for both specimens
2) No significant differences in stress corrosion cracks were observed between AVT and CWT.
d. Parts using Stellite Materials
As there are some reports in Europe of CWT causing corrosions to stellite materials, a test was conducted to
confirm the corrosion performances of the stellite materials.
(a) Final Stage Blade of Main Turbine
Stellite materials (#6) are used at the tip of the blade to shield it against erosions. Although erosion was
observed there, the extent was not as significant as that previously found in AVT (0.05 to 1mm/year).
228
(b) Main Turbine Control Valve

There was erosion due to the past boiler scale observed at the skirt of a sub-valve of the main steam stop valve,
but its degree was relatively insignificant, like those used in AVT (about 5mm).
(c) BFP Overheat Prevention Valve
Some damage was observed at the seat of a turbine driving the BFP overheat prevention valve (stellite #12)
approx. 1.5 to 2.0 months after the start of CWT. The condition was significant compared to AVT and the interval
over which the damage occurred was significantly reduced. The phenomenon was considered to be due to the high
differential pressure attributable to carbonized stellite materials and erosion due to the high flow rate. Meanwhile,
the selective corrosion was considered to be attributable to the oxygen fed into the system.
To reverse the situation, the valve seat materials were changed from metal to Teflon seat. Thereafter, no
abnormalities were observed and the system has remained in good operating condition.
See the intermediate report (5) attached to this journal for details of the valve damage conditions, structural
comparisons and materials used.
(d) Spray Control Valve of a Superheater
About two years after the start of CWT, the seat of a secondary superheater spray control valve was subject to
some damage (stellite #6). This affected the corners of the stellite and extended all over the area surrounding the
flow path. In AVT, however, such damage was restricted to the base material side without involving the stellite
layer. The cause of the damage was considered to be the same as that affecting a BFP overheat prevention valve.
Picture 3.3.1-4 shows the conditions of the damage and its mechanism.
Methods of preventing such damage have already been established and employed by other power companies.
The author plans to employ multiple coatings on the stellite surface (ceramic coating) and will examine the
method in detail, including other coating methods.
Selective Corrosion of Carbonized
Cr-W due to Oxygen
Carbonized Cr-W
Co-Cr-W
crystals
Erosion of Co-Cr-W crystals due to the

High Flow Rate
Direction of
Flow
Damage Conditions
Carbonized Cr-W
Co-Cr-W crystals
Damages Caused by Erosion and

Corrosion
Microscopic Picture of a Cross Section of the

Damaged Part
Damage Mechanisms
Picture 3.3.1-4: Damages to the Secondary Superheater Spray

Control Valve
(e) Other Instrumental and Control Valves

No other problems were observed, even during PT tests, except for moderately selective corrosion at the stellite
part (#6) of the seat ring at the high pressure feed heater drain control valve.
229
e. Cautions in Operations
(1) How to Operate a Deaeration Unit
Based on experiences in Germany, the vent valve of a deaeration unit was kept closed from the onset of
switchover to CWT. This, however, caused an abnormal surge in the DO concentration (600 ppb or above) at the
outlet of the deaeration unit during the unit operation at low load. This was because, due to the closure of the vent
valve, the high concentration of oxygen, which was deaerated during high load operation, was stagnant in the
upper part of the unit, before expanding in volume, being scattered away and then redissolved in water due to the
decreased pressure inside the unit.
To reverse this situation, the vent valve was left open. This, however, caused deaeration and discharge of DO,
making the environment the same as AVT with low pH and causing the iron concentration at the outlet of the
deaeration unit to surge.
Due to such experiences, the vent valve was again left closed, and only reopened when the DO concentration
surged (intermittent operation).
(2) Increased Differential Pressure of the Electromagnetic Filter (EMF)
Once the use of CWF had commenced, the initial differential pressure after backwashing and regeneration of an
EMF occurred and its post-regeneration operation life was shortened (in 7 months, the operation life was
shortened to one tenth (or 2 days) compared to that used in AVT). The reasons for this are believed to include: (i)
the fact that CWT tends to have higher iron loads than AVT, (ii) an increase in fine particles of FeOOH (the
number of FeOOH particles of 1 m tripled or quadruplicated), which split into the depth of the element and (iii)
the fact that needle-shaped iron crystals reinforced the iron deposit layer, which could not be removed by a
backwash and regeneration process.
To reverse such conditions, jet washing of elements was employed and the elements were replaced with new
ones.
In order to implement permanent measures, the following items are subject to examination: (a) Decreasing iron loads at the inlet of an EMF (pH to be increased to 9.0 : effectiveness confirmed)
(b) Improvement of the regeneration methods
(c) Improvement of elements
f. How to Start and Stop the Unit
For several months after the use of CWT, the unit cleanup time tended to be longer than for AVT, due to
unstable hematite protection layers and for other reasons. This was successfully solved through measures to
improve the cleanup process, such as stabilization of the protective layers, lapping of the boiler and pre-boiler
processes and an improved flow rate and numbers of swinging, as shown in Fig. 3.3.1-14.
Fig. 3.3.1-14: Cleanup Time
Acceptance Assessment
Water
Treatment
Method under
Normal
Operation
Let-up
Time (h)
Hydrazine
Injected or
not
AVT
24.5
Injected
CWT
31.0
Injected
CWT
29.0
Not injected
Cleanup Time (h)

-10
-8
Deaeration
Unit
-6
-4
Pre-boiler
Circulation of Condensate
water
Circulation of
Deaeration Unit
230
-2
Boiler
Deaeration
Unit
Pre-boiler and Boiler

Pre-boiler and Boiler
Table 3.3.1-15: Optimized CWT Operation Method

Item
Normal Operation
Controlled Values and Operation Method

Item
Stop
*50 to 100
DO (g/l)
*8.5 to 9.0
pH
0.2 or below
Cationic conductivity (S/cm)
* All control values referred to above are for feed water at the inlet of an economizer.
Start-up and Stop

Item
Water Treatment
Method
AVT
CWT
Switchover Period
Storage
Leakage of seawater
Deaeration unit
Condensate water
desalination unit
Startup
Conventional method (AVT)
Stop
x Minimum loads or above, and

x Electric conductivity of 0.2S/cm or
below
x At least 3 hours before the planned

time for disassembly of the unit
Reason: All water must be
circulated once during the period
between the switchover from AVT
and before shutdown of the plant.

When seawater leakage happens, CWT must be promptly switched over to AVT.
CWT: The vent valve of a deaeration unit must be subject to intermittent operation.
AVT: The vent valve of a deaeration unit must be kept open.
H shaped operation
An operation test without using hydrazine was conducted by stopping the unit (WSS), but no significant
differences in cleanup time and water quality were observed. However, hydrazine is a reducing substance and its
use renders the hematite protective layer unstable, which means it may be better to avoid this substance.
In addition, the unit was subject to a startup and stop test while CWT was used in DSS, and no deterioration in
water quality was detected.
The author is determined to continue studies and tests to establish optimum system operation when it is subject
to stop and startup.
Table 3.3.1-16: Problems Attributable to CWT and Measures
Problem
Damage to the BFP
overheat prevention valve
seat
Cause
Erosion caused by high differential
pressure and flow rate attributable to
the selective corrosion of carbonized
stellite
Damage to the valve seat

of a secondary superheater
spray control valve
Wear of Cr plating at the
sliding part of the BFP
rotator
Same as above (erosion due to high

flow rate)
x The use of stand-by

inner valves
Permanent Measure
x To change to a soft seat
(However, a large-sized valve
must be developed for
Kawagoe Thermal Power
Plants Nos. 1 and 2.)
x The use of ceramic coating,
etc.
Erosion caused by corrosion between

a plate layer and its base materials,
attributable to oxygen having slipped
from the cracks, etc. of the plate layer
High iron load and an increase in iron
oxide fine particles having slipped
into the depth of the element
x Recoating of Cr
plating during the
regular inspection
period
x Chemical cleaning of
elements
x Increase of EMF
bypassing
x Others
x The use of homogeneous and

defectless electroless Ni
plating between a Cr plating
layer and its base materials
x To decrease the iron
concentration at the inlet of an
EMS (pH: 9.0)
x To improve elements
x Others
Surge of differential
pressure of EMF (clogged
elements)
Emergency Measure
-
3.3.1.6.4 Assessment
Based on the results of these studies and findings in and out of Japan, an assessment was made.
As a result of the assessment, it was found that CWT can be applied to actual units, and is more reliable and
economical than AVT. The assessment details are explained below.
(1) Optimized CWT Operation Method
The author believes Fig. 3.3.1-15 shows the optimized CWT operation method. In this case, no hydrazine will
be used in startup and stop, and neither will any switchover from AVT to CWT take place.
(2) Technical Assessment Comparing to AVT
a. Corrosion of Components
231
Similarly to AVT, the author believes CWT will not have any particularly adverse impacts on the corrosion and
erosion of components.
Moreover, the author also believes that, due to the problems associated with parts using stellite, no basic issues
arise that could deny the CWT applicability. Permanent measures against foreseeable problems are shown in Table
3.3.1-16, while measures for the seat of a BFP overheat prevention valve have already been established. For other
parts, examinations are ongoing.
b. Powers to BFP, etc.
The author believes that the time course increase of steam used for driving BFP found in the acceptance
performance test of the unit using CWT (total amount of heat of low pressure and high pressure steam) can be
substantially decreased to approx. a third compared to AVT, because of the reduced differential pressure of boiler
and of scales deposited.
The author also believes that the functional loss of a high pressure feed heater can be reduced to approx. two
fifths compared to AVT, because of the reduced deposition of scale.
c. Frequency of Chemical Cleaning of Boilers
As shown below, as regards the frequency of chemical cleaning of boilers using CWT, the author believes, in
the case of the No. 1 unit of the Chita No. 2 Thermal Power Plant, that this can be extended from the current 1.5
years to 9.5 years, while for other once-through boilers of supercritical pressure or above, the current 1.5 to 4.5
year period can be significantly extended to 10 to 15 years.
In line with the extension in chemical cleaning frequency, the author believes that regular inspection periods
can be shortened and the disadvantageous transfer of loads eliminated.
(i) Assessment in terms of Boiler Differential Pressure
The interval of chemical cleaning for the unit used in this study, which uses AVT, was 1.5 years due to an
increase in the boiler differential pressure. After switching over to CWT, this increase was eliminated, which
meant the interval of chemical cleaning was extended.
Fig. 3.3.1-27 shows the trend of boiler differential pressure experienced by the Ulsan Thermal Power Plant of
Korea Electric Power Corporation after switching to CWT. The operation time till the pressure rose to the
acceptable limit was 9.5 years, whereupon chemical cleaning took place.
It is considered that the trend of the boiler differential pressure surge of the unit used in this study tends to
follow a path of gradual increase compared to that experienced in Ulsan Thermal Power Plant. However, with
certain allowances taken into consideration, it is estimated that it will take 9.5 years for the unit used by this study
to reach the allowable limit for differential pressure. The author, therefore, believes that the interval of chemical
cleaning for the unit can be extended from 1.5 to 9.5 years.
(ii) Assessment based on the Volume of Scales Deposited on Generation Pipes
The acceptance criteria for the chemical cleaning of boilers employed by this company is around 30 to
45mg/cm2 of scale deposited on generation piles unless other problems, such as abnormal boiler differential
pressure, are observed.
As indicated in 3.3.1.6-(3) Main Components of Boilers, the speed of the scales generated will be
0.5mg/cm21,000h.
Thus, the chemical cleaning intervals calculated from the scale generation speed are 10 to 15 years, based on
the conditions of the unit utilization ratio of 70% (30 to 40mg/cm2 0.5mg/cm2 x 1,000h 365 days 24 hours
0.7).
Based on the above arguments, in the case of other once-through boilers of supercritical pressure or above, for
which no boiler differential pressure need be considered, the author believes that the interval can be extended
from the current 1.5 to 4.5 years to 10 to 15 years.
d. Vibration of BFPs
In the case of the unit used in this study, BFPs were not subject to any vibration, even when using AVT, and
anti-vibration measures remained unconfirmed during the switchover to CWT. However, in the absence of any
waveform scales and the fact that the volume of scales was reduced to approx. one fifth compared to AVT, the
author believes that CWT can represent the ultimate measure against the vibration of BFPs.
e. Environmental Aspects
The use of CWT can eliminate chemicals used to treat feed water and regenerate condensate water desalination
units as well as effluents generated from the chemical cleaning of boilers, thus reducing effluent contamination
loads.
Based on these aspects, CWT can be considered an environment-friendly feed water treatment method.
232
Boiler Differential Pressure (kg/cm2)
(Legend)
The unit used in this
study
No. 4 unit of the Ulsan
Thermal Power Plant
Chemical cleaning
Time
Fig. 3.3.1-27: Differential Pressure of Boilers for the Unit used in this Study
and the No. 4 unit of the Ulsan Thermal Power Plant
(3) Cost Performance Comparison with AVT

The author believes that the use of CWT can help reduce costs significantly for BFP power losses, and function
on the chemical cleaning of boilers and chemicals for the treatment of feed water.
The time course trend of costs for the use of CWT used by the unit under testing is estimated to be around a
quarter of that incurred when AVT was used, as shown in Table 3.3.1-17.
On the other hand, the ratio of profitability (annual earning investment amount 100%), an indicator used to
assess investment results, is 86%, and an effective cost-benefit effect can be expected from the use of CWT.
3.3.1.6.5 Introduction Plan

Based on the results and the assessment of this study, CWT was officially used at Chita No. 2 Thermal Power
Plant in October 1993 when this study was completed, and a plan for introducing CWT to other once-through
boilers was formed.
(1) Applicable Units
For the following reasons, there is scope to apply CWT to all 18 units of supercritical and advanced ultrasuper
critical once-through boilers:
a. 14 out of 18 boilers show increased power loss of BFP, due to a surge of differential pressure and problems
such as vibration of BFPs arising from iron scales, for which the CWT can be an anticipated solution.
b. The cost-benefit calculation of using CWT shows that for all units, an effective cost-benefit can be
expected (Ave. ratio of profitability: 66%)
(2) Periods of Introduction
CWT will be introduced starting from FY1994 for periods of 5 to 6 years in a phased manner, from units where
the technical and economical merits of its use will be considerable.
233
Table 3.3.1-17: Annual Cost of the No. 1 Unit of the Chita No. 2 Thermal Power Plant
Item
Cost of Power Loss for BFPs
Cost of Functional Loss for High Pressure
Feed Heater
Cost of Installing a Boiler Chemical
cleaning System
Cost of Loss Transferred in relation to the
above
Cost of Chemicals for the Treatment of
Feed Water
Cost of Operating a Condensate water
Desalination Unit
Total
AVT
CWT
100
33
100
40
100
16
100
16
100
17
100
32
100
28
Economization
Ratio
Remarks
Incremental increase of steam used for driving the
BFPs (actual)
Deterioration of heat transfer performance (actual)
67
60
AVT: Once in 1.5 years

CWT: Once in 9.5 years (estimated)
Transfer days: 4 days/time (actual)
84
84
AVT: Ammonia and hydrazine

CWT: Ammonia and oxygen
AVT: 56 times (actual)
CWT: 21 times (actual)
83
68
72
3.3.2 Water Control and Management of Thermal Power Plants

Since the water-steam cycle, the vital artery for a thermal power plant, does not stop instantly in the event of
any abnormality, meaning any accident in the cycle tends expand to become a long-term problem for the system, it
should be served carefully and meticulously while in static condition as well as during daily inspections.
Each type and purpose of use of a plant has its own control criteria, of which the water quality criteria and
treatment methods are delineated in JIS B 8223 Boiler feed water and boiler water, (hereinafter referred to as
JIS) although different water treatments are required depending on the environment where a plant is situated and
when it was installed. Each water control staff member strives hard to investigate, test and try to uplift
technologies of the most appropriate water treatment methods.
This chapter describes the current status, challenges and future prospects of water treatment implemented in the
fields based on those perspectives.
Table 3.3.2-1 Raw Water Quality Monitoring Items and Measurement Frequencies
Analyzing Item
Daily
{
Turbidity
pH
Conductivity
Ca2+
Mg2+
Fe2+
Alkali ions
Frequency
Weekly Monthly
{
{
{
{
{
{
(Na+ and K+)
ClSO42HCO3-
{
{
{
CO32NO3Free carbon dioxide

SiO2
{
{
{
{
Total iron
Residual chlorine
COD
Colloidal silica
Water temperature
Remarks
(CO2)
By
calculation
{
{
(Cl2)
{
{
{
3.3.2.1 Water treatment of Makeup Water

3.3.2.1.1 Water treatment of Raw Water Sources
Raw water sources used by a thermal power plant include potable water and industrial water, which originate
from rivers, ponds, lakes and underground water. Depending on the location of the thermal power plant, a water
conversion system is used to convert seawater to fresh water, while effluents are also sometimes collected and
recycled as a water source. The types and concentration of impurities contained in raw water depend significantly
on the particular source of the water is taken or the season in question. It is necessary to understand the quality of
raw water, not only in order to design a makeup water treatment system, used to remove impurities in raw water
and maintain water quality suitable for makeup water, but also to use the system in a stable manner. Table 3.3.2-1
234
shows a list of water quality monitoring items generally applied for maintaining and controlling the system, and
their measurement frequencies. The frequency must be increased whenever significant fluctuation is observed in
the quality of raw water, or a new water source is employed.
Table 3.3.2-2: Turbidity Assessment Indicators
Water Quality
Indicator
MF
MFC
Measurement Method
Characteristics
Refers to the time required to filtrate a liter of water using a

0.45m membrane filter (HAWP 047 TYPE HA made by
Millipore Corporation) under reduced pressure of
500mmHg.
Calculated using the following formula after the measuring
times t1 and t2 required to filtrate 0.5l and 1l of water
respectively under the reduced pressure of 500mmHg, and
using the same measurement instruments as those used to
measure the time of MF.
Easy to use, but vulnerable to water temperature

and considerable size differences in filters. No
linear relationship with the volume of
contaminants contained in sampled water
Has a linear relationship with turbidity, can
measure consistently from raw seawater to
processed water, and is a relatively newly proposed
indicator.
MFC = 2 ln 1 1
t2
FI
(=SDI)
Calculated using the following formula after pressurized

filtration of 500ml of sampled water at 2.1kg/m2g using a
0.45m membrane filter (HAWP 047 TYPE HA made by
Millipore Corporation) to measure the filtration time (T1).
The filtration time (T2) is then measured by continuing
filtration for 15 minutes after measuring T1, whereupon the
same filter is used to filtrate a further 500ml of sampled
water.
FI =
PI
PN
Turbidity
SS
Highly sensitive to detect low turbidity and known

as an inlet water quality indicator for a hollow
fiber reverse osmosis module. As the turbidity
intensifies, its sensitivity tends to drop. For
seawater, normally T2=, or FI=6.67.
100 T1
1
15 T2
Calculated by using the following formula after

measurement in the same manner as FI.
T
PI = 1001 1 = 15 FI
T2
Means the total water volume (l) filtrated under a certain

stable pressure environment using a membrane filter.
Measured using a scattering light type or an integrating
sphere type turbidimeter.
Calculates the volume of impurities based on a change in
the volume of sample water filtrated through a 0.45m
membrane filter and the weight of the filter.
Has the same characteristics as FI. PI=100%

means the filter is totally clogged, and 0% means it
is entirely unclogged.
Easy to use, but needs a statement that the values
are subject to change depending on the
measurement environment (filtration pressure and
the type and size of filter used).
Can conduct rapid and inline analysis, but tends to
be less sensitive for low turbidity.
Requires considerable sample water for low
turbidity measurement, and is unsuitable for rapid
analysis.
3.3.2.1.2 Control of Pre-Treatment Unit to Maintain its Performance

There are two aims of pre-treatment: one is to protect the ion exchange resin, reverse osmosis membrane and
ion exchange membrane, etc., used for the desalination unit and another is to remove colloidal matters that cannot
be removed via an ion-exchange reaction. The methods generally used for the unit include the coagulating
sedimentation filtration method and the coagulation filtration method. In order to maintain the unit in good
operational condition, it is essential to form a stable floc, for which aluminum coagulation agents are generally
used. Although previously, aluminum sulfate was frequently used, quite recently, polyaluminum chloride (PAC)
and electrolytic aluminum have come into widespread use, since they have excellent coagulation performance and
are less inclined to decrease pH. As an auxiliary agent for floc formation, organic polyacrylamide polymers, with
bentonite to make the floc heavier, are used. Floc formation has many elements to take into consideration, such as
the turbidity of the raw water, alkali level, pH and water temperature. It is, therefore, necessary to determine
optimum coagulation conditions, including the volume of coagulation agents used, selection of auxiliary agents
and pH by implementing a jar test, etc. Inappropriate floc formation will cause residual impurities in the raw water,
and colloidal matters and aluminum (residual coagulation agent) infiltrating in the filtrated water. Colloidal silica
is also contained in the boiler makeup water like ionic silica. When it is channeled into the water and steam
systems, it will become scales deposited onto the low-pressure turbine. Similarly, colloidal aluminum tends to be
deposited on high-pressure turbines in the form of aluminum oxide or sometimes zinc aluminate scales, which
cannot be easily washed away by boiler chemical cleaning. Colloidal silica is controlled by monitoring the silica
concentration in boiler water, and in the event of any anomaly, a comprehensive inspection of the raw water,
filtrated water and deionized water must be conducted.
Table 3.3.2-3: Troubles and Measures for the Pre-Treatment Unit
235
Deterioration of the processed water quality
Phenomenon
Cause
Inappropriate use of chemicals
Coagulation agent
Coagulation auxiliary agent
pH adjuster
Incomplete regeneration of a filtration unit
Incomplete water collection unit under the

filtration unit
Defects to the backwashing trough of the
filtration unit
Wear or decreased filtration materials
Channeling of filtration layers
Mad balls
Floc strength
Decrease in
amount of
obtaining
water
Insufficient opening of the valves

Slime inside the filter layers
or accumulation of foreign matter
Miniaturization of the filtration materials
Measures or Check Item

x Conduct a jar test to check that the coagulation conditions are
appropriate.
x Operate the unit under the appropriate injection ratio and filtrate water
coming out from the coagulation sedimentation tank and the coagulation
tank using a No. 5 filter. If the filtrated water is normal, then the problem
lies on the filtration unit, as explained in the next chapter.
x Check whether impurities remain in the filtration unit when the normal
course of regeneration process is done. If necessary, extend the
backwashing time.
x Check whether there is any shortage in the backwashing air and water
flow.
x Check the air dispersion conditions when air backwashing is run. If
necessary, open the lower manhole to check it.
x Check whether effluents from the backwashing process are evenly
collected.
x Consider the replenishment of filtration materials.
x Check whether any impurities and organic slime are found in the
filtration layers.
x Repeat the water and air backwashing processes several times.
x Remove the mad balls and replace part of the filtration materials.
x Check whether the differential pressure is appropriate for operation by
examining the differential pressure surge from the start of sampling
water and the quality of the processed water.
x Insufficient working air pressure
x Damage to valves
x Operate air backwashing using a filtration material cleaner.
x Remove foreign matter having accumulated in the upper part of the filtration
material, if it hinders the discharge of effluents from backwashing.
x Replace the filtration materials on the surface of the filter layers
A slurry circulation type coagulation sedimentation unit requires the maintenance of slurry concentration at an
optimum level, while a sludge blanket type needs the sludge blanket to be kept stable. For both types, the key is
how to adjust the volume of chemicals used as well as that of the sludge discharged from the units. Even without
any dramatic fluctuation in the turbidity and alkali level of raw water, the water temperature varies seasonally,
with a lower water temperature leading to a deterioration in floc formation performance. Experience states that the
threshold temperature is at 10C or so. If the temperature descends from this level, an auxiliary agent should be
increased to facilitate the floc formation. In the case of a coagulation filtration unit, high water temperature
excessively increases the size of the floc formed and when this happens, the volume of the auxiliary agent should
be decreased. When a separation membrane is used for the desalination unit, the water quality, including the
turbidity and FI (Fouling Index) at the outlet of a pre-treatment unit, must be maintained within the criteria
determined for them. Table 3.3.2-2 shows some examples of turbidity assessment indexes.
In many cases, the problems of a pre-treatment unit are mainly caused by insufficient regeneration of filter
layers due to contamination, which can sometimes be the result of mad balls and mechanical failure of the unit.
When problems involving the filtration unit surface, these can be identified by a deterioration in the quality of
processed water and reduction in the cyclic sampling volume. Table 3.3.2-3 shows the major problems anticipated
to occur with the pre-treatment unit and their measures.
3.3.2.1.3 Control of Deionized Water Generation Unit for Maintaining its Performance
As makeup water for a high pressure boiler requires highly pure demineralized water, the quality of the makeup
water must be controlled. Water treatment items for this purpose include electrical conductivity and silica, and an
indicator and recorder with an alarm are installed at the anion tower of a deionized water generation unit and at
the exit of a polisher to continuously monitor these items. Table 3.3.2-4 shows some examples of water quality
criteria for makeup water used at thermal power plants. The actual values measured by each company, as indicated
in the table, are 1.0S/cm and 0.01mg/l or below for conductivity and silica respectively.
The following items are examples of daily control items, which should be monitored daily at a fixed time if the
values are measurable:
{ Operation cycles and collection volume per cycle
{ Volume of regeneration agents used and stored
{ Temperature when chemicals are injected to regenerate the anion exchange resin
{ Inner pressure of each ion-exchange resin tower (before and after regeneration)
{ Conductivity of water sampled at the inlet of a deionized water generation unit
{ Conductivity of processed water
{ Silica concentration in processed water
236
Ion-exchange resin should be controlled once a year to measure the total volume of resin replaced and volume
of neutral salt decomposed. At the same time, check the volume of ion-exchange resin remaining in each tower
and inspect whether the resin is finely-divided or not. As for the replenishment of ion-exchange resin, the volume
of resin to be replenished for cation resin is 5% -10% per year, including those finely divided, provided that no
swelling and/or contamination is observed. In the case of anion resin, the volume to be replenished comes to 10%
to 20% per year in general, because it is subject to aging besides the pulverization.
The troubles a deionized water generation unit may encounter mainly include decreased collection volume and
deterioration of the quality of processed water (incl. high conductivity and silica concentration). These problems
are often associated with pre-treatment unit troubles. Table 3.2.2-5 shows the cause of the troubles and their
measures as well as check items.
Table 3.2.2-4: Examples of Criteria set by Each Electric Power Company for
Water Quality at the Outlet of a Circulation Boiler Makeup Water Desalination Unit
Company Name
Pressure Category
(kgf/cm2)
Item
Conductivity (S/cm)
Silica (mg/l as SiO2)
A
100 Class
5 or below
0.05 or
below
130 Class
B
170 Class
100 Class
1.25 or below
0.015 or
below
130
Class
5 or below
0.01 or
below
0.1 or
below
0.05 or
below
C
170
Class
100
Class
3 or
below
0.02 or
below
5 or
below
0.1 or
below
130
Class
170
Class
1.0 or below
0.015 or below
Table 3.2.2-5: Troubles (reduced collection volume and decreased purity of processed water)
of a Deionized Water Generation Unit, Their Causes and Measures
Root Cause
Change in Raw Water
Quality
Cause or Phenomenon of Trouble

{ Increased total ion volume in raw water
{ Change in the percentage of Na, HCO3 and SiO2
{ Increased organic substances and total iron volume
Oversampling
{ Inappropriate water flow rate

x Failure of a flow meter
x Slippage of a flow meter due to the small volume
of water passing through
{ Deteriorated water quality
x Failure of a meter
x Failure of a communicator
x Sampling failure
Incomplete
regeneration
{ Insufficient regeneration level

{ Inappropriate concentration of chemicals
(Insufficient volume or excessive dilute solution
used)
{ Insufficient dispersion of regeneration agent
x Clogged or damaged chemical feed pipe
x Decreased chemical feed speed (dispersed
unevenly)
x Channeling of resin layers
237
Measure
{ Conduct a total analysis of the raw water and file the data every
month (Conductivity must be measured and recorded every
month).
{ Check the water sources.
{ Adjust the ratio of water intake from various water sources.
{ Compare the data with that of an instantaneous flow meter.
{ Operate by uplifting the water flow.
{ Refer to the instruction manual attached to the instrumentation
unit.
{ Compare the data with that of a portable water quality meter,
etc.
{ Connect a resistance box attached to the unit to a cable in lieu
of a communicator. If the values coincide with each other, then
the communicator is damaged.
{ Refer to the instruction manual attached to the instrumentation
unit.
{ Sampling valve is too far closed or totally closed.
{ Sampling valve is too open.
{ Damages or water leakage to the communicator case.
{ Regenerate the volume specified in the instruction manual. (Or
increase the level of regeneration)
{ Feed chemicals at an appropriate concentration.
{ Repair the damaged pipe.
{ Failure of a chemical feed pump
{ Clogs of ejectors and nozzles
{ Excessive decrease of the diluted water flow rate
{ Backwash for more than 30 minutes.
{ Check and remove clogs from the lower water collection and
dispersion unit.
Root Cause
Incomplete
regeneration
Cause or Phenomenon of Trouble

{ Insufficient extrusion
{Insufficient flushing
{ Shortage in chemical injection time

{ Inappropriate temperature for chemical injection
Flow-out of
ion-exchange resin
Contamination of
ion-exchange resin
Channeling
{ Fluidization of resin layers when chemicals are

injected upward
{ In the case of a multiple-layer system, a mixture of
mild/strong acid resins and basic resins
{ Increased backwashing speed
{ Flow out of resins due to excessive backwashing
speed
{ Breakage of the lower water collection and
dispersion unit
{ Flow out of resins to the outlet of an ion-exchange
resin tower
x Fractured resins due to oxidizing substances
x Fractured resins due to pressurization
{ Existence of iron oxides and manganese in raw
water
(This contaminates mainly cation resins.)
{ Existence of organic substances in raw water
{ Compressed resin layers
x The raw water is highly turbid.
x Pulverization of resins due to chemical fracture
x Pulverization of resins due to a high flow rate
operation or the internal pressure surge of a tank
during operation
x Insufficient or failed backwashing
{ Failure of lower and upper distributors
Low flow rate

sampling
(when only the purity
of processed water is
decreased)
Leakage from a valve
(when only the purity
of processed water is
decreased)
Deterioration of the
ion-exchange resin
function
{ The sampling water flow rate is 5m/h or below.

This normally results in the leakage of ions from
an anion resin tower deteriorating.
Measure
{ Measure the specific gravity of regeneration effluents
(to confirm whether the extrusion force is sufficient or not)
{ Analyze the washing effluents
(to confirm whether the concentrations of Cl of the H tower
and Na+ of the OH tower are the same as those in their inlet
position)
{ Make the total time for chemical injection and for extrusion at
least the same as those designated
{ Make the temperature of chemical injection as 355C
(if the temperature is lower than this, silica will leak out and if
it is higher, then the resin performance will be deteriorated)
{ Readjustment of chemical injection volume and slip water
volume
{ Replacement of the mixture of resins in the middle position
{ Check the backwashing speed
{ Check the water temperature
{ Repair the damaged parts
{ Conduct a functional test of resins (coarseness distribution,
etc.)
{ Check the pre-treatment unit.
{ Backwash thoroughly, or conduct air backwashing to

completely remove turbidity from the resin layers.
{ Remove residual chlorine in the raw water.
{ Operate at an appropriate flow rate.
{ Backwash thoroughly. (Backwash for approx. 30 minutes, and
stop it just before the outflow of resins from the tank.)
{ In the case of a heavily uneven surface on the resin surface,
check and improve the upper water distributor so that water can
be distributed evenly.
{ Inspect and repair it.
{ Operate the unit at a high flow rate as much as possible.
{ Don t operate the unit below the minimum flow rate.
{ Valve failure
{ Inspect and repair or replace it.
{ Even in the case that there are no hazardous

substances in the raw water, the resin function
generally tends to slowly deteriorate.
{ Excessive temperature of chemicals
(Never raise the temperature above 45C.)
{ Replenish resins as designated.

{ Measure the degree of functional deterioration and replenish
the resins.
{ Keep the chemical temperature at an appropriate level.
3.3.2.2 Boiler Water treatment

3.3.2.2.1 Objectives and Methods of Water treatment
The degree and types of corrosions caused by water and steam and damage inflicted by corrosion products on
feed water systems, boilers and turbine systems vary depending on the materials used and the temperature. This
chapter outlines the type of damage caused to each component and how to prevent it.
(1) Condensate Water
Steam used in a turbine is converted back to water using a condensing unit and the loss is replenished by
feeding ion-exchange water as makeup water. The condensing unit of most plants uses copper alloy cooling water
pipes, due to their good heat conductivity and anti-corrosion properties. As Fig. 3.3.2-1 shows, copper solubility is
lowest at a pH of about 9 and in the actual unit, the relationship is similar. For a unit using copper alloy for the
feed water system, the pH of condensate water is around 8.8 to 9.0, which is a zone within which the dissolution
of copper is mostly restricted. For a unit using steel pipes, the pH reaches 9.3 to 9.6, making it difficult to curtail
the dissolution of copper. In an environment where dissolved oxygen exists, the dissolved copper forms complex
copper ammonium ions, which means the dissolution persists. In order to prevent this, titanium pipes are used for
238
Iron Solubility
Iron Concentration
the air cooling zones of a condensing unit and nickel plated copper alloy cooling water pipes are laid around the
exterior of the unit.
Solubility
Iron Concentration
in Feed Water
Temperature
Fig. 3.3.2-2: Behavior of Iron in Feed Water and Condenser
Saturation solubility
of Cu(OH)2 in
deionized water
Solubility
Saturation solubility
of CuO in deionized
water
Fig. 3.3.2-1: Relationship between the Solubility of Copper and pH
Concentration
(Iron)
(Copper)
(Nickel)
Fig. 3.3.2-3: Shift in Metal Ion Concentration due to a Change in the Feed Water pH
(2) Feed Water

Feed water refers to the water run from the outlet of a condensed pump to the inlet of an economizer, between
which lies a heat exchanger. The temperature moves from 20 to 260 and various materials are used in these
areas, such as iron, copper and nickel alloys. In the process of feed water, the method used to prevent impurities in
water channeled to the boiler, to prevent the generation of scales in the latter, as well as how to avoid corrosion are
very important. Fig. 3.3.2-6 shows the JIS criteria. The level of dissolved salts and other impurities contained in
239
water is close to zero under normal operation, thanks to the upgraded performance of a deionized water generation
unit. However, in the case of seawater leakage, dissolved salts slip into the system. Depending on which materials
are used for the feed heater pipes, namely copper alloy or steel, the means used to control pH to prevent corrosion
of the materials vary. In the case of copper alloy, the pH control mainly targets copper and the value is limited to 9
or so, because dissolved copper ions accelerate the corrosion of iron. The slight volume of ammonia generated by
thermal decomposition of the hydrazine used as a deoxidizer is used to control the pH. Fig. 3.3.2-2 shows a
behavior model of iron in condensate water and feed water systems. The higher the temperature rise, the more iron
ions are generated. Around a high pressure feed heater, the iron ion concentration goes beyond the iron solubility
curve meaning ion deposits are generated. The iron is then deposited in the high temperature zones of high
pressure feed heaters, economizers, boilers and other units. In order to prevent such scales from being deposited, it
is important to minimize the iron ion volume. Fig. 3.3.2-3 shows a change in the iron ion concentration in a course
of a shift in the pH of feed water. As indicated, the pH should be kept high. Fig. 3.3.2-4 shows the solubility of
magnetite (Fe3O4), a corrosion coating. In the high temperature zone, the curve bottoms out at a pH level of
around 10. As iron ions tend to accelerate its oxidization under the existence of dissolved oxygen, hydrazine is
added to the feed water to remove oxygen, so that the generation of dissolved oxygen can be minimized.
N2H4+ O2+2H2O
A unit using steel pipes is subject to a control pH at around 9.5. Ammonia is directly added to the outlet of a
condenser or deaeration unit as a pH adjuster, and hydrazine is added at the outlet of a deaeration unit as a
deoxidizer respectively.
(3) Boiler Water
Most substances dissolved in boiler water are separated out as the temperature rises, due to the low solubility
and known as scale and sludge. This scale and sludge has low thermal conductivity, causing thermal efficiency to
deteriorate and corroding the boiler generation pipes. With this in mind, the generation of scales and sludge must
be avoided as far as possible. As shown in Fig. 3.3.2-3, the pH of the boiler water must be retained high to prevent
corrosions of generation pipes. Silica contained in boiler water flows out to the steam side and is separated out on
the turbine blades as scales, causing the efficiency of the unit to deteriorate. Therefore, silica concentration must
be minimized as far as possible.
Table 3.3.2-6: Feed Water Quality
Feed Water
Category
[Drum Type]
Max. Operating Pressure (MPa or kgf/cm2)
Evaporation Rate of the Heat Transfer Surface
(kg/(m2xh))
Types of Makeup Water
pH (at 25C)
Hardness (mgCaCO3/l)
(mg/l)
Dissolved Oxygen (mgO/l)
Iron (mgFe/l)
Copper (mgCu/l)
Hydrazine (mgN2H4/l)
Conductivity (S/cm) (at 25C)
10 - 15
(100 - 150)
-
15 20
(150 200)
-
Ion-exchange water
8.5 9.6
0
Ion-exchange water
8.5 9.6
0
0.007 or below
0.03 or below
0.01 or below
0.01 or above
0.5 or below
0.007 or below
0.02 or below
0.005 or below
0.01 or above
0.5 or below
15 - 20
(150 - 200)
20 or above
(200 or above)
Volatile
Oxygen
Substance
Treatment
Treatment
9.0 9.6
6.5 9.0
0.25 or below
0.2 or below
0.007 or below
0.02 0.2
0.01 or below
0.01 or below
0.002 or below
0.002 or below
0.01 or above
0.02 or below
0.02 or below
Feed Water
Category
[Once-through Type]
Treatment Method
pH (at 25C)
Dissolved Oxygen (mgO/l)
Iron (mgFe/l)
Copper (mgCu/l)
Silica (mgSiO2/l)
Volatile
Substance
Treatment
8.5 9.6
0.3 or below
0.007 or below
0.02 or below
0.003 or below
0.01 or above
0.02 or below
240
Oxygen
Treatment
6.5 9.0
0.2 or below
0.02 0.2
0.1 or below
0.05 or below
0.02 or below
Iron Ion Concentration (mol/kg)
Fig. 3.3.2-4: Relationship between the Magnetite Concentration and pH

Fig. 3.3.2-7 shows the JIS criteria. For a drum type boiler, sodium phosphate is used in the boiler intermittently
to control the pH of boiler water. Substances dissolved in the boiler water, such as silica and chlorine ions, are
removed by blowing the boiler water, while in the case of a once-through boiler, all substances dissolved in the
boiler water are separated and deposited as scales, since it lacks any air-water separation mechanisms. This means
the pH of a once-through boiler is controlled by using ammonia, a volatile chemical, and by installing a
desalination unit at the outlet of a condensate water generation system to remove dissolved substances from the
condensate water.
Category
Fig. 3.3.2-7: Boiler Water Quality Criteria

Evaporation Rate of the Heat Transfer Surface
(kg/(m2 x h))
Types of Makeup Water
Boiler Water
Treatment Method
15 - 20
(150 - 200)
-
10 - 15
(100 - 150)
-
Ion-exchange water
Ion-exchange water
All volatile
treatment
8.5 9.6
-
Sodium phosphate
treatment
8.5 9.8
-
pH (at 25C)
Oxygen consumption (pH at 4.8) (mgCaCO3/l)
Sodium phosphate
treatment
8.5 9.8
-
Oxygen consumption (pH at 8.3) (mgCaCO3/l)
60 or below
2 or below
0.1 3
-
20 or below
1 or below
Total residue on evaporation (mg/l)

Chlorine ion (mgCl/l)
Phosphate ion (mgPO43-/l)
Sulfurous acid ion (mgSO32-/l)
Silica (mgSiO2/l)
60 or below
20 or below
2 or below
1 or below
0.1 3
0.3 or below
8.5 9.6
-
0.2 or below
Fig. 3.3.2-8: Steam Quality Criteria

Item
Criteria
0.3 or below
0.02 or below

Silica (mgSiO2/l)
Table 3.3.2-9: Facility Outline of Unit Nos. 1 to 4 Units of the Nishi Nagoya Thermal Power Plant
Unit
Output
Operation started in:
Boiler type
Turbine steam pressure
No. 1 Unit
220 000 kW
July 1970
Reheating natural
circulation type
169 kg/cm2G
No. 2 Unit
220 000 kW
December 1970
Reheating natural
circulation type
169 kg/cm2G
No. 3 Unit
375 000 kW
July 1972
Reheating natural
circulation type
169 kg/cm2G
No. 4 Unit
375 000 kW
September 1972
Reheating natural
circulation type
169 kg/cm2G
(4) Steam
Impurities contained in steam are those carried over from the boiler water, which cause corrosion of superheater
systems and the deposition of scales onto turbine blades. Such impurities include chlorine ions, sodium, silica and
copper. Fig. 3.3.2-8 shows their JIS criteria.
241
As success in steam quality control is significantly dependent on the boiler water quality, for a drum type boiler,
the conductivity of boiler water and its silica content, and - for a once-through boiler - those of feed water at the
inlet of an economizer should be carefully monitored.
3.3.2.2.2 Water treatment of a Drum Type Boiler

Table 3.3.2-9 shows an outline of facility of unit Nos. 1 to 4 of the Nishi Nagoya Thermal Power Plant. The
following are the explanation of water treatment of a drum type (reheating natural circulation) boiler:
(1) Water treatment under Normal Operation
Fig. 3.3.2-5 shows the water treatment system for a drum type boiler.
Table 3.3.2-10 shows the water treatment values.
a. Water Treatment of Condensate water and Feed Water
The method of water treatment for condensate water and feed water depends on the materials used for a high
pressure feed heater, but as for the Nishi Nagoya Thermal Power Plant, its unit Nos. 1 to 4 use copper alloys and
hydrazine is used for water treatment. Under normal operation, thin hydrazine (0.5% N2H4) is added to the outlet
of the condensate pump in order to maintain the pH of the feed water (at the entrance of an economizer) at 8.8 to
9.0. Since, under normal operation, the conductivity at the inlet of a deaeration unit is commensurate with the pH
at the inlet of an economizer, hydrazine is added based on the feed water volume after the measurement of the
same. The conductivity at the inlet of a deaeration unit is 1.3 to 2.0 when pH is maintained at a level of 8.8 to 9.0
and the pump stroke comes to 15 to 20%. Under normal operation, the water quality of each system is maintained
at the normal values as shown in Table 3.3.2-10.
To high pressure
turbine
To medium- and
low-pressure turbines
From high pressure

turbine
Drum
Deaeration unit
Flush
tank
Condenser
Deaeration unit water

tank
Conden
sate
water
pump
Flush valve
Ground
steam
condenser
Flush pipe
drain tank
Makeup
water
tank
Makeup water
pump
Flooding pipe of boiler
Sampling point
Fig. 3.3.2-5: Water Treatment System Diagram of a Drum Type Boiler
b. Boiler Water Treatment

Controlling the pH at the inlet of an economizer at 8.8 to 9.0 makes the pH of boiler water 8.7 to 8.9 or so. As
the unit uses hydrazine only to control the pH, the boiler water lacks any alkali elements, while its lack of any
hardness removers (sodium phosphate), also makes it vulnerable against the infiltration of corrosion products
from feed water or impurities (Ca and Mg, etc.) brought into boilers from seawater leakage. Accordingly, for a
unit frequently started and stopped, sodium tertiary phosphate (2% Na3PO4) is added to the boilers at the stroke of
242
30% to maintain the pH in the boilers at 9.0 to 10.0.

c. Frequency and Method of Off-the-System Blows
Even under normal operation conditions, corrosion products generated from condensate water and feed water
systems and pipes are concentrated in boilers. As there was a report that a generation pipe of a unit similar to this
ruptured due to the detachment of scales containing zinc, for boilers in Nishi Nagoya Thermal Power Plant, an
off-the-system blow process is applied to 20 to 25 t of boiler water every two days when the units have been in
operation continuously for a week. The off-the-system blow is always performed as necessary, whenever the units
are in continuous operation, when the concentration of corrosion products (Cu, Zn, Ni and Fe) in the system is
high and when the conductivity of the boiler water is high.
(2) Water treatment at Start-up and while the Unit is not used
a. Stop Time Water treatment
Various methods of chemical injection and storage are used, depending on the necessity to apply anti-corrosion
measures to the system, requirements for the early startup of power supply and cost performance.
Table 3.3.2-10: Water treatment Values at Normal Operations
Item
Specimen
Makeup Outlet of a makeup water tank
water
(Nos. 3 and 4)
Water in condenser
Water at the outlet of the

condenser
Water
Water at the inlet of low
pressure No. 3 feed heater
Water at the inlet of the
deaeration unit
Water at the outlet of the

deaeration unit
Feed
water
Water at the inlet of an
economizer
Boiler
water
Drum water
Control Item
Conductivity
S/cm
Conductivity
S/cm
pH
Conductivity
S/cm
Total iron
Total copper
Dissolved
oxygen
g/l
g/l
Conductivity
S/cm
Total iron
Total copper
Dissolved
oxygen
Total iron
Total copper
g/l
g/l
Criteria
Measurement
Method
Measurement
instrument
Measurement
instrument
Anytime
Measurement
instrument
Once a year
Once a year
Measurement
instrument
Measurement
instrument
Once a year
Once a year
g/l
g/l
g/l
pH
Conductivity
S/cm
Total iron
Total copper
Hydrazine
g/l
g/l
g/l
pH
Conductivity
S/cm
Silica
g/l
Phosphate
ion
Total iron
Total copper
Unit
g/l
All volatile
treatment
1.5 >
Phosphate
Treatment
Normal Operation
Value
ANN
Value
Same as left
0.5 1.0
1.5
U0.15
U0.5
8.6 9.0
Same as left
8.8
U0.3 >
Same as left
U0.15
U0.3
(10 >)
(5 >)
Same as left
Same as left
10
3
*
*
40 >
Same as left
10
40
12
(10 >)
(10 >)
Same as left
Same as left
10
5
*
*
Anytime
7>
Same as left
Once a year
Once a year
Measurement
instrument
Measurement
instrument
Once a year
Once a year
Anytime
Measurement
instrument
Measurement
instrument
Measurement
instrument
*
*
*
*
10
5
*
*
8.6 9.0
Same as left
8.9
8.9 9.0
U0.3 >
Same as left
U0.15
U0.3
10 >
10 >
(10 30)
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
10
5
10
*
*
*
8.6 9.0
8.6 9.5
8.7
8.6 9.5
U0.3 >
15 >
U1.5
U3
0.2 >
0.2 >
0.05
0.2
Anytime
3>
03
g/l
g/l
g/l
Once a year
*
(50 >)
20 50
*
Once a year
*
(20 >)
5 - 15
*
Measurement
Conductivity
U0.03 >
*
U0.1
U0.3
Steam at the inlet of
S/cm
instrument
Steam
superheater
Silica
Anytime
0.02 >
*
0.005
*
g/l
Note 1: The figures in parentheses refer to the values that should be maintained.
Note 2: The figures prefixed with refer to the value after the treatment of cation resins.
Note 3: The pH level of the boiler water is 8.5 to 9.0 after all volatile treatment and 8.5 to 9.5 after the injection of sodium tertiary phosphate.
243
b. Startup Water treatment

Just after the startup of units, water quality tends to be subject to considerable fluctuation and is under threats
such as seawater leakage and other water quality problems and measurement instrument failures. If these
problems are left unattended, a serious accident will occur. For this reason, water quality targets, blowing
procedures and chemical injection procedures are established for each stop time period. A standard startup
command (operation) sheet shown in Fig. 3.3.2-6 is used to confirm the water quality for each stage to control the
startup water quality, while the standard patterns for dissolved oxygen, silica concentration and conductivity of
water are as shown in Fig. 3.3.2-6. As for the conductivity in particular, a standard pattern for each stop time
period is formed, which is accessible when a recorder is located in the central control room. This pattern is subject
to a comparison check with the current values by a power plant staff member so that the trend can be monitored
and controlled.
c. Off-the-System Blowing
This type of blowing is always implemented till the water quality at the inlet of an economizer and saturated
steam descend below the criteria and till the conductivity shows a falling trend of 0.5 to 0.6S/cm. (See Fig.
3.3.2-11)
d. Control of Silica Concentration in Steam
It is known that silica deposits are hardly formed on turbine blades when its concentration is below 0.02mg/l.
The silica concentration in steam can be controlled indirectly by managing the level in boiler water. After opening
the system for regular inspections, dust, which is allegedly the source of dissolution of silica slips into the system,
is often carried to a boiler via feed water pipes, where it is then deposited as ionic silica under an environment of
high temperature and pressure. Thus, especially just before system startup after regular inspection, it is vital to
implement the replacement of water and continuous blowing of boilers as practically as possible to reduce silica
concentration in the system, so that silica can be purged completely and swiftly.
244
Command by the deputy manager
Operation check
Water quality pattern
245
Water quality check
Startup of condenser
Water quality check
Start up of the feed pump
Start injection of hydrazine
Parallel in
Startup of turbines
Water quality check
Preparation for the startup of turbines
Turning on of a
disconnect
switch
Saturated steam
Feed water
Boiler water
Feed water
Condensate water
Condensate water
Boiler water
Feed water
Up of vacuum
Ignition and
temperature/pressure up
Preparation for ignition
Startup of turbines
Preparation for the startup of turbines
Switchover of burners
vacuum up
Up loads (100MW)
Water quality check
Parallel in
Switchover within
the plant
Fig. 3.3.2-6: Standard Startup Command (Operation) Sheet and Startup Water Quality
[Conductivity]
(Condensate water)
When the system is subject to a parallel off, the
conductivity of the condensate water rises due to the
influence of carbon dioxide gas contained in the air, but
falls as the degree of vacuum increases.
(Feed Water)
Similar to condensate water, the level falls as the degree of
vacuum increases. However, the downward curve tends to
be moderated for about 1 hour from the parallel in point
because of contamination of the feed water, condensate
water and the whole system.
(Saturated Steam)
For about 1 hour from the juxtaposition point,
contamination of boiler water is conspicuous. Due to this,
the level of conductivity tends to peak due to a carryover
and for other reasons, before subsequently following a
moderate downward course.
[pH]
(Feed Water)
Due to the injection of hydrazine at system ignition, the pH
level rises.
(Boiler Water)
Due to the injection of hydrazine at system ignition, the pH
level of the feed water rises, as well as that of the boiler
water.
[Silica]
When turbines are started, silica scale deposited on the low
pressure blades comes off. (Part of the silica scale comes
from the dead space of the pre-boiler system.)
The silica concentration comes down as the blow
operation starts.
Pressure
up
Main steam pressure
Ignition Temperature up
[Dissolved Oxygen]
(Condensate water)
The concentration of dissolved oxygen falls alongside the
vacuum up in the condenser.
(Feed Water)
The dissolved oxygen concentration declines alongside the
surge of pressure of the deaeration unit.
Check item
Operation item
Preparation for Preparation

startup
for ignition
Up loads (220MW)
Water quality check
Load dispatching operation
Load dispatching
operation
Fig. 3.3.2-11 Methods of Blow Except the Boiler Water System at Startup
Boiler water blow is implemented until water quality of the eco inlet, the boiler, and the
saturated steam is at the standard value or less, and the conductivity at the CP outlet
shows a declining trend (0.5 to 0.6S/cm).
Silica
Conductivity
Eco inlet
or less
Boiler water
or less
Saturated steam
or less
Boiler water blow stop
(ANN of silica and conductivity
Conductivity
CP outlet
high have to be reset.)
0.5 or less
Shall be on a down note.
The silica concentration in boiler water sometimes exceeds the standard value (0.2mg/l) when the boiler is
sealed (steam sealing) after the unit shut down. The cause seems to be the fact that when the boiler is stopped and
sealed, silica scale separates from the turbine blades, etc., is channeled to the boiler and concentrated when it is
started. To reverse such situation, the following measure is implemented while the boilers are sealed in order to
avoid boiler blow loss and gaining load up during the early stages. When the level of water in a condenser goes up
while the boilers are sealed, the silica concentration in condensate water is measured. If the value is 0.02 mg/l or
more, water is added to the condensate water after total blowing, whereupon the system is started. Following the
implementation of the measure, no abnormal silica concentration up was reported.
(3) Water treatment at Seawater Leakage
It is essential to detect any seawater leakage at an early stage to implement measures. The means of controlling
water quality depends on the seriousness and conditions of the leakage, with appropriate water control measures
sought. For this purpose, conductivity is measured within the condenser, at the outlet of the condensate pump, the
inlet of an economizer and in the boiler water. When the value is found to be high, seawater leakage is present.
Two lines of cation resin towers are installed at the front stage of the condenser and the conductivity meter at the
outlet of the condensate pump, so that the letup time for replacing the resin can be minimized, in the case of
emergencies such as seawater leakage. How to inject chemicals and how to blow boiler water are determined as
controlling water quality in the event of seawater leakage. Also, in a leakage, a process which requires prompt and
correct action is decided. For this purpose, a seawater leakage accident control sheet (Fig. 3.3.2-7) is used to cover
such items as operation method, actions done and restoration.
(4) Water treatment Values and Monitoring
Water quality during the normal operation time is monitored and checked for each specimen, using
pre-determined control items and the measurement frequency. All measurement values can be monitored by the
CRT and recorders of the central control room, where staff members are stationed to monitor during the normal
system operation. In the case of an accident, an alarm is activated. Accidents are handled referring to the measures
defined in Water Quality ANN Messaging Procedure (Fig. 3.3.2-12).
As water quality requires monitoring of long-term trends, a daily control sheet is formed. Appropriate and
stable operations of the unit are assured and good water treatment methods are established by collecting total
measurement data of iron and copper concentration and in-house inspection results obtained from a regular
inspection and other measures to ensure that water is appropriately treated.
3.3.2.2.3 Water treatment of Supercritical Pressure Through a Flow Boiler

There are two types of once-through boiler, a subcritical once-through boiler and a supercritical
once-through boiler. The basics of water treatment for both types of boiler are the same, with minor differences.
In this chapter, the methods employed by unit Nos. 1 to 4 of the Sodegaura Thermal Power Plant are explained.
Table 3.3.2-13 shows the basic unit configuration of the Sodegaura Thermal Power Plant.
246
3. Causal
investigation
2. Operation just after

the accident
1. Occurrence of an
accident
Conductivity high ANN turns on.
Causal investigation
Accident handling
(1) Conductivity surges in the order

of condensate water, feed water
and boiler water.
(2) Check the conductivity of the
confluence points of desalinated
water.
Point of leakage
(1) Caustic silver check
(2) Switchover of thermometer
takeout points
(1) Boiler water blowing

(2) Injection of sodium tertiary
phosphate
Seawater temperature at the inlet of

condensing water generation unit at 20C
or below (See Note 1)
Vacuum of condenser at 690mmHg or
above
If these can be maintained:
Load: 220MW
One-side operation of condenser
Water Quality Target of Boiler Water during Seawater

Leakage
Boiler water
S/cm of
recovery
water
0.3S/cm or below
Higher than 0.3S/cm

(1) pH of boiler water: 8.0 or
below
(2) Saturated steam
conductivity: 1S/cm or
above
3 or below
Conductivity
(s/cm)
Stop the unit.
15 or below
Seawater temperature at the inlet of the

condensing water generation unit at 20C
or below (See Note 1)
Vacuum of condenser at 690mmHg or
above
If these can be maintained:
Load: 200MW of below
(1) Degree of vacuum of condenser

(2) Temperature of the air discharge chamber
(3) Vibration of turbine, position of lids and
axis, difference in the temperature of
metals
(4) Conductivity deteriorated in the order of
condensate water, feed water and boiler
water
4. Restoration
measures
Restoration
measures
Repair completed
(1) Condenser restored to

normal
(2) Boiler steam flushing (See
Note 2)
(3) Restriction of load lifted
(1) Conductivity of condensate

water, feed water and boiler water
(2) Degree of vacuum of condenser
(3) Temperature of the air discharge
chamber
(4) Conductivity deteriorated in the
order of condensate water, feed
water and boiler water
(1) Stop addition of sodium tertiary

phosphate when the chlorine ion
concentration in the boiler water
goes below 0.2 ppm.
(2) Stop the blowing of boiler water
As low as possible
Turbine E-STOP push button ON
Note 1:
In order to avoid any stress corrosion cracks of SH and RH pipes, boilers should be subject to vapor washing when the unit is restored from seawater
leakage (at the turbine rotation of 3,600 rpm).
Note 2: Considering the working environment while only one condenser is in operation, the vacuum is set as 690 mmHg or above (according to a test result in
1980).
Reference information: The conductivity of condensate water was once seen to surge due to pinhole damage of the exterior housing of a condenser water pump.
Fig. 3.3.2-7: Accident Handling Sheet for Seawater Leakage
(1) Water treatment during Normal Operation

a. Water treatment
As for the water control of a once-through boiler, in order to minimize the separation out of metals, due to the
corrosion of materials used in the system, it is necessary that the pH and dissolved oxygen concentration should
mainly and always be retained within the controlled values. For this purpose, ammonia and hydrazine are added
continuously to the outlet of the condensate water pressure surge pump. The ammonia aims to control the pH to a
level of 9.3 to 9.6 and for this purpose, the conductivity at the inlet of the deaeration unit is maintained at a
constant value and the condensate water flow rate is controlled in proportion to the ammonia injection ratio. For
hydrazine, the chemical is added at the rate proportional to the feed water flow rate to control the concentration of
dissolved oxygen at 7g/l or below by controlling the residual hydrazine concentration at the inlet of an
economizer at 10g/l or above. See Table 3.3.2-14 for the details of other water treatment criteria under normal
operational conditions.
b. Analysis Items and Frequency of Analysis
Table 3.3.2-15 shows the analysis items and the frequency analysis.
c. Control of the Condensate water Desalination Unit
A once-through boiler is unable to conduct the off-the-system blowing of boiler water under normal
operational conditions. In order to remove impurities infiltrating the system from outside, a condensate water
desalination unit is installed to remove corrosion products produced from within the system and other
impurities originating from outside the system due to the seawater leakage of a condenser. The condensate
water desalination unit is an ammonex type of the outside regeneration type. It functions quite similarly to a
separate regeneration type system in reducing the regeneration time and reduction of nitrogen in effluents and
is maintained and controlled considering the items shown below.
a). To check the area where resin layers are detached
The water regeneration tank of a mixed bed system, most of the causes leading to the deterioration of water
quality are derived from the movements of resin layers detached, the tank is subject to checking after scrubbing.
247
Table 3.3.2-12: Check Sheet for Unit Nos. 1 to 4 Water Quality When ANN is Transmitted
1. Silica and Dissolved Oxygen
* Whether silica and dissolved oxygen concentration tend to be high
or not is checked by referring to the checksheet.
Check Item
Description
Cause
Silica
concentration is
high.
Makeup water
1.5S/cm or above for the makeup
c
water
10g/l or above at the outlet of the
makeup water desalination unit
Load
Load surged
(when silica is purged)
i
Measurement
The ANN of a measurement
d
instrument
instrument is transmitted.
The dissolved
oxygen
concentration is
high.
Load
Load decreased
e
Deaeration unit
Check the inner pressure of the
f
system.
Switchover of
Check whether any O2 is leaked or
g
the condensate
not by switching the condensate
pump
pump
Drain pump
Check whether any O2 is leaked or
g
not at the drain pump seal.
Measurement
The indication does not change
d
instrument
after switching the specimen
water.
2. High conductivity/CondenserHigh conductivity/Seawater
leakage at startup
Check Item
Description
Cause
Check the
The conductivity of the
relationship of the
condensate water and water in the
following:
system suddenly surges from the
a
Condensate water, normal level, followed by feed
feed water, boiler
water, boiler water, saturated
water, saturated
water. The makeup water is intact.
steam and
The conductivity of the makeup
makeup water in
water surges, followed by others
c
the system
such as condensate water.
Chloride ions
Adding caustic silver changes the
a
water turbid in white.
Measurement
Their conductivity fluctuates
d
instrument
separately.
3. Abnormal pH Level
Check Item
Description
Feed water pH
High (or low)
High
Boiler water pH
Low
Makeup water
There is considerable conductivity of
makeup water.
Chemicals
Chemical
Chemical concentration and type
concentration
Failure of pumps
Switchover test of injection pumps
Addition of
chemicals
Stroke and valve operations
Cause and Measures
Cause
a. Seawater leakage
b. Excessive (too small)
hydrazine injection
c. Abnormal quality of
makeup water
Leakage of regeneration
agent of a desalination unit
and sampling after breakage
d. Fault of measurement
instruments
e. Decreased loads
f. Deteriorated deaeration
unit
g. O2 leakage from
condensate pump and drain
pump
h. Excessive addition of
sodium tertiary phosphate
i. Surge of loads
Cause
b d
bdh
abd
c
Measures
a. x See the section of seawater
leakage.
x See Accident Action Procedure.
b. Adjust the injection volume.
c. x In the case of abnormal quality of
makeup water, blow the water in
the makeup water tank.
d. If adjusting the flow rates and
temperature does not work,
inform Chemical G.
g. Seal the leakage.

h. Adjust the volume.
i. x Blow the boiler water.
x See the section explaining the
relationship of silica in boiler
water and pressure.
b). Regeneration Process Check

The entire regeneration process is subject to a detailed check once a year to confirm the conditions of the flow
rate and the volume of chemicals added, to determine abnormalities at their early stage and to plan suitable
countermeasures.
c.) Confirmation of Functions of Ion-Exchange Resins
Performance of exchanging neutral salts, chemical reaction speed and other aspects are checked once a year.
Table 3.3.2-13: Facility Outline of Unit Nos. 1 to 4 Units of the Sodegaura Thermal Power Plant
Unit
Output
Operation started in:
Boiler type
Boiler capacity
Steam pressure
Steam temperature
Fuel used
(MW)
(t/h)
(kg/cm2)
(C)
No. 1 Unit
600
August 1974
Reheated
once-through
type
1 900
246/42.1
538/566
LNG
No. 2 Unit
1 000
September 1975
No. 3 Unit
1 000
February 1977
No. 4 Unit
1 000
August 1979
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
3 110
246/40.1
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
3 170
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
d. Replenishment of Resins
Referring to the results of the performance check, resins are replenished to maintain the function of a
condensate water desalination unit at the appropriate level. The volume of resins replenished annually is 10% for
248
cation exchange resin and around 20% for anion exchange resin.
Table 3.3.2-14: List of Water Quality of Supercritical Pressure Through the Flow Boiler at Normal Times
Specimens taken
Makeup water
Outlet of a condensate
pump
(CP out)
water desalination unit
(CBP out)
Outlet of a
desalination unit
(Dea out)
Inlet of an economizer
(Eco in)
Analysis item
Conductivity
Silica concentration
Conductivity
Criteria
< 0.5 S/cm
< 30 g/l
< 0.5 S/cm
Conductivity
Sodium concentration
Total iron concentration
Total copper concentration
< 0.15 S/cm

< 5 g/l
< 5 g/l
< 2 g/l
< 7 g/l
Dissolved oxygen
concentration
pH
Conductivity
Hydrazine concentration
9.3 to 9.6
< 0.25 S/cm
< 5 g/l
< 2 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 20 g/l
Table 3.3.2-15: Analysis item and Frequency

Specimens taken
Makeup water
water desalination unit
Inlet of a desalination
unit
Outlet of a desalination
unit
Inlet of an economizer
Analysis item
Conductivity
Iron concentration
Cooper concentration
Sodium concentration
Conductivity
Dissolved oxygen concentration
Frequency
Once a month
Once a month
Once a month (once a week)
Once a month (once a week)
Once a month (-)
Once a month (once every three days)
Once a month (once every two weeks)
pH
Conductivity
Main steam
pH
- (once every two weeks)
Conductivity
Items in parentheses indicate the frequency of analysis within six months of the start of operation.
Table 3.3.1-16: List of Storage Methods when the Plant is Subject to Shutdown
Stop time
Boiler
Within 56 hours
Hot banking
Within 72 hours
Storage after filling

water +N2 pressurization
More than 72
hours
(Hydrazine: 20 to 30
mg/l)
Dry storage after sealing
N2
(RH: Dry storage)
Deaeration unit
Condenser
In circulation mode
Retains the ordinary

water level.
Normal water level +

Steam sealing
[or N2 pressurization]
(Hydrazine: 20 to
30 mg/l)
Dry storage after
sealing N2
Retains the ordinary

water level.
Dry storage
Feed water heater

Steam side
Feed water side
Storage in vacuum
Retain the shutdown
condition or in steam
status.
sealing
Storage by filling
N2 pressurization
water
Dry storage after

sealing N2 or dry
storage
(Hydrazine: 20 to
30 mg/l)
Storage by sealing N2
or by filling water
(Hydrazine: >300
mg/l)
(2) Water treatment at Startup and while the Unit is not used
a. Water treatment while the Unit is not used
The most important thing in water treatment while the unit is not used is to minimize the inclusion of exterior
air inside the system to prevent corrosion. The following three measures are conducted for this purpose:
(1) Hot banking that puts a boiler under a pressurization condition to eliminate the inclusion of exterior air
(2) After a boiler has cooled down, a high concentration of hydrazine is infused to minimize the area
contacting with air, while also helping remove the dissolved oxygen from the contact area.
(3) After a boiler comes to a stop, boiler water is purged and blown out by pressurized nitrogen while keeping
the boiler temperature at 100 or above to keep it in a dry condition.
249
Fig. 3.3.2-16 shows how to store the plant when it is not in use. The table categorized the storage method by the
period of storage. In the case that the planned short time storage is subject to change in the longer storage period,
the storage method for the plant must be changed. Sampling racks are stored by closing the valves and after filling
with deionized water.
b. Water treatment at Startup
Before starting the plant, it is subject to a cleanup process by dividing the system into 3 blocks of condenser,
feed water system and boilers respectively. The controlled items for this purpose include, for a cold cleanup
process, iron and mill scales, etc., with those that are generated during the time the plant is not in use analyzed. To
check the iron concentration, two methods are used; the membrane filtration and automatic measurement methods.
The former compares the color of the filter after filtration of sample water with the standard color, while for the
latter, an iron meter of the particle counting method or the scattered light method is used. The control criteria of
the iron concentration is set as 300 g/l or below as a target, while Fig. 3.3.2-17 shows other water control criteria.
In addition, the injection of ammonia and hydrazine, etc. is possible to combat corrosion of the system and
maintain the quality of water in the systems at the appropriate level. In injecting chemicals, Mode PB on the
sampling rack is selected. Fig. 3.3.2-18 shows a worksheet of a chemical feed unit.
In the Sodegaura Thermal Power Plant, a patterned operation is used for the blowing time and chemical
injection in order to control iron concentration, etc. at the appropriate level. The pattern was formed based on the
experience of the plant. More recently, more plants have been able to automatically control and operate water
treatment and chemical injection using a computer. In the Sodegaura Thermal Power Plant, the iron concentration
of feed water at the inlet of an economizer after ignition of the plant is controlled to 50g/l or below as a target.
The criteria for collecting drain water generated by each process is, 300g/l or below for iron collected by a
condenser, and 50g/l or below for that collected by a feed water system.
250
Table 3.3.2-17: List of Water Quality of a Supercritical Pressure Through a Flow Boiler at its Startup
Startup process
Surge of condenser vacuum
Sampling at:
-
Analyzing item
-
Water feed to a condenser desalination

unit
Pre-boiler system blow stop
CP out
Water feed to boilers
Dea out

pH
pH
Conductivity
Boiler system blow stop

Ignition
CP out
WW out or SH
out
Eco in
WW out
Humidified circulation
Drain water
collection
Aeration to turbines - 1/2 loads
Collection by condenser
Collection by condensate
water and feed water systems
Eco in
WW out
Eco in
pH
Conductivity
pH
Conductivity
Conductivity
pH
Criteria
Condenser Vacuum
> 680 mmHg
< 300 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 300 g/l
< 10 g/l
9.2 to 9.6
< 100 g/l
< 50 g/l
< 300 g/l
< 10 g/l
9.2 to 9.6
< 1.0 s/cm
< 50 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 30 g/l
9.2 to 9.6
< 1.0 g/l
9.2 to 9.6
< 1.0 s/cm
< 50 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 30 g/l
< 1.0 s/l
9.2 to 9.6
< 50 g/l
< 10 g/l
< 30 g/l
< 300 g/l
< 50 g/l
Conductivity: Cationic conductivity after going through cation resin.
(3) Water treatment at the Seawater Leakage of Condenser

a. Determination of a Leakage
In order to detect any leakage of seawater at an early stage, two methods are normally employed; a salinometer
installed closer to a condenser, and checking the cationic conductivity of the condensate water by sampling it at
the sampling rack (after it has passed through the cation exchange resin). However, the method of measuring the
cationic conductivity tends to show a high rate, because of the condenser hot well water generated when a vacuum
break occurs at the startup time and the influence of the carbonate ions generated by carbon dioxide dissolved in
makeup water, the conditions of which are quite similar to that shown at seawater leakage. Accordingly, it was
necessary to analyze the existence of chlorine ions. The shortcomings of this method are (i) the fact that the
quantification limit is high, i.e. 0.01 mg/l, making it difficult to detect minute leakages and (ii) it takes about an
hour for the analysis, meaning the method cannot be used for startup operation. Therefore, in this plant, a sodium
meter (of ion electrode method) is installed at the outlet of a condensate pump to be used in combination with the
salinometer for detecting seawater leakage.
251
Table 3.3.2-18: Chemical Injection Workflow Sheet

Plant process
Water treatment values
Circulation of
condensate water
PB process
Normal operation
Stop
Fe: 300 ppm or

below
N2H4: 10 ppm or
below
Sampling rack mode
Circulation of the Circulation of the Circulation of

deaeration unit
pre-boiler
the boiler
Hot banking
DO: 50 ppb
or below
10 ppb or above
Circulation Circulation Circulation Circulation Aeration of

Lamping
of
of the
of the
of the
the main
end
condensate deaeration pre-boiler
boiler
steam pipe
water
unit
High
pressure
heater
Low
pressure
heater
Normal storage and

plant not in use:
N2H4: 10 ppm or
above
Normal Delamping Parallel off

operation
Storage method
Hot
banking
Ordinary
storage
Stop
Kick signal
Ammonia pump
Stroke length
control
Injection of a high
concentration of hydrazine
for 4 hours
Program control with the

conductivity at the outlet of
a demister as a preceding
signal
Constant value control of conductivity at the inlet of a deaeration unit with the
conductivity at the outlet of a demister as a preceding signal
RPM control
Injection of a
constant volume
In proportion to the condensate water flow rate

As above
Stroke length
control

signal
Constant value control of conductivity at the inlet of a deaeration unit with the
conductivity at the outlet of a demister as a preceding signal

signal
In proportion to the condensate water flow rate
Stroke length
control
In proportion to the condensate water flow

rate
Stroke length
control
In proportion to the condensate water flow

rate
Ammonia
Hydrazine pump
RPM control
In proportion to the feed water flow rate

In proportion to the feed water flow rate
Injection of a
constant volume
As above
In proportion to the
condensate water flow
Injection of a constant
volume (CONC)
In proportion to the
condensate water flow
Injection of a constant
volume (CONC)
Open
Open
Hydrazine
Chemical injection locations

conductivity at the outlet of a
demister as a preceding signal
Open
Fig. 3.3.2-19: Measures to be Taken upon Leakage of Condenser Pipes

Specimen
Outlet of a
condensate pump
Outlet of a
condensate water
desalination pump
Conductivity
(S/cm)
[Cationic
conductivity]
< 0.5
0.5 to 3.0
< 0.1
0.1 to 3.0
> 3.0
> 0.3
> 0.15
> 0.1
Chlorine
Ion
(mg/l)
Determination
of Leakage
Normal
Minute
leakage
Significant
leakage
Significant
leakage
How to Operate a
Desalination Unit
H Type:
NH4 Type:
H Type:
NH4 Type:
H Type:
-
1
2
2
1
3
Measures to be Taken at Leakage

Repair the leakage while operating only one
condenser, after confirming the location of
the leakage using a salinometer.
Stop the unit.
Stop the unit
b. Operation of a Condensate water Desalination Unit

Table 3.3.2-19 shows the measures to be taken after identifying the occurrence of a seawater leakage to a
condenser pipe and determining its severity. Immediately after detecting cationic conductivity exceeding
0.5S/cm, a stand-by water feed tower of a desalination unit is switched on, one NH4 type water intake tower that
is currently taking water is shut down under the system configuration of two H type water intake towers and one
NH4 type water intake tower. When the leakage deteriorates further to exceed 3S/cm, an examination starts to
stop the unit while all towers are switched to H type water intake towers. By the time that cationic conductivity at
the outlet of a desalination unit exceeds 0.15S/cm, the desalination unit will have been in break condition (a
status where the exchanging function is lost), the unit is stopped immediately.
When such abnormalities are detected, while the leakage is limited to 0.5 to 3S/cm, the loads to the plant is
decreased and one of the condensers is stopped to detect the location and seriousness of leakage and a repair
process will start. The resins that are exposed to the seawater leakage contain salts in seawater and hence the ratio
of sodium and chlorine contained in them are higher than in normal times. In such cases, the resins are subject to
regeneration based on the degree to which such ions are absorbed.
252
253
From the
outlet of
CBP
To the boiler blow tank
To the
boiler
blow
tank
LP-HTR
Drain P
To the
startup
LP.HP HTR Drain
effluent pit
Steam A
and B
Drain tank
Fig. 3.3.2-8: Water Treatment Flow Chart of the No. 1 Unit of Kawagoe Thermal Power Plant
To the boiler
blow tank
From HP2HTR
From HPx1HTR
To the startup
collection pit
To the outlet of
HPHTR
3.3.2.2.4 Water treatment of an Ultrasupercritical Pressure Once-through Boiler

The method used by an ultrasupercritical pressure once-through boiler to control water quality is basically the
same as the conventional supercritical pressure once-through boiler. This chapter explains how water quality is
controlled at the Kawagoe Thermal Power Plant. Fig. 3.3.2-8 shows the water treatment flow chart.
(1) Water treatment in Normal Operation
a. Frequency and Method of Chemical Injection
Aiming to keep the pH of the feed water at the inlet of an economizer at 9.6 as a target, ammonia is injected
continuously and automatically to the outlet of a condensate water booster pump in proportion to the flow rate of
the condensate water and with monitoring of conductivity (ammonia concentration) at the inlet of a deaeration
unit.
In addition, in order to keep the hydrazine concentration of feed water at the inlet of the economizer at 20g/l as
a target, hydrazine is injected continuously and automatically to the outlet of a condensate water booster pump in
proportion to the flow rate of the condensate water and with monitoring of hydrazine concentration of the feed
water at the inlet of the economizer to retain it to 35S/l.
b. Operation Control of a Condensate water Desalination Unit
In this plant, the condensate water desalination unit is operated continuously without limiting the inflow of
water into the unit. The unit consists of two prefilters (electromagnetic filtration system) and four mixed bed
condensate demineralization towers (with one standby).
In principle, all condensate demineralization towers are of NH4 type and water collection stops when the
towers are filled by a pre-designated volume of water and when water quality deteriorates. Table 3.3.2-20 shows
the pre-designated volume of water and the water treatment values of this desalination unit.
(2) Water treatment at Startup and while the Unit is not used
a. Pattern of Stoppage and How to Store each Component
Table 3.3.2-21 shows the stoppage pattern and how each component is stored.
b. Sampling Rack at the time of Stoppage and How to Store Chemical-Related Measurement
Instruments
As soon as the systems of each sampling point stops, a shut-off valve installed at the inlet of the sampling rack
automatically closes. The chemical-related measurement instruments are in standby condition, ready to start
measurement, just the same as when the system is in operation. No transfer of deionized water takes place in the
sampling rack.
c. Cleanup
Table 3.3.2-22 shows the scope of the cleanup and the water treatment criteria.
d. Monitoring of Water Quality
Water quality is monitored by a continuous water quality measurement instrument. When each system
component starts working, a valve installed at the inlet of the sampling rack automatically opens. As for the iron
concentration, a scattered light/transmitted light ratio turbidity meter that can monitor colloidal iron is used by
automatically switching the measurement point.
Fig. 3.3.2-20: Designated Water Volume of the Condensate water Desalination Unit
and Water treatment criteria
Designated collection
volume
Water treatment (outlet
water quality)
NH4 Type
H Type
Conductivity
Sodium ion concentration
384 000
35 000
0.15
5.0
(m3)
(m3)
(S/cm)
(g/l)
e. Drain Collection
Drain is blown to the outside of the system at the same time with the startup of the feed water heater. Drain of
the low-pressure feed water heater is collected to the condenser when the iron concentration becomes 500 g/l or
less. Moreover, when the iron concentration becomes 50 g/l or less, it is collected to the condensate water pipe.
Similarly, drain of the high-pressure feed water heater is collected to the condenser when the iron concentration
becomes 50 g/l or less. When the iron concentration becomes 50 g/l or less, it is collected to the deaerator.
254
Fig. 3.3.2-21: Stoppage Patterns (Category) and How to Store each Component
Stoppage
Category
Component
Stop time
Boiler stop
condition
Condenser
vacuum
Within 72 hours
Normal stop
Forced cooling
Normal stop
72 hours to 1 week
Forced cooling
1 week or longer
Normal stop
Forced cooling
Retained
Destructed
Retained
Destructed
Retained
Destructed
Retained
Destructed
Boiler body
Hot bank
When the pressure is
decreased
Pressurized sealing of
N2
Same as left
Pressurized sealing
of N2
Same as left
Hot bank
After decreasing the
pressure, the boiler is
filled with 100mg/l of
hydrazine for storage.
Storage after
filling 100mg/l
of hydrazine
Hot bank
After decreasing the
pressure, the boiler is
Pre-boiler
Valve is closed like

during normal
operation.
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Like the case of a
boiler, the pre-boiler is
Storage after
filling 100mg/l
of hydrazine
Same as left
Like the case of a boiler,
the pre-boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
Deaeration unit
Hot bank
When the pressure is
decreased
Pressurized sealing of
steam or N2
Same as left
Pressurized sealing
of N2
Same as left
Hot bank
Like the case of a
Storage after
filling 100mg/l
of hydrazine
Hot bank
with 200mg/l of
Low pressure feed water heater

during normal
operation.
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Like the case of a
Storage after
filling 100mg/l
of hydrazine
Same as left
with 200mg/l of
From condenser to the inlet of the low

pressure feed water heater
Cleanup
Circulation continued
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Like the case of a
Storage after
filling 100mg/l
of hydrazine
Same as left
with 200mg/l of
Shell side of feed water heater
Retained under
vacuum condition.
during normal
operation.
Pressurized
sealing of N2
Same as left
Retained under
vacuum condition.
Same as left
Pressurized
sealing of N2
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
After decreasing
the pressure, the
boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
hydrazine for
storage.
After decreasing
the pressure, the
boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
hydrazine for
storage.
After decreasing
the pressure, the
boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
hydrazine for
storage.
After decreasing
the pressure, the
boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
hydrazine for
storage.
After decreasing
the pressure, the
boiler is filled
with 200mg/l of
hydrazine for
storage.
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Same as left
Superheater and reheater
255
Table 3.3.2-22: Scope of Cleanup and Water Quality Criteria

Cleanup process
Condensate
water
Blowing
Circulation
Deaeration
unit
Boiler
Outlet of a
condensate
pump
Outlet of a
condensate
pump
pH
9.8
Water quality criteria for approving the cleanup process

Cationic
Dissolved
Hydrazine
Total iron
conductivity
oxygen
concentration concentration
(S/cm)
concentration
(mg/l)
(mg/l)
(mg/l)
1.50 or
0.500
below
9.4
to
9.7
0.15 or
below
Outlet of a
deaeration
circulation
pump
Outlet of a
deaeration
circulation
pump
Pre-boiler
cleanup pipe
9.5
to
9.7
0.50 or
below
9.5
to
9.7
0.50 or
below
9.5
to
9.7
0.50 or
below
Circulation
Pre-boiler
cleanup pipe
9.5
to
0.7
0.50 or
below
Blowing
Outlet of a
water separator
0.50 or
below
Circulation
Outlet of a
water separator
9.5
to
9.7
9.5
to
9.7
Blowing
Circulation
Pre-boiler
Water quality
measurement
point
Blowing
0.50 or
below
0.200
0.050
(Outlet of a
condensate water
booster pump)
0.500
0.10 or
below
0.200
0.050
0.500
0.10 or
below
0.200
0.050
0.500
0.10 or
below
0.200
0.050
Scope of
cleanup
Remarks
From a
condenser
to the inlet
of a low
pressure
feed water
heater
From a low
pressure
feed water
heater to a
deaeration
unit
From the
outlet of a
deaeration
unit to a
high
pressure
feed water
heater
From the
outlet of a
high
pressure
feed water
heater to a
boiler
3.3.2.3 Water treatment When Condenser Pipes are Subject to Leakage

Most thermal power plant use seawater as the cooling water for their condenser and this is frequently channeled
into the system through condenser pipes or joints between them and the pipe boards due to their corrosion and
erosion (seawater leakage). The seawater, having infiltrated into the system, causes the following damage to each
part of the unit:
(1) Corrosion of materials due to the decreased pH of the boiler water caused by magnesium chloride
(2) Heat transmission failure due to the scales consisting of Ca and Mg on the generation pipes
(3) Contamination and corrosion of superheater pipes and turbine blades due to the carryover of salts
(4) Corrosion of SUS materials due to the chlorine ions contained in the temperature reduction spray water of a
superheater.
As measures to avoid seawater leakage, several methods are possible, including the prevention of foreign
matter brought into a condenser, the installation of an electrolytic protection unit on the seawater side of a
condenser, a coating of anti-ion and -oxide layers inside condenser pipes and the use of titanium pipes. As for
protective maintenance measures against system aging, an eddy current flaw detector (eddiography) is used during
regular inspections.
3.3.2.3.1 Confirmation of Leakage
A seawater leakage can be detected by the enhanced conductivity of condensate water. In the case of a drum
boiler, it can be identified by increased chloride salt concentration, although in the case of a minute leakage, it is
difficult to identify the leakage with such measures. Generally, the leakage is detected by transforming salts into
acids via cation exchange resins. When salts are transformed into acids, the conductivity jumps up to 8 to 10 times.
For this purpose, a cation exchange resin tower is installed before an conductivity meter of condensate water,
basically. In order to detect seawater leakages as early as possible, most units take out condenser hot well water to
measure its salt concentration using a salinometer, in combination with the conductivity meter, so that seawater
leakage can be detected, even when the conductivity meter fails. The double monitoring system is relatively useful
in detecting seawater leakage.
Fig. 3.3.2-9 shows an example of the salinometer installation.
The conductivity meter shall be monitored constantly by installing the alarm system and the recorder because
the phenomenon of seawater leakage may be continuous but it can also be temporary, in which case it only lasts
for a few minutes to over ten minutes.
256
3.3.2.3.2 How to Detect the Leakage Location in One Condenser Operation

It is desirable that the unit be shut down and damaged parts identified and repaired as soon as seawater leakage
occurs. However, most cases involve the need for identification and repair of damaged parts in parallel with the
unit in operation. As a unit installed with a salinometer and condenser hot wells can be selectable, in which a
condenser system leakage occurs, condenser A or B can easily be identified by an operator by referring to its
operation manual. There may be several ways to detect a leakage. A 1000MW class boiler has a large-sized
condenser with a number of thin pipes installed on it. The first thing to do is to identify the location of the leakage.
In this class, firstly, a circulation pump is stopped, and then a transparent vinyl tube is connected to the pump
pressure detector so that it rises vertically against the top of the condenser. While checking the water level in the
transparent tube, seawater is blown gradually to estimate the leakage part by referring to the indications of a
salinometer and a sodium meter. After the total blowing, an operator enters into the seawater side system and
pastes a thin polyethylene film to the surface of the pipes. The location of a pipe where the film is sucked has a
hole as a source of the leakage.
In the case of a minute leakage, it is difficult to identify it via single condenser operation. In many case a
leakage stops unknowingly to the operators. In this case, what is generally practiced is conducting a water
pressure test after stopping the unit. Makeup water of a low concentration fluorescent solution is put into the
condenser steam side and left for a period ranging from several hours to about one day. Subsequently, ultraviolet
rays are cast from the seawater side to detect which part reacts against the rays.
3.3.2.3.3 Water treatment at Seawater Leakage
As explained above, seawater slipped into feed water due to a leakage can cause various damage to boiler and
turbine systems, so it is important to stop the leakage and remove salts from the feed water.
Sampling
Sampling
valve
Resin tower
Conductivity
meter
Flow meter
Resin tower
Sampling
Sampling
valve
Return valve
Condensate water
pump
Fig. 3.3.2-9: Example of Salinometer Installation
(1) Drum Type Boiler

Among the salts contained in seawater, MgCl2 can produce Mg(OH)2 sediments and HCl as shown in the
following chemical formula, causing a significant deterioration in the pH level of boiler water and accelerating
corrosion of the materials.
MgCl2+2H2OMg(OH)2+2HCl
As soon as seawater leakage occurs, boiler blowing on a par with the volume of leakage starts and in order to
uplift the pH value slightly higher than the criteria of water quality, an appropriate volume of sodium phosphate is
injected. The phosphate ions have the effect of preventing the deposition of hard scales of Ca and Mg, and also
work to discharge such scales out of the system via the help of the boiler blowing. In the case of a unit where feed
water is sprayed to a superheater and reheater to reduce their temperature, the volume of the feed water is reduced
when seawater leakage is detected. When the chlorine ion concentration in condensate water rises to 0.5mg/l or
above, the spraying is stopped. Table 3.3.2-23 shows the actions taken to a 175MW drum type boiler.
(2) Once-through Boiler
When a condensate water desalination unit reaches its peak capacity, a once-through boiler stops its operation.
257
For this reason, when seawater leakage is detected, its remaining capacity is checked immediately. During normal
operation, an ammonia type sampling is switched to H type sampling, on a par with the volume of leakage, and
the standby tower starts operation. With these measures, loads are reduced as soon as possible to contain the
volume of seawater slipping into the system. Table 3.3.2-14 shows the actions taken for a 1,000MW class boiler.
3.3.2.4 Water treatment During a Regular Inspection

A large-sized industrial use boiler tends to have a longer interval till the next regular inspection and its
restoration will take also longer, from the process of filling water to restarting it. During that time, the water
quality must be maintained in good condition. When such boiler is subject to a stop for regular inspection, a boiler
is subject to blowing at as high a temperature as possible to remove any residual liquid in it, so that it can be
stored in dry condition.
Generally speaking, 60% to 70% of the total process is subject to water pressure tests. Pre-restoration, each
component is kept in such condition that pressure-related tests can take place. Firstly, a deaeration unit is flushed
with water and then filled with water drawn directly from a makeup water tank, to which approx. 100mg/l of
hydrazine is added. Subsequently, a commissioning test is conducted to a feed water pump. The next process
involves filling the boiler with water and adding 100mg/l hydrazine. After the water pressure test, nitrogen is
blown into the boiler to purge the water. The water containing hydrazine purged out from the boiler is then
decomposed by adding sodium hypochlorite. The concentration of this chemical is also kept to a minimum for
environmental purposes.
As for the storage of the unit till the next startup, the general practice is that the water used for the pressure test
is blown out. If the unit is subject to an immediate start, boiler pipes are sometimes filled with water for storage.
Table 3.3.2-23: Example of Actions when Seawater Leakage Happens to a Condenser (Example)
Surge of Conductivity
at the Outlet of CP
(S/cm)
1/2 load
Lower than
6
Rated
load
Lower
than3
6 or above
3 or
above
10 or
above
5 or
above
20
10
Actions Taken
Actions for Operation
1. To strengthen
monitoring by
monitoring
instruments
2. Determination of the
location and degree of
leakage
3. Examination for
starting operation and
inspection plans
1. One condenser
operation
(To stop damaged
condenser and to
operate the intact
condenser
continuously at the
1/2 load)
2. To confirm that the
conductivity at the
outlet of CP, etc., has
decreased
1. Reduction or stop of
the spray flow rate for
a superheater and
reheater
2. To reduce load
1. To stop the unit in
principle
Water Quality Treatment

Blowing
Chemical Injection
1. Continuous blowing
a. To be done
immediately after
detecting seawater
leakage
b. Intermittent blowing
depending on the
leakage conditions
(manual inspection,
etc.)
2. Blowing of condensate
water
a. To be done
depending on the
leakage conditions
1. Continuous blowing
To be done
continuously
2. Rapid blowing
To be done in the case
that water quality check
revealed it necessary
(Openness: 10% to
15%)
3. Blowing of condensate
water
To be done
continuously
(Fully open in
principle, but subject to
adjustment depending
on conditions)
1. Total boiler blowing as
necessary
1. Chemical injection
to boilers
a. To inject 10l of
sodium tertiary
phosphate to the
drum when
continuous
blowing starts
b. To inject an
appropriate
volume of sodium
tertiary phosphate
so that the pH
level of boiler
water can be
maintained at
around 9.5
2. Chemical injection
to feed water
a. To switch
hydrazine
injection from
automatic mode
to manual mode
(Target: pH of
feed water to be
around 8.8)
* As seawater
elements causes
an uplift of
conductivity, it is
not possible to
control the pH
level by adjusting
it.
Others
1. To close the
condensate water
return valve
connected to a
distilled water
tank
2. To conduct a
water-pressurized
leak check
1. To check and
repair the
damaged
condenser while
operating the
intact one
(Inspection using
a vinyl sheet)
Cl-Concentration
of Condensate
water
0.3 ppm or
above
0.5 ppm or
above
1. To check and
repair the
damaged
condenser
1.0 ppm
3.3.2.5 Water treatment of Component Cooling Water

The component cooling water system (bearing cooling water system) can be roughly divided into circulation
and non-circulation temporary cooling types. The former can further be divided into a open circulation type, in
258
which water heated up in a heat exchanging process is evaporated in a cooling tower to be cooled by discharging
evaporative latent heat for use in recycling, and a closed circulation type, in which heated water is cooled down in
a cooling water cooler using seawater. A large capacity power generation plant in Japan uses the closed circulation
type, which can then be categorized into systems where bearing cooling water tanks are installed and those using
stand pipes. Recently, the latter has been frequently used because of the ease of water treatment.
These component cooling water systems incorporate an oil cooler that cools down the lubricants used for
turbine rotors, etc., a hydrogen cooler that is used for cooling generator and a coolant cooler. These units are made
of aluminum brass. Controlling the water quality of such component coolants should involve consideration of the
selection of an appropriate coolant circulation method and the use of steel, copper and copper alloys. Based on
such views, the water treatment of component coolants involves the introduction of anti-corrosion agents into the
coolants, in order to prevent the corrosion of the heat exchanger cooling pipes as well as other pipes, in turn, to
prevent scale deposits on the heat exchanger and avoid deterioration of its heat exchanging function.
3.3.2.5.1 Temporary Cooling Type Cooling System

A temporary cooling type is used where river water is accessible. Cooling water containing heat is normally
discharged into the river untreated, because the use of high concentration anti-corrosion agents is not practical for
cost reasons. However, polymer phosphate and silicate anti-corrosion agents of 2 to 5 mg/l are sometimes used,
mainly to prevent the generation of carbon steel rust and corrosion of the peripheral area arising from the same. In
using these chemicals, it is necessary to secure a flow rate of at least 1 m/s to obtain favorable results.
Table 3.3.2-24: Example of Water Quality Treatments to a High Hardness Cooling Water System
Operation Condition of Cooling
Tower
Chemicals Used
Partial Filtration of Circulation

Water
Water Quality
Treatment Periods
Results of Effects using a Test
Piece
Result of a Regular Inspection
Volume of circulation water:

Water volume retained:
Temperature difference in a cooling tower:
Concentration :
20,000 m3/h
13,000 m3
8C
2.5 times
Initial injection:
Anti-corrosion agent:
Kurizetto S370 (polymer phosphate series)
400mg/l
Anti-scaling agent:
Kurizetto T225 (polymer series)
200mg/l
Normal operation:
Alkali treatment agent:
Kurizetto S113 (phosphate - polymer series)
40mg/l
Chlorine treatment:
0.5 to 1.0mg/l(Cl2) 3 h/day
Slime control agent:
Polyclin A496 (nitrogen compounds - polymer series)
50mg/l x month
Sand filtration:
3% (against circulation water volume)
Makeup water
2
8.1
350
170
180
20
31
7
Turbidity (degree)
pH (at 25C)
Conductivity (S/cm)
Calcium hardness (CaCO3 mg/l)
M alkali level (CaCO3 mg/l)
Chloride ion (Cl-mg/l)
Sulfate ion (SO42-mg/l)
Silica (SiO2 mg/l)
7 years
Corrosion rate (SPCC) [mdd]
Circulation water
5
9.0
1 000
380
400
63
79
18
3 to 4
A small volume of scales and sludge was observed in several low speed heat exchangers, but other heat
exchangers were in good condition without any corrosion scales, slime and sludge damage.
3.3.2.5.2 Open Circulation Type Cooling System

As the cooling water in an open circulation type cooling water system partially evaporates in a cooling water
tower, the dissolved salts are concentrated in the circulation water. In order to obtain favorable functions of a
coolant, it is necessary that water volume of a forced blowing be adjusted to control the concentration of salts in
the circulation water, and that the quality of circulation water, as well as the concentration of chemicals, such as
anti-corrosion and anti-scaling agents, be kept at a constant level.
In an environment with high calcium hardness i.e. 150mg/l(CaCO3) or above, the alkali level is sufficient and
the pH level is high, i.e. 8 or above in cooling water, calcium phosphate anti-corrosion coating can easily be
formed and the concentration of anti-corrosion agents in water can be retained to 5 to 6 mg/l(T-PO4) to perform
their intended result. However in such an environment, where the calcium hardness, M alkali level and pH are all
high, it is necessary to add polymer series anti-corrosion agent of a sufficient concentration to avoid calcium
phosphate series anti-corrosion coating and calcium carbonate from forming scales in the high temperature area.
As the quality of makeup water shows a relatively low hardness and low M alkali level, in most cases, this type of
treatment is applied by high concentration operation of water cooling system (5 times or above). This works well
in view of preventing environmental pollution because it can reduce the volume of blowing water and
phosphorous discharged outside the system.
259
Unlike highly hard water, water with low calcium hardness tends to require an increased concentration of
anti-corrosion chemicals and it is necessary to raise the concentration of anti-corrosion agent to 10 to 15
mg/l(T-PO4) under the calcium hardness of around 100 mg/l(CaCO3) and 15 to 20 mg/l(T-PO4) in the case of 50
mg/l (CaCO2). This is because the phosphate series anti-corrosion agent is influenced by dianoinic metals, such as
calcium ions, and because the combined use of phosphate and zinc salts with a strong coating forming
performance can achieve good anti-corrosion performance, even if the concentration of anti-corrosion chemicals
is kept to a low level. In a low hardness cooling water system, scales such as calcium phosphate can be formed in
a high temperature zone, and anti-scaling agents, such as acrylic acid series polymers and maleic acid series
polymers, are generally used in combination with these chemicals. In an open circulation type cooling system,
operation under a high concentration of chemicals to save the volume of water can thicken nutrients contained in
the water and within such an environment, microbes can pullulate and slime be formed relatively easily. In order
to prevent this, measures are taken by sterilizing the microbes and adding anti-slime agents that are effective in
curtailing the reproduction of the same. For such purposes, the hypochlorites and cyanurates previously used have
been recently replaced by carbonyl series compounds with no corrosion effects. Tables 3.3.2-24 and 3.3.2-25 show
examples of water quality treatment at open circulation type cooling systems.
Table 3.3.2-26 shows the water quality analysis items and frequency of analysis that are usually used for the
operating control of an open circulation type cooling system, while Table 3.3.2-27 shows the significance of these
water quality analysis items.
Table 3.3.2-25: Example of Water Quality Treatments to a Low Hardness Cooling Water System
Operation Condition of Cooling
Tower
Volume of circulation water:

Water volume retained:
Temperature difference in a cooling tower:
Concentration :
Initial injection:
Chemicals Used
Partial Filtration of Circulation

Water
Water Quality
Treatment Periods
Results of Effects using a Test
Piece
Result of a Regular Inspection
5 000 m3/h
2 400 m3
12C
3 times
Kurizetto S370 (polymer phosphate series)

Kurizetto S611 (zinc salt series)
400mg/l
100mg/l
Normal operation:
Kurizetto S603 (phosphonates, phosphates and zinc salts)
50mg/l
Anti-scaling agent:
Kurizetto T225 (polymer series)
30 mg/l
Chlorine treatment:
Polyclin A411
0.3 to 1.0mg/l(Cl2) 3 h/day
Sand filtration:
3% (against circulation water volume)
Makeup water
2
7.2
100
24
23
5
6
6
Turbidity (degree)
pH (at 25C)
Conductivity (S/cm)
Calcium hardness (CaCO3 mg/l)
M alkali level (CaCO3 mg/l)
Chloride ion (Cl-mg/l)
Sulfate ion (SO42-mg/l)
Silica (SiO2 mg/l)
8 years
Corrosion rate (SPCC) [mdd]
Circulation water
7
7.9
254
72
47
18
15
15
3 to 5
Corrosion, scale and slime were hardly observed and the result was very good.
Table 3.3.2-26: Water treatment Items and Analyzing Frequency for Operation Control of an Open Circulation
Type Cooling System (Standard)
Analysis Item
Turbidity
pH
Conductivity
M alkali level
Calcium hardness
Chloride ion
Sulfate ion
Silica
Total iron
Residual chlorine
CODMin
Anti-corrosion agents
Frequency of Analysis
Makeup Water
Circulation Water
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a day
Once a week
Once a day
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a week
Once a month
Once a month
Once a day
(degree)
(at 25C)
(S/cm)
(CaCO3 mg/l)
(CaCO3 mg/l)
(Cl-mg/l)
(SO42-mg/l)
(SiO2 mg/l)
(Fe mg/l)
(Cl2 mg/l)
(O mg/l)
(mg/l)
There are several ways to monitor the effectiveness of an anti-corrosion agent, the representative methods of
which include (1) measuring the corrosion speed of a test piece, (2) measuring the corrosion speed using a
corrosion measurement device using a polarization resistance method (an electrochemical method), (3) confirming
the conditions of corrosion and erosion depth on the heat transfer surface of a pipe using a heat exchanger for
260
monitoring purposes. The use of a test piece or a corrosion measurement device to measure the corrosion speed
cannot confirm the corrosion conditions on the heat transfer surface, in which case a heat exchanger for
monitoring purposes can be used. However, this method is not generally used, because the conditions of pipes
cannot be confirmed during test periods (normally 1 to 3 months) and because it requires significant plant and
operation control costs.
Table 3.3.2-27: Significance of Each Water Quality Analysis Item
Item
pH
(at 25C)
Conductivity
(S/cm)
Turbidity
(degree)
M alkali level
(CaCO3 mg/l)
Calcium hardness
(CaCO3 mg/l)
Chloride ion
(Cl-mg/l)
Sulfate ion
(SO42-mg/l)
Silica
(SiO2 mg/l)
Ammonium ion
(NH4+/l)
Consumption of oxygen
[CODMin ]
(O mg/l)
General microbe count
(pcs/ml)
Total iron
(Fe mg/l)
Concentration of
anti-corrosion agents and
anti-scaling agents
(mg/l)
Significance
Measured to obtain the trend of corrosion behavior and scale formation of water. The pH level of circulation water
is normally controlled at 7.0 to 9.0. Where the level is decreased to 6.5 or below, it must be raised by the addition
of alkali agents. In this case, the appropriate pH level is 8.0 to 9.0.
Measured to determine the trend of salt concentration dissociated into water as ions. Generally speaking, water
quality with high conductivity tends to be bad and is frequently a cause of corrosion damage.
Measured to determine the volume of suspended matter in water. Since the presence of such suspended matter in
the system can cause deterioration of efficiency and erosion damage to a heat exchanger, the turbidity of the
circulation water should be retained as low as possible.
There is a certain degree of connection between pH and the degree of alkali. The M alkali degree is an indicator of
the trend of calcium carbonate forming scales.
This indicator is important to control the concentration of circulation water and to determine the trend for the
formation of scales by calcium and other compounds such as calcium carbonate.
This is generally used as an indicator for controlling the concentration of circulation water. For a system where
chlorine treatment is performed, this indicator is used in combination with others, such as conductivity, calcium
hardness and silica concentration, etc. Water containing high chloride ions tends to have strong corrosive
performances.
Water containing a high concentration of sulfate ions tends to have a strongly corrosive performance. As for HAVC
coolants, the inclusion of sulfur acid gas contained in the air into the system causes a high concentration of sulfate
ions and decreases the pH level, forming a highly corrosive environment.
Silica is one of the causes of scale formation.
Water containing a high concentration of ammonium ions is highly inclined to generate slime. For a system using
copper series materials, ammonium ions and copper react with each other to form a complex ammonium ion salt,
which is a cause of corrosion.
A system with a high consumption of oxygen tends to cause slime, meaning appropriate slime control measures
must be implemented.
It can be an indicator to know the generation of slime. It can also be used to judge the effectiveness of the
microbicide.
The total iron content in the circulation water includes iron ion and colloidal ion derived from the makeup water as
well as other iron generated by corrosion of the system. The existence of iron can cause secondary corrosion,
meaning the total iron concentration must be kept as low as possible.
It is necessary to constantly maintain the concentrations of anti-corrosion and anti-scaling agents at an appropriate
level. In the case of significant fluctuations, effective anti-corrosion and anti-scaling performances cannot be
expected.
3.3.2.5.3 Closed Circulation Type Cooling System

A closed circulation type cooling system does not incorporate any cooling towers, and thus thickening of
chemicals due to the evaporation of water cannot take place. The main problem affecting this type of cooling
system is corrosion. In order to prevent corrosion, polymer phosphate series agents, nitrate series agents and
molybdenum salt series polymer agents are used, as shown in Table 3.3.2-28.
As cooling systems with bearing coolant tanks have a large area, where the coolants come into contact with the
atmosphere, and also generally tend to have significant cooling water leakage, substances that cause the pH level
to fluctuate, such as carbon dioxide, can enter into the system quite easily from the air, and the volume of
anti-corrosion agents consumed tends to be high. For such reasons, filtrated water is used as a coolant for cost
saving purposes, and a polymer phosphate series anti-corrosion agent is used. The polymer phosphate reacts
against copper to form dark green Cu2OxCuPO3. Similarly to basic copper chloride, this compound does not form
a continuous layer, has high solubility and can have significantly adverse effects to the system. Due to this, it is
necessary to use benzyxotriazole and a derivative of trithio cyanuric acid in combination with the above agents,
because these substances show a strong anti-corrosion performance against copper and copper alloys. The
concentration of the polymer phosphate anti-corrosion agents is 100 to 200 ppm for initial injection. After the
initial injection, the concentration is kept at 20 to 40 ppm. The concentration of anti-corrosion agents is controlled
in such a manner that after understanding the relationship of the agent and conductivity, the agent is added by
monitoring the conductivity of the coolant.
A coolant system incorporated with a stand pipe, where the coolant is circulated without being exposed to the
air, meaning no carbon dioxide and oxygen will enter the system from the exterior air. The leakage of coolant is
small and consumption of anti-corrosion agents to form anti-corrosion layers can be minimized. For these reasons,
this type of system is superior to other types having a coolant tank, in terms of controlling water quality.
Conventionally, filtrated water was used as a coolant. However, recently, deionized water has been used for this
purpose due to the enhanced plant reliability. Nitrate salt is used to prevent corrosions, but sometimes hydrazine is
261
also used in a one-off manner for this purpose. As nitrate salt anti-corrosion agents cannot expect anti-corrosion
performance equivalent to that of polymer phosphate series agents, a special agent to prevent corrosion to copper
must be used in combination. In addition, as nitrite salts can cause decreased concentrations, due to the act of
microbes (nitrification due to action of oxidative bacterium against nitrate salts such as nitrobactors), it is
necessary to use an inhibitor in combination with the agents or to use deionized water containing less uncertain
elements. In the case of the nitrate salt series agent, after the initial injection of 200 to 300ppm of this agent, the
concentration is kept at a level of 60 to 130 ppm. In the case of hydrazine, the initial concentration is 20 ppm,
following which the concentration is maintained at 5 to 10 ppm when the concentration reaches a stable stage,
whereupon a good anti-corrosion performance can be obtained. The frequency of administering anti-corrosion
agents ranges from once a week to once every two weeks to obtain good water treatment.
Table 3.3.2-28: Outline of Anti-Corrosion Agents for a Closed Circulation Type Cooling System
Anti-Corrosion
Agent
Polymer Phosphate
Series
Applicable Water System
Corrosion Rate
Retention period: Within 10

days
Makeup water: Industrial water
Fresh water
Carbon steel: 5 to 20 mdd

Copper and copper alloys:
1 mdd or
below
Nitrate Salt Series
Retention period: 10 days or

more
Softened water
Deionized water
Carbon steel: 1 mdd

1 mdd or
below
Molybdate
Polymer Series
Retention period: 50 days or

more
Softened water
Deionized water
Carbon steel: 10 mdd

1 mdd or
below
Remarks
As this agent facilitates the discharge of corrosion products
outside the system, a corrosion speed of 5 to 20 mdd may
be acceptable.
Use polymer agents in combination with it to reduce the
generation of scales on heat transmission surfaces.
As this agent does not allow the easy discharge of corrosion
products outside of the system, a chemical that ensure
favorable anti-corrosion performance must be used.
As the maximum temperature of bearing coolants is 40C
or below, which is within the optimum growing
temperature for microbes oxidizing nitrate salts (generally
15 to 30C), it is necessary to use its inhibitor in
combination with it.
When this agent is used in a system in which no or
insufficient anti-corrosion treatment is performed, iron
oxides existing in the system can be washed away turning
the color of the coolant red. In such systems, it is necessary
to flush it before starting injection of this chemical.
3.3.3 Future Prospects

With unit size subject to rapid growth since the introduction of large-sized components after WWII, a daily
water treatment method has almost been established following the era of trials and errors. However, many
problems still remain to be solved depending on the location of a thermal power plant, in order to further advance
the method of water treatment.
The first involves how to raise the reliability of supplying sufficient energy. Considering recent advancements
of society and economic growth, it cannot be said that sufficient energies are guaranteed. Under current conditions,
where it is increasingly difficult to build a new power plant, currently available systems should be used as long as
possible. The issues to be solved in order to ensure the patterns of water treatments, established based on the
experiences of thermal power plants to advance into stricter and more assured means of water treatment, include
raising the accuracy of the devices used to monitor water quality as well as measures against seawater corrosion of
condenser pipes, in terms of materials.
The second issues to be solved include (1) a reduction of carbon dioxide emissions that is considered to be a
cause of global warming, (2) shortening the system operation time to maintain and uplift the heat efficiency of
boilers from the viewpoint of energy saving and the appropriate use of energies, (3) the introduction of such
methods as oxygen treatment to prevent scale attachment to boilers and (4) reduction in the ammonia volume used
for the removal of nitrogen and phosphorus from effluents.
The third issues include plant maintenance. Water treatment is a decisive factor in preventing the corrosion of
components. With this in mind, it is important to occasionally conduct a water quality inspection to assess the
quality of water in the system and to determine the volume of oxygen and metal ion concentration, in order to
conduct appropriate anti-corrosion measures.
262
3.4 Turbines and Auxiliary Machines

3.4.1.
Maintenance of Steam Turbines
Maintenance of steam turbines includes minor repairs (for example, retightening of a gland packing for a
valve) during a patrol and major repairs during periodic maintenance, among which replacement or improvement
of a faulty part may be included. There are two kinds of maintenance, one is daily repair to be effected whilst
the turbine remains in operation or the electric generation is stopped and another is periodic maintenance where
the electric generation is periodically stopped for a long time.
3.4.1.1
Daily Repairs
Daily repairs consist of (1) repairs and adjustments of faulty parts as regular repairs, (2) regular inspections,
adjustment and investigation of equipment such as important instruments and of vibration of the rotating devices
in advance as preventative maintenance, (3) improvement of a part to prevent recurrence of a failure that has often
occurred. [1] Speed, [2] sureness, [3] safety and [4] low cost are taken into consideration when a repair
operation is effected, and an elaborately prepared plan in terms of processes and application procedures should be
prepared especially for a part that may have a critical effect on the operation of the unit and also when the repair is
carried out with operation of the power unit stopped.
3.4.1.2
Periodic Inspections
Voluntary inspection of a steam turbine used for electric generation should be periodically performed in
compliance with the Electricity Utilities Industry Law.
This inspection is called the Voluntary Periodic Inspection, and overhauling of a steam turbine is effected
with operation of the power unit subject to a long time planned stop.
This inspection became voluntary in 1995 and the regulation stipulates that the inspection should be effected
every four years from 1999. However, this four year period may be extended depending on the operating
conditions.
3.4.1.3
Content of Periodic Inspections
During this periodic inspection, major repairs and improvements that cannot be effected at other times are to
be carried out besides overhauling of the main body and the major accessories in accordance with the established
plan. Table 3.4.1-1 shows examples of the maintenance of the parts and the equipment.
Table 3.4.1-1: Maintenance of a Steam Turbine During Periodic Maintenance
1. Main body of a turbine
(1) Turbine wheel
Cleaning by honing
Detailed and precision inspection and
repair of the disk, the rotating blades and
the shaft
Measurement of run-out and centering of
the shaft
Inspection and repair of the coupling bolts
(2) Ejection Holes and Partitions
Cleaning by honing
Detailed and precision inspection and
repair of the stationary blades and
labyrinths
(3) Casing
Measurement of the Cleaning of the
inside and the outside of casing, detailed
and precision inspection
Measurement of the level of the
horizontal flange
Measurement of the alignment of the
casing
Maintenance of the bolts, hardness test
(4) Bearings
Adjustment of the contact of the white
metals
Measurement of the bearing gaps
2. Equipment attached to the turbine body

(1) Main Valves
(MSV, CV, RSV, ICV, SMV)
Maintenance and precision inspection
of the inside and the outside of the
valves, the valve rods, the valve seats,
and the valve casings
Measurement of bend and the gaps of
the valve rods
Inspection of the bolts exposed to high
temperature
(2) Speed Governor and Emergency
Stopping Device
Inspection of the speed governor
mechanism and the piping for the
control oil
(3) Turning Device
Detailed and precision inspection of the
gears and the bearings
Inspection of the clutch mechanism
263
3. The turbine lubricating oil device

(1) MOP, BP, AOP, TGOP and EOP
Overhaul, repair and detailed and
precision inspection
(2) Main Oil Tank and Oil Cooler
Cleaning and oiliness test of the inside
of the tank
Cleaning of the oil cooler piping and the
water chamber
(3) Oil Cleaner
Cleaning of the inside and replacement
of the filter
Overhaul and repair of the attached
pump and the fan
3.4.1.4
Special Maintenance
Accumulated operating hours of many of the then new and advanced thermal power plants in Japan that were
the motive power for the rapid development of the Japanese economy are reaching one hundred thousand hours or
more. It is time for them to be thoroughly inspected in a systematic manner.
Desirable items to be inspected are listed below.
(1) Rotors of high, medium and low pressure turbines
a. Center hole......................... Visual inspection by means of a bore scope, magnetic particle test, liquid penetrant
test and ultrasonic test
b. Surface of the rotors .......... Hardness test at the designated points, structural examination by means of a
microscope, liquid penetrant test of general surface, magnetic particle test, hardness
test
(2) Blades
a. Embedded portion.............. Inspection to check whether the roots of the first and second stage rotors of the high
and the medium pressure turbines that are exposed to high temperature have lifted
Ultrasonic test of the rotating blades in each of the high, and the medium pressure
stages
b. Shroud tenon...................... General inspection to check whether it lifted and how it lifted
(3) Main steam check valve... Liquid penetrant test of the inside and outside surface, magnetic particle test,
ultrasonic test, hardness test and structural examination by means of a microscope
(4) Turbine casing.................. Penetrant test of the inside and outside surface, magnetic particle test, structural
examination by means of a microscope
3.4.1.5
Content of the Periodic Inspection
Content of the periodic inspection for a steam turbine is summarized as follows.
264
Table 3.4.1-2: Major Items of the Periodic Inspection
Legend
Operation : Inspection
No.
1
Place to be Inspected
Inspection Method
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
100% inspection
Every two years
VT: Visual Inspection

PT: Penetrant test
MT: Magnetic particle test
Remarks
UT: Ultrasonic Test

RT: Radiographic test
Illustration and Reference Point
Usual inspection
(1) Casing
a. Corners and the inside
surface of each pipe
seat
VT, MT
In our experience, cracks are liable to occur

due to concentration of heat stress in the
corners, the inside of a pipe seat and places
where thickness of the material markedly
changes.
The inside
of a pipe
seat
A corner
b. Nozzle chamber
(a) The inner and the
outer surfaces
VT, MT, A mirror

for inspecting the
inside of a pipe
100% inspection
Every four years
(1) Removing the nozzle plate, carefully check

the base part of the nozzle vane, the corners of
the nozzle chamber, the welded part, etc.
(2) Carefully check the shape of the internal
threads of the nozzle plate fixing bolts.
(b) The welded

connecting part
MT, UT
100% inspection
Every four years
It is a matter of concern that self-excited

vibration of the nozzle chamber occurs with
increased clearance between the casing and the
nozzle chamber causing too much stress in the
welded base part resulting in a crack there.
(c) Profile
Dimensions
(Deformed amount)
100% inspection
Every four years
It is necessary to monitor the total deformed

amount of the nozzle chamber since it is one of
the parts of a steam turbine that is subject to
the severest conditions and creep deformation
may occur after a long time operation.
(d) Fitted part
Dimensions
(Clearance)
100% inspection
Every four years
It is necessary to monitor the clearance

between the casing and the nozzle chamber
every year since it may increase due to
repeated knocks caused by vibration generated
by vapor flow.
(e) Vane
Dimensions
(Eroded amount)
100% inspection
Every four years
Increased eroded amount causes unfavorable

influences such as decreased turbine efficiency,
weakened strength of the rotating blades, etc.
It is necessary to carefully monitor a turbine
unit with which starts and stops are frequently
repeated especially because it may suffer from
outstanding increase in the eroded amount.
A welded
connecting part
MT, UT
Deformed amount of the profile

Measurement of the dimensions
a, b and c
Measuring point
Eroded amount
265
The inside of the nozzle

chamber
VT, MT, A mirror to
inspect the inside of a pipe
No.
Inspection Method
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
100% inspection
Every two years
Remarks
c. The spot-faced part of

the horizontal joint
VT, MT
d. The inlet sleeves
VT, MT,
Dimensions
100% inspection
Every two years
Carefully observe tearing-off, scoring and

cracks on the border of an area to which stelite
is coated. The maintenance of dimensions of
bearing seal ring and seal ring is also
important.
e. Hole Plug for the

balance hole
MT, Dimensions,
Shape of the screw
threads
100% inspection
Every two years
The Hole Plug should be carefully inspected so

that it may be easily removed and installed as
needed. Inspection of the male and the
female threads should be assuredly effected
since its coming off during operation may
result in a serious accident.
The corners and the spot- faced part are liable

to cracking.

Inlet Sleeve
Spot faced portion
Hole Plug Stopper

Outer Casing
f. Balance tube
g. Welded part
h. Key
MT, UT
(Wall thickness)
VT, MT
100% inspection
100% inspection
VT, Dimension
(Clearance)
100% inspection
a. Welded outer surface of

the seat for the
extraction tube
VT, MT
100% inspection
b. Main Steam Inlet Piping

Drain Pipe Base
The outer surface:

VT, MT
The inner surface: A
mirror to inspect the
inside of a pipe
Every two years
Every two years
Every four years
Cracks in the welded part and the extent of

reduction in the wall thickness of the inner part
of the vent should be controlled.
Cracks are liable to occur in the welded part of
the pipe base and also to the trace of the
welding for repair effected when it was
manufactured among the wide welded area.
It is also desirable to concentrate the inspection
on the welded part of the Low Pressure Casing
Stay.
It is necessary to control the clearance to be
appropriate at all the keys accessible for
inspection so that expansion and shrinking of
the casing may not be constrained.
Hole Plug
Hole Plug head

clearance
Inner Casing
Inspect the male and the female

threads of the Hole Plug
Inner
Casing
(2) Casing Connecting Tube
100% inspection
Every four years
Every four years
Cracks occur because the shape is so

complicated and the wall thickness is so
variable that heat stress is caused.
Remove Pipe Base and the welded part of
Drain Pipe and observe the inside of Main Pipe
and the welded part of Pipe Base by means of a
mirror to inspect the inside of a pipe.
Effect MT on the outer surface.
266
Outer
Casing
The welded outer

surface of the seat for
the Extraction Tube
Main Steam Inlet Piping

Drain Pipe Base
No.
Inspection Method
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
Remarks
(3) Rotor
Rs
a. The R portion of the

outer surface
VT, MT
100% inspection
Every four years
The small size parts near the inlets of the high

pressure and the medium pressure steam and
the bottom of the dummy groove require
inspection.
b. Shoulders of the
grooves in the rotor of
the medium pressure
turbine where the
blades are embedded
VT, UT
100% inspection
Every two years
In case the T root is used to embed the first

stage blade of the medium pressure, check
whether any cracking occurs in the inside by
the outer surface(U.T) of the wall of the groove
for the blade.
c. The outside diameter

of Rotor
(High and medium
pressure turbine rotors)
Dimensions
d. Hollows where the side

entry turbine blades are
embedded
e. Pump Shaft
The area around

the steam inlet
Every four years
Whether creep deformation has occurred can

be determined by change in the rotor outside
diameter. In this method, measuring points
should be fixed to grasp the yearly change in
the outside diameter.
VT, MT, UT
100% inspection
Every four years
Apply the same method as that used for the

root of the rotating blades.
VT, MT
100% inspection
Every four years
It is desirable to remove the vane of the main

oil pump and to measure the part with the least
cross section and some other parts.
The shoulder part of the first stage

blades of the medium pressure turbine
The outside
diameter of the rotor
Hollows in the rotor in which

the entry blades are embedded
A crack
(An area in which the blades are embedded)
Erosion
Lifted amount
(4) Rotating Blades

a. Tenon, Shroud Ring
b. Welded parts of the

stubs
c. Portions that make the

profile
(1) VT, MT,

Measurement of
the lifted
amount of the
shroud ring
100% inspection
Every four years
Lifting of the shroud may be caused by heat

due to sheering or touching of the tenon This
problem is common in rotating blades.
(2) Measurement of
the eroded
amount of the
tenon
100% inspection
Every two years
In the event of serious erosion, part of the

caulked tenon is lost. This problem should be
observed. A unit that is subject to frequent
starts and stops should be observed carefully.
VT, PT
100% inspection
Measurement of the
eroded amount
100% inspection
Every four years
Every two years
In some cases, fine cracks occur in an area of

the rotating blade of the low pressure turbine to
which the metal is welded. Especially for an
old blade where TIG welding was yet to be
used, special observation is required.
The rotating blades near the main inlet and the
reheat inlet are liable to be eroded. It is
necessary to grasp secular changes in the
profile by means of mold transferring using a
standard gauge and compound as an additional
means.
267
Tenon
Shroud
Tenon
Shroud
Rotating
direction
Shroud ring cracks

Cracks
Cracks in the welded part of the stub

Erosion of the part making the profile
Cross-section
of a blade
d. The blade root area of
the side entry blade
Inspection Method
VT, MT, UT
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
100% inspection
Every four years
Remarks
Both for the blade and the disk, the highest
stress is experienced at the corner on the first
tooth. The inspection is to be effected by
means of MT and U.T according to necessity.
However, in case the inspection has to be
carried out in a limited space such as the high
or medium pressure stage, P.T will be used.
A crack in the blade root
e. An area of the blade in

the low pressure stage
on which stelite is
deposited.
(a) Eroded amount
VT
100% inspection
Every two years
According to the erosion, the condition is to be

classified as follows and recoating should be
effected according to a planned schedule.
(1) The surface is somewhat rough.
(2) The surface is pitted.
(3) The erosion has reached the base metal.
Special care should be paid to the leading
blades of a group since they are liable to be
eroded.
(b) Separation and

cracking
PT
100% inspection
Every two years
Immediately recoat any cracked blade or where

separation has propagated to a wide area.
(c) Bonding condition
RT (or U.T)
All the recoated

blades
When recoated
Make sure without fail that they have been

well bonded because the bonded condition
when the coating is effected is very important.
100% inspection
Every two years
(5) Stationary blades

(Blades near the main
steam inlet and the
reheated steam inlet)
The blade
base metal
Erosion
Measurement of
eroded amount
Silver
solder
Separation
A crack
An image taken during R.T showing
incomplete fused spray of stelite
Erosion
Blade Ring
The end of the outlet for the stationary blade is

liable to erosion because of steam oxidation
scale and flowed-in drain.
Baffle Plate
The steam outlet
No.
Welded outer surfaces
The steam inlet

Valve seat
(6) Major valves

a. Inner corners, welded
area
VT, MT
100% inspection
Every time when

overhauled
Cracks are liable to occur around the welded

areas of the baffle plate and of the valve seat
lip and the trace of the welding for repair when
the unit was manufactured.
b. Welded outer surface
VT, MT
100% inspection
On and after the

5th year
Every eight years
Cracks are liable to occur around the welded

areas of the structural members and the trace of
welding for repair when the unit was
manufactured.
Main Steam Stop Valve
Hardness of the flange surface
268
The point where hardness is measured
No.
Inspection Method
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
Remarks
c. Valve Seat
VT, MT (PT)
100% inspection
Every time when

overhauled
Cracks are liable to occur in a part coated by

stelite. A stelite deposited part should be
inspected by means of P.T.
d. Flange surfaces of the

main body
(Only for the Main
Steam Stop Valve)
Hardness
Representing
points
On and after the

5th year
Every two years
It is desirable to measure the hardness of the

Main Steam Stop Valve that is exposed to the
severest conditions among the valves and to
monitor secular changes in order to grasp the
tendency of its softening due to creep.
VT
100% inspection
Every time when

opened
MT (Fluorescent
magnaflux)
About 1/4 of the

installed bolts
Every four years
Hardness
About 1/4 of the

installed bolts
Every four years
UT
100% inspection
Every two years
Hammering test
100% inspection
Every time when

opened
Carry out the hammering test before loosening

the nut and immediately after the unit is
opened to determine symptoms of damage to
the inner thread. In the event that a bolt
becomes shaky or the depth of a stud bolt in
the inner thread becomes shallower over time,
it is considered that the damage to the inner
threads has worsened.
Dimensions
About two
representing
bolts per area
Every four years
Checking of the
thread profile
- ditto -
Every four years
For a unit of which the service time has

exceeded 8~10 years, measure the internal
and the pitch diameters every four years.
For the profile of the threads, copy the
profile by means of compound and
periodically observe secular change of the
cross section.
(7) Bolts exposed to high

temperature and high
pressure
a. Bolts
b. Inner threads for the

stud bolts
Observe damage to the threads and cracks

in the bottoms of the threads. Usually, the
stud bolts must not be unscrewed.
269
Actual profile
Standard profile
Checking of the profile of the female threads
No.
2
Inspection Method
Number of
Tested Samples
Inspection
Frequency
Remarks
Secular deterioration check

(1) Rotors
a. The center hole
VT, PT, MT, UT

Dimension
(inner diameter)
All the planes
Once at 100,000
hours in service
and every ten
years thereafter
For a rotor where a blind hole is drilled in the

center, another of which defect was found
during the inspection of the center hole
effected when it was manufactured and others
of a unit that has been operated with frequent
starts and stops, it is desirable to inspect in a
short cycle of period.
b. Grooves for the blades

(For the T root and the
double T root types)
VT, MT (or by P.T)
Rotors of the 1st

to 5th stages in
the high pressure
turbine
Rotors of the 1st
and 2nd stages in
the medium
pressure turbine
Once at 100,000
hours or so in
service
For a rotor having semicircle rotating blade

fixing metals, it is desirable to sample some
rotating blades and inspect them since it is a
matter of concern that cracking will occur in
the rotor side of the seating surface of the
metal and also in the corner of the jaw in the
groove for the blade in the rotor.
Also for a rotor that is equipped with a flat
fixing metal since it was manufactured, it is
desirable to check its secular deterioration by
an inspection method such as U.T from the
outside (for the 1st stage of the medium
pressure turbine) because cracking may occur
in the jaw of the groove for the blade in the
rotor.
Blades
Rotor
Caulking Piece
A crack
A crack
(2) Rotating Blades

a. Blade root
(For saddle shape
blades)
Rotating Blade
VT, UT,
Measurement of
lifted amount
100% inspection
8th to 10th year

and every four
years thereafter
Effect U.T and monitor the lifted amount of the

blade root in order to control the creep
deformation due to prolonged service under
high temperature and the stress corrosion
cracking of the stopper pin.
Stopper Pin
A crack
Lift
b. Portion representing
the profile
steam and the reheat
steam inlets)
Measurement of
hardness
(by means of X-ray
diffraction or other
methods)
Several
representative
rotors
8th to 10th year

and every four
years thereafter
It is desirable to control softening of the

material used for the rotating blades every four
years since the material may possibly be
deteriorated after prolonged service under high
temperature and this can be detected by
measurement of the hardness. X-ray
diffraction is available for the measurement of
hardness as an inspection method without
making any dent in the blade.
270
Rotor
Measurement of
hardness of the surfaces
representing the profile
No.
(3) Stationary blades
steam and the reheat
steam inlets)
Inspection Method
Measurement of
inclination amount
of a blade row
Number of
Tested Samples
100% inspection
Inspection
Frequency
8th to 10th year
and every four
years thereafter
Remarks
It is a matter of concern that creep deformation
occurs to the stationary blades in the 1st stage
of the high or the medium pressure turbine
after prolonged exposure to steam of high
temperature and high pressure so that
difference in elongation between the rotor and
the casing is constrained.
Steam
Amount of inclination
(4) Bolts exposed to high

temperature and high
pressure
Destructive test
One or two
representative
bolts per material
Every four years
Select the place where the severest operational

condition is realized and perform tests such as
examinations of structural transformation,
creep, low cycle fatigue, mechanical, etc.
271
3.4.2
Maintenance of Condensers
3.4.2.1
Inspection and Measures
Table 3.4.2-1 shows content of the maintenance and inspection to be effected at the periodic inspection.
Table 3.4.2-1: Content of the Maintenance and Inspection to be Effected at the Periodic Inspection
Item
Timing of
Maintenance
Purpose or Method
Inspection
Method
Countermeasure/Improvement
The inside of the

cooling pipes
Inspection as to whether or not

clogging of the pipe with
foreign matter, corrosion or
erosion has occurred
When the water

chamber is opened
VI
ET
Clean it with a brush or something

similar.
Install a stop plug in pipes that water
cannot pass through due to clogging.
Effect anti-corrosion or anti-erosion
treatment and install a stop plug as a
precaution.
Replace the clogged pipe with a new one.
The outer surface

of the cooling pipe
Inspection of erosion and

damage
When the main body

is opened
VI
Install a stop plug in the damaged pipe.

Effect the anti-erosion treatment.
Replace the damaged pipe with a new
one.
The surface of the

pipe plate

and how marine creatures and
dirty matter adhere
Checking of the connecting
part of the cooling pipes
When the water

chamber is opened
VI
Clean it with a plastic scraper, deck

brush, etc.
The inside of the

water chamber

a swell, separation, damage or
a pin hole has appeared on the
rubber lining
and how marine creatures and
dirty matter adhere
When the water

chamber is opened
VI
PHT
Repair the damaged part.

Clean it with a plastic scraper, deck
brush, etc.
The inside of the

main body shell
Inspection of erosion and

damage caused by steam and
drain attack, and inspection of
the burned out part
any scale or dust has been
deposited.
When the main body

is opened
VI
PT
Replace the eroded part with a new one,

and install a protective cover.
Clean the hot well.
The pressureresistant portion of

the main body shell

any cracking has occurred in the
shell plate, welded part, or
fixing part of the nozzle stub
When the main body

is opened
VI
PT
WT
Repair the damaged part.
Connecting piece
the rubber
expansion joint
Inspection of deterioration of
the rubber expansion joint by
viewing from the inside of the
body
Once a year after the

five cumulative
years since the first
steam extraction
VI
ST
WT
Replace them with new ones after about

ten years.
The extraction
steam pipe
expansion joint

damage, breakage, adhesion.
etc. has occurred
Once a year after the

five cumulative
years since the first
steam extraction
VI
PT
Repair the damaged or broken part.

Establish a schedule to replace it with a
new one after 20 years.
The feed water

heater outer cover
(Lagging)

damage, breakage, etc. has
occurred
When the main body

is opened
VI
PT
Repair the damaged or broken part.
V.I.: Visual Inspection

W.T.: Leak Test by Filling Water
E.T.: Eddy Current Test

S.T.: Hardness Test
P.T.: Liquid Penetrant Test

P.H.T.: Pin Hole Test
3.4.2.2
Cleaning of the Water Chamber and the Surface of the Pipe Plate
Negligence in cleaning of the water chamber and the surface of the pipe plate allows marine creatures to
adhere to them and strongly propagate on them so that the cooler pipes are so persistently clogged, requiring too
much labor to remove them. Therefore, cleaning of the water chamber and the pipe plate shall also be scheduled
whenever a planned shutdown or opening of the water chamber is expected.
272
3.4.2.3
Cleaning of the Inside of the Cooling Pipes
Cleaning of the inside of the cooling pipes is important to maintain the performance of the condenser, and
Table 3.4.2-2 shows the method of cleaning. However, it is necessary to check the properties and condition of
the scale deposited on the inside wall and to select an effective method since it may be different according to such
properties and condition. When the pipe is clogged with foreign matter, remove it first, and then carry out the
cleaning.
Table 3.4.2-2: Cleaning Methods for the Inside of a Cooling Pipe
Cleaning Method
Properties of the Scale
Washing out with a

nylon brush
Algae-containing
scale
Feed the nylon brush through the pipe by pressurized water from a pressure
feed-type water gun.
The water gun pressure should be about 0.6 ~ 0.8 MPa.
Attach a rubber guide to the tip of the water gun in order not to damage the tip
of the cooling pipe.
Wet the nylon brush in advance.
Feed the nylon brush against the direction of the flow of the cooling water.
Take a precautionary measure using a protective sheet so that the brush does
not directly touch the rubber lining in the water chamber on the opposite side.
Method and Procedure
Cleaning with a ball

purge-type cleaner
Slimy scale
Feed by pressurized water several granulated balls per pipe that are used by a
ball cleaning equipment through the pipes with a water gun.
Feed the balls against the direction of the flow of the cooling water.
Cleaning with a
rotary tube cleaner
Scale containing a
small amount of algae
Feed by pressurized water a rotary tube cleaner with a water gun.

Wet the tube cleaner in advance.
Feed the cleaner in the direction of the flow of the cooling water at first, and
afterwards, feed it against the direction of the flow.
Cleaning with a
chemical detergent
Hard scale
Use a neutral cleanser; never use a chlorine- or acid-containing detergent.

Do not effect this treatment until it is ensured that the discharged rinsing water
has been completely neutralized to be harmless to the environment.
3.4.2.4
Leak Test of the Cooling Pipes
In the event that leakage from a cooling pipe is found, it is necessary to exactly identify from which pipe
among thousands or ten of thousands of pipes the leakage is occurring. Figure 3.4.2-1 shows the methods of
checking.
Point of leakage
Point of leakage
Rubber
plug
Wrapping sheet
(4) Water-filling method
(1) Wrapping sheet (very thin plastic film) method
Point of leakage
Manometer
Black light
Rubber
plug
(5) Fluorescent agent method
Rubber packing
(2) Water manometer method

Foam
Point of leakage
Point of leakage
Transparent
acrylic resin
Foam
cap
Rubber packing
Point of leakage
Application of
soapy water
A vacuum meter
(3) Foam method
Rubber plug
Vacuum-breaker
Vacuum pump
(an ejector)
(6) Vacuum pump method

Check valve
Compressed air
Figure 3.4.2-1: Methods for Leakage Check of the Cooling Pipes
273
(1) Wrapping sheet (very thin plastic film) method

This method makes it possible for the unit to be operated with a single system. One end of the pipe plate is
blocked by a rubber plug, and the other end is covered by wrapping sheet or both ends are covered by the
wrapping sheet, and leakage is detected by a hollow in the sheet.
(2) Water manometer method
This method makes it possible for the unit to be operated with a single system. One end of the pipe plate is
blocked by a rubber plug, and a water manometer is connected to the other end by pressure welding. Sucking up
of a water column of the manometer shows that there is leakage from the pipe. This method can detect even a
pin hole, but it takes time to check all the pipes since the test needs to be effected pipe by pipe.
(3) Foam method(8)
This method makes it possible for the unit to be operated with a single system. Foam is sprayed on the
surface of the both opened pipe plates from a fire extinguisher-type spray gun. If the foam sinks into the inside
of the pipe, it means there is leakage from the pipe. This method can detect a relatively small hole, but has a
little difficulty to detect a hole in the expanded part of a pipe.
(4) Water filling method
This method can be used when operation of the unit is stopped and should be effected after it is ensured that the
water-filling support is in good condition. Any leakage shall be checked after the main body is completely filled with
demineralized water and left without being touched for 48 hours or longer. Moisture in the water chamber may cause
dew formation, making detection difficult. This method can detect leakage from a pipe and a joint portion of a pipe.
(5) Fluorescent agent method
The procedure for this method is the same as that of the water-filling method explained above, except that a
whitener of the diaminostilbene-type fluorescent agent is added to the filling water. This agent decreases surface
tension and increases osmosis of water to make it easier to detect leakage compared with the usual water-filling
method. The leaking point radiates light in a dark room when black light is irradiated on it. It is required to
neutralize and treat the liquid for discharging it after the test.
(6) Vacuum pump method
This method can be used when the operation is stopped. One end of the pipe plate is blocked by a rubber
plug, soapy water is applied over the other side of the pipe plate, and that side is capped by a transparent cap made
from acrylic resin or a similar material. The air around the cap is sucked with a vacuum pump, and the leaking
point is found by movement of the soapy water foam. Leakage can also be detected by monitoring a drop in the
vacuum meter needle with the stop valve closed after having sucked the air. Leakage from the pipe or the
connecting part of the pipe can be detected.
3.4.2.5
Checking of air leakage
Too much air leakage to the condenser lowers the steam-condensing capability and the degree of vacuum,
resulting in inability to limit the load on the steam turbine or in inability of operation. Checking of air leakage
can be effected with flon or helium gas as shown in figure 3.4.2-2. But flon is a regulated material from an
environmental protection viewpoint. This method is suitable for checking of the many parts of the unit including
the turbine and the piping. In the event that the degree of vacuum is lowered before or after the periodic
inspection, parts dismantled and repaired in the meantime and connecting parts such as flanges should mainly be
checked. The water-filling method explained above may be used when the checking is just for the condenser
system.
Breakable diaphragm
Turbine casing
Flon or
helium gas
Rubber expansion joint
Low-pressure
feedwater heater
Connecting piping
Connecting piping
Gas detector
Connecting
piping
Connecting piping
Air-cooling section
Vacuum pump
Figure 3.4.2-2: Method for Air Leakage Detection

274
3.4.2.6
Eddy Current Test (9)
The built-in-type eddy current test is a checking method to find damage to the cooling pipes. This checking
should be effected at every periodic inspection, and the data should be compared and arranged in good order
according to the passage of time. The eddy current test is a detection method that utilizes electromagnetic
induction. There are two methods: synchronized detection and phase analysis. Both or only the latter should be
effected. As shown in Figure 3.4.2-3, passing an alternative current through a coil situated near a metallic
material causes an eddy current in it due to electromagnetic induction. Such defects as cracks or any variation in
the material properties would change the eddy current, changing the impedance of the coil.
The cooled pipes
The AC coils
Figure 3.4.2-3: Built-in-type Eddy Current Flaw Detection Coils(15)

The condition of the cooling pipe can be known if this change in impedance is converted to voltage and
recorded using a suitable electric circuit. Figure 3.4.2-4 shows how the flaws are detected.
Dent in the outer surface
Synchronized detection method
Synchronized
detection method
Synchronized
detection method
Phase analysis
method
Phase analysis
method
A foreign metal adhered to the outside

surface
Corrosion of the outside surface
Synchronized
detection method
Synchronized
detection method
Phase analysis
method
Phase analysis
method
Figure 3.4.2-4: Detected Wave Form vs. Type of Flaw

Since this method can only detect variation in the volume due to damage, a sample pipe should be extracted
corresponding to the wave form, and correlation between the wave form and any damage should be established.
3.4.2.7
Replacement and Blocking of a Cooling Pipe
Replace and block a cooling pipe from which leakage is found. Figure 3.4.2-5 shows the procedure for
effecting the methods.
(1) Crimping of the end of the pipe
Pipe from which

leakage occurred
Pipe
plate
Old
pipe
(2) Extracting of a pipe
Pipe
plate
Rubber plug,
brass rod, etc.
Copper rod
Pipe
plate
Procedure for blockng a pipe

Copper rod
Old
pipe
(3) Inserting and expanding of a new pipe
Fix a brass plate with

silver soldering.
Pipe
plate
Expander
Pipe
plate
A rubber plug
New pipe
Procedure for pipe replacement
Procedure for expanding and

then blocking a pipe
Figure 3.4.2-5: Procedure for Replacing and Blocking a Cooling Pipe
3.4.2.8
Checking of a Connecting Piece Rubber Expansion Joint
The service life of a rubber belt is about ten years. So, the following checking and measurement shall be
effected once a year after five years since the start of operation, and replacement shall be prepared after ten years.
(1) Visual inspection
Check whether or not any cracks,swells, or irregularities due to aged deterioration are found.
275
(2) Measurement of dimensions

Measurement of such dimensions as inclination, elongation, and shrinkage.
(3) Measurement of hardness
Replace it with a new one when the hardness reaches HS 80. The hardness of the new one should be 653.
(4) A leak test by filling water shall be effected when the rubber expansion joint is replaced with a new one.
3.4.2.9
Repair of the rubber lining
Figure 3.4.2-6 shows a typical method and procedure for the repair. Cut the damaged part off and grind the
appropriate part and the surroundings with a grinder. Apply adhesive over it, attach a vulcanized rubber sheet,
and shape them with pressure using a roller or some other tool. Make sure by visual check or by using a pin hole
tester that there are no irregularities.
Application of an adhesive
Vulcanized rubber
Metal part
Figure 3.4.2-6: Repair Method for the Rubber Lining
3.4.2.10 Replacement of a Bundle of Pipes

Copper alloy pipes may be replaced by highly corrosion-resistant titanium pipes when many copper alloy pipes
among all of the pipes have been blocked after prolonged operation. As Figure 3.4.2-7 shows, there is a choice
between the method of replacing only the cooling pipes and the pipe plates making use of the currently used
support plate of the condenser, and the other method of replacing a bundle of pipes including the support plate as a
module.
1. Removal of the copper alloy tubes
Water chamber
Inlet of the turbine bypass
(2) Cutting off of the copper alloy

pipes, Removal of water
chamber and pipe plate
(1) Current situation
(3) Removal of
the copper alloy pipes
2. Replacing of the existing pipes with titanium ones

(a) Method of replacing only the cooling pipes and the pipe plate
Titanium pipe plate
The pipe plate
Protective device for the turbine bypass
The stakes
Welding of the
titanium pipe
Newly fabricated water chamber

(4) Installation of the pipe plate on the side opposite
to the side from which the titanium pipes are to
be inserted, the protective device for the turbine
bypass, and the newly fabricated water chamber
(5) Insertion of
the titanium pipes
(b) Method of replacing the pipe bundle module
(6) Installation of the pipe plates on

the side from which the pipes
Expansion of Installation of the stakes
are inserted and installation of the pipes
the water chamber, Welding of
the titanium pipes, P.T. (Liquid
penetrant test), The water-filling
test
Newly fabricated water chamber
Supporting plate
(4) Cutting off a notch at the end

plate of the condenser,
Removing the supporting plate
and the inner structure
Pipe bundle module
(5) Insertion of the pipe

bundle module
(6) Recovery of the end plate,

Installation of the water
chamber
(7)Leak test by filling water
Figure 3.4.2-7: Procedure for Replacing of the Aluminum Brass Alloy Pipe Condenser by the Titanium Pipe
Condenser
2.4.2-1
Maintenance of the Feed water Heater
Table 3.4.2-3, 3.4.2-4, and 3.4.2-5 show examples of the main failures occurring in the feed water heater, those
of aged deterioration, and the main items of maintenance, respectively.
These items of maintenance and their frequency are just for reference, and they depend on the kind of a plant.
Therefore, it is necessary to obtain information on other plants and to operate a plant in cooperation with the
supplier.
276
Table 3.4.2-3: Examples of Main Failures Occurring in the Feed water Heater
Part Name
Item of Failure
Monel metal
Stress corrosion cracking

Ammonium attack
Drain attack
Inlet attack
Stress corrosion cracking
Drain attack
Deposit of scale
Brass
Heating
Steel pipe
Stainless
Diaphragm of the cylindrical water chamber
Fatigue damage
Seal ring of the breech lock-type water chamber
Cracking in the welded part
Extraction steam nozzle
Cracking in the welded part
Body and the parts inside the body
Erosion, thickness reduction, cracking due to thermal stress fatigue
Diaphragm in the water chamber
Erosion, thickness reduction, cracking in the welded part
Table 3.4.2-4: Examples of Aged Deterioration of the Feed water Heater

Phenomenon of Aged Deterioration
Deterioration of Materials
Deterioration of
Function
Item
Measures for Control
Content
Deterioration of heat transfer

capability of the heating pipe
The inside and the outside of

the pipe are becoming rusty
(scale deposited).
Effecting the function test

Renewing the equipment, Chemical washing, Jet water
washing
Deterioration of the structure

and the function
Deteriorated function of the desuperheating system, the draincooling system, and the vent
system
Checking in cooperation with the supplier
Damage to and deterioration

of the heating pipes
Ammonium attack, Inlet attack,

Corrosion, Erosion, Drain
attack
Control by periodic inspection

(Visual check of the heating pipe, Eddy current test)
Deterioration of the heating

pipe mounting part
Loosening of the expanded

portion of the pipe
Erosion of the welded part
Effecting the leak test using pressurized water or air

Eddy current test for the heating pipe
Deterioration of the body and

the material inside the body
Erosion due to flowed-in drain

and steam
Local attack
Measurement of body wall thickness, Effecting

inspection of the inside
(Measuring of the body wall thickness using the
ultrasonic measuring test)
Deterioration of the water

chamber diaphragm and the
corners of the pipe plate
Fatigue damage (hair cracks)
Cutting off of the skin of the area where a hair crack

appears
Effecting the periodic inspection
(Magnaflux particle inspection, liquid penetrantion test,
Measurement of hardness, Visual inspection)
Deterioration of the
diaphragm of the cylindrical
water chamber made of
forged steel
Hair cracks appear on the

surface area where stress is
concentrated.
Grasping of reliable information on the operation history

(Replacement of the diaphragm with a new one)
Effecting the magnaflux particle inspection and the
liquid penetrantion test
Deterioration of the material

used inside the water
chamber
Fatigue damage of the

diaphragm mounting portion
Periodically effecting the liquid penetrantion test
Deterioration of the nozzle

portion
Erosion and cracking due to

thermal stress fatigue of the
material around the steam inlet
and the drain inlet nozzle
Effecting the ultrasonic measuring of the wall thickness
277
Table 3.4.2-5: Maintenance Items of the Feed water Heater

No.
Maintenance
Frequency
Operation Mode
Once every hour

to once every few
hours
In service
Level of the drain

Opening angle of the valve
Water quality control
Once a day
In service
Level of the drain

Once a day to
once a month
In service
Level of the drain

Once a month to
once a year
In service
Level of the drain

Once a year
During a halt in operation

(during the periodic
inspection)
Checking of the inside of the water chamber

Replacing and checking of the packing
Checking of the performance
Once every five to

ten years

inspection)
Checking of the inside of the body, Measuring of the wall thickness

Checking of the heating pipe, Measuring of the wall thickness (E.T.)
Maintenance or Monitoring Item
3.4.2-2
Maintenance of the Deaerator
Table 3.4.2-6 and Table 3.4.2-7 show an outline of the main failures and aged deterioration that may occur in
the deaerator, respectively. Maintenance during operation is required in order to prevent and relieve these
failures and deterioration and to enhance reliability.
Table 3.4.2-6: Examples of Main Failures of the Deaerator
Part Name
Item of Failure
Nozzle exposed to high temperature
Cracking due to thermal stress fatigue
Bottom body plate
Erosion and corrosion
Spray nozzle
Corrosion and abrasion
Welded part
Corrosion and cracking
Table 3.4.2-7: Examples of Aged Deterioration of the Deaerator

Phenomenon of Aged Deterioration
Deterioration of
Materials
Deterioration of
Function
Item
Measures for Control
Content
Deterioration of the heated

deaeration system
Deteriorated performance of the

heated deaeration system due to
unevenness of the thickness of
the water-feeding membrane
caused by increased bending of
the tray
Deteriorated function of the
vent due to damaged spray
valve
Periodic control of the deaeration performance

(Checking of the level of the tray, Inspection of the spray
valve)
Deterioration of the materials

of the body and inside the
body
Erosion due to flowed-in drain

and steam
Local attack
Inspection of the inside

Ultrasonic measurement of the body wall thickness
Deterioration of the material

of the nozzle
Cracking due to erosion of the

materials around the steam
inlet, the drain inlet, the outlet
of the condensed water, etc. and
thermal stress fatigue

Ultrasonic measurement of the body wall thickness
Table 3.4.2-8 shows the main items of maintenance. These items of maintenance and their frequency are just
for reference, and they depend on the kind of the plant. Therefore , it is necessary to obtain information on other
plants and to operate a plant in cooperation with the suppliers in the same manner as explained later on the causes
of and measures against representative examples of failures listed in Table 3.4.2-6.
278
Table 3.4.2-8: Maintenance Items of the Deaerator

No.
Maintenance
Frequency
Operation Mode
Once every hour

to once every few
hours
In service
Level of the drain

Once a day
In service
Level of the drain

Once a month
In service
Level of the drain

Once a month to
once a year
In service
Level of the drain

Once a year

inspection)

Replacement and checking of the packing
Inspecting the inside of the body
Once every five to

ten years

inspection)
Checking of the functions

Inspecting the inside of the body, Measurement of the wall thickness
(Inspection of the tray and spray valve)
Maintenance or Monitoring Item
3.4.2-3
Maintenance of the Cooler
3.4.2-3.1 Maintenance and Control during Operation
The following maintenance and control shall be effected during operation of a power plant.
(1) Monitoring of the attached instruments and the measured data
Monitor the data on the temperatures at the outlet and the inlet of the cooler measured by temperature meters
or some other instruments to make sure that no irregularities related to function and performance occur.
Especially for seawater coolers, the pressure of the outlet and inlet of the cooler and, the opening angle of the
temperature control valve (the lower the performance, the wider the opening) on the cooling water side shall also
be monitored because its performance may be deteriorated due to deposited marine creatures clogging it and also
because the cooling pipes may be corroded.
(2) Checking of the appearance of each cooler
Check whether or not any leakage from the flanges is found and some other items.
(3) Inspection of the attached equipment
If an electrochemical protection device supplied with off-device electricity is used, make sure that the
corrosion control current and the corrosion control potential during operation are within the specified ranges. If
a seawater strainer (seashell filtering device) is installed, check the pressure difference, washing frequency, etc.
(4) Water quality control
When iron or chlorine is injected into seawater, the concentration of the solution to be injected and frequency
of injection shall be controlled.
(5) Storing of a device whose operation is suspended
If there is a spare seawater cooler or oil cooler, or in the event that the condenser cooler is bypassed in the
summer season, its operation is suspended for a long time. In this case, seawater in the seawater system of the
cooler shall be completely discharged, and the cooler shall be completely dried out for storing.
3.4.2-3.2 Periodic Maintenance

Table 3.4.2-9 shows the maintenance items to be effected during the scheduled suspension of operation or the
periodic inspection. Many of the maintenance items for the seawater system of the cooler are the same as those
for the condenser. However, for a cooler using seawater, which is different from a condenser as it is not usually
equipped with a ball cleaning equipment, maintaining cleanliness of the cooling pipes is more difficult than in the
case of a condenser. Therefore, it is desirable to increase the frequency of cleaning of the cooling pipe and to
effect cleaning semiannually in addition to that in the periodic inspection of the plant by switching the operation
to the spare unit.
279
Table 3.4.2-9: Maintenance Items to be Effected during Scheduled Suspension of Operation and Periodic
Inspection
Name of Equipment
Seawater cooler
Condenser cooler
Oil cooler
V.I.: Visual Inspection
Inspection Item
Method
Frequency
Countermeasures

of the cooling pipes
Inspect whether or not

and how scale adheres
and foreign matter is
deposited.
- Clean them when
necessary (V.I.).
Once every six months

to one year
Effect washing with a

brush or something
similar.
Review the frequency
of the cleaning.
Inspection of corrosion
Inspect corrosion of
both the inside and the
outside of the pipes
using ECT.
Once a year
Install a stop plug or

replace the pipe with a
new one.
Inspection of leakage
from the expanded part
and other parts of the
cooling pipes
Apply water or air

pressure to the inside of
the body, and inspect
whether or not there is
leakage.
Once every two to three

years
Re-expand the pipe.

Install a stop plug.
Replace the pipe with a
new one.
Inspection of the
surface of the pipe plate
Visually inspect
corrosion of the pipe
plate surface (V.I.).

years
Apply epoxy resin

coating to the eroded
area of the pipe plate.

surface of the water
chamber
Inspect whether or not

the rubber lining is
damaged (V.I. and pin
hole check).
Inspect how the marine
creatures adhere (V.I.).
Once every six months

to one year
Repair/clean the lining
Inspection of the
galvanic anode plate
Inspect the consumed

amount of the anode
material (V.I.).
Once a year
Replace the anode plate

with a new one.
Inspection of corrosion
Check whether or not

any part of the outside
or the inside of the pipe
is corroded.

years
Inspection of leakage
from the expanded part
Apply water (oil)

pressure or air pressure
to the inside of the
body, and inspect
whether or not there is
leakage (V.I.).

years
Re-expand the pipe.

ECT:: Eddy current test W.T.: Pressure test (Water, Air, or Oil pressure)
It is necessary to effect an eddy current test (ECT) at every periodic inspection for a cooler using seawater.
However, the frequency of ECT for a condenser cooler and an oil cooler may be somewhat reduced provided that
the water is appropriately treated to reduce the causes of cooling pipe corrosion.
A stop plug must be fitted in a pipe whose wall thickness is found by ECT to be too greatly reduced or when
such a pipe must be replaced with a new one. Figure 3.4.2-8 shows the procedure for fitting a stop plug in a pipe.
Pipe plate
Cooling pipe
Drive into the pipe

(e.g. with a hammer)
Stop plug (e.g. brass bar)
Figure 3.4.2-8: Procedure for fitting a Stop Plug into a Pipe
280
3.4.3
Preventative Maintenance and Remaining Life Assessment techniques of Equipment and

Components used in a Steam Turbine
3.4.3.1
The Main Body of a Steam Turbine
Typical Modes of Aged Deterioration of a Steam Turbine

Figure 3.4.3-1 shows causes and effects of the aged deterioration.
Causes
Effects
Creep
A creep deformation
A creep rupture
Time
Temperature
Aged deterioration
(Aged deterioration
of quality)
Fatigue
Low-cycle fatigue
High-cycle fatigue
Material deterioration
Embrittlement
Stress
Environment
Start and stop
Load fluctuation
Corrosive
Corrosion
Corrosion fatigue
Stress corrosion
cracking
Erosion
Solid particle attack
Drain attack
Strength reduction
Performance down
Increased
possibility of
damage
Increased
operating cost
Softening
Abrasion
Figure 3.4.3-1: Causes and Effects of Aged Deterioration of a Steam Turbine

The inlet temperature of a steam turbine is as high as 500C or more, and the steam at the final stage where it
finishes its expansion is in the wet condition at a temperature of about 33C and at a wetness fraction of about
10%.
Various kinds of deterioration occur due to the difference in the operating conditions mentioned above.
1.1 Creep
A material that is subjected to a load under high temperature gradually deforms and finally cracks and breaks.
This phenomenon where a material gradually deforms is called creep, and the cracking or the breaking is called
creep rupture.
(1) Creep deformation
Deformation due to creep can be a cause of aged bending of the steam turbine rotor, aged deformation of the
wheel casing, and aged lifting of the rotating blade.
(2) Creep rupture
When creep enters an acceleration zone, the strain increases and the material finally breaks.
A design to prevent creep rupture and cracking life assessment are effected based on creep rupture
characteristics (time taken until a rupture occurs under a certain temperature and stress).
Macroscopic deformation of a material caused by creek can be detected by measurement of the dimensions and
lifted amount of the rotating blade and the shroud.
(3) The mechanism of a creep rupture
The assumed process of a creep rupture is as follows. (1) A microscopic crack or a small void appears at the
grain boundary during a creep deformation. (2) Such cracks or voids grow and combine. (3) Finally an intergranular rupture occurs. Figure 3.4.3-2 systematically shows this process.
281
Inter-granular slide
A start of a
microscopic crack
Growth of a
microscopic crack
A void is formed
A void is formed and

growing
Voids are combined and a

microscopic crack appears
and is growing
Figure 3.4.3-2: The Mechanism of a Creep Rupture
1.2 Fatigue
Figure 3.4.3-3 systematically shows the process of formation and diffusion of a fatigue crack.
The direction of
repeated stress
A crack in the slip
zone appearing at
the initial stage
A crystal grain
The outside
(The inside)
A cleavage crack
The direction of growth
The inside
(The outside)
A ductility striation
A brittle striation that appears mainly
under a corrosive environment
The final slant
The second stage
separation fracture
The
first
stage
(Formation)
(Diffusion of a crack)
Figure 3.4.3-3: Formation and Diffusion of a Fatigue Crack

(1) Low-cycle fatigue
Low-cycle fatigue is fatigue in which the total number of stress cycles to cause a rupture is small and strong
stress exceeding the normal proof stress of the material is applied to a point where stress concentrates or a certain
point so that plastic deformation is caused and finally repetition of the stress causes cracking.
(2) High-cycle fatigue
High-cycle fatigue is fatigue in which the total number of stress cycles to cause a rupture is very high, and it is
very difficult in many cases to detect the symptom from the outside in a non-destructive way.
(3) The mechanism of a fatigue rupture
The assumed process of a fatigue rupture is as follows. (1) Local plastic strain is repeatedly applied to a
material at its surface or a point with an internal defect. (2) Under such a situation as described above (1), a slip
line appears in the crystal grain and increases to form a slip zone. (3) Finally, microscopic cracking occurs along
the slip zone and diffuses.
1.3 Embrittlement
Materials used for steam turbines are exposed to high temperature during operation for a long time, and their
toughness and ductility are reduced. Brittleness is the result of this process and is progressive as time passes.
The turbine wheel casing, the rotor, the main valve, etc. that are used under high temperature are liable to
suffer from this phenomenon.
Generally speaking, brittleness that appears after heating at high temperature for a long time is caused by
segregation of such trace elements as phosphorus (P) and tin (Sn) reducing the grain boundary strength.
Figure 3.4.3-4 systematically shows the process of aged brittleness occurring to the materials used in steam
turbines.
282
Diffusion of trace
elements
Grain boundary segregation

of trace elements
Acceleration of the grain

boundary segregation
and embrittlement
Condensation and
bulkinization of carbides
Precipitation of grain
boundary carbides
Acceleration of bulkinization
and embrittlement
Figure 3.4.3-4: Mechanism of Embrittlement Phenomenon

Embrittlement occurs at temperatures of 350C or higher, and does so in a relatively conspicuous manner in
the temperature range between 450 and 500C.
When a material becomes brittle, its resistance to unstable rupture (brittle fracture) and its ductility are reduced,
and diffusion velocity of a crack is increased at the same time. For this reason, a big cracking may start from a
point where stress concentrates such as a subsisting casting defect. It is necessary to extend the warming-up time
in the rotor in order to prevent bursts that may occur in a cold start.
1.4 Corrosion
The stage of a turbine near the dry-wet alternating area that becomes wet with a heavy load and dry with a
light load is an area where corrosion must be especially observed. In such an area, a phenomenon occurs where
traces of corrosive substances dissolved in water droplets sometimes condense due to the alternation between a
wet condition and a dry condition caused by load fluctuation or by starting and stopping.
And corrosion and pitting occur more or less in a steam turbine that has been operated for a long time because
when the steam turbine stops, steam becomes droplets that attach to the metal surface even near the last stage
where wet steam flows and in the higher stage where the temperature is higher.
Corrosion fatigue occurs when corrosion and repeated stress exist concurrently.
The fatigue strength of a material is lowered under a corrosive environment. This phenomenon is
conspicuous especially in the case of high-cycle fatigue. The tenons and the shroud for the rotating blades in the
wet area are liable to be affected.
In the case of corrosion fatigue, the higher the concentration of the corrosive substances and the longer the
exposure to corrosive substances, the more the fatigue strength is lowered. The fatigue limit is outstandingly
lowered compared with that in a dry environment.
(2) Stress corrosion cracking (SCC)
The type of stress corrosion cracking is either a crystal grain boundary fracture or a transgranular fracture
depending on the material, the stress, and the environment.
The feature of SCC is a delayed fracture under a specific stress, and it can occur under a stress that is only a
fraction of the stress with which a material fracture occurs under a non-corrosive environment.
Under the same corrosive environment, SCC is more likely to occur with higher stress, and with the same
stress, it is more likely to occur to a material with higher strength.
1.5 Erosion
Erosion that occurs to materials used in a steam turbine is mainly caused either by solid particles or by drain
(water droplets).
(1) Erosion by solid particles
Small solid particles of oxidized scale flying in steam from the boiler are in some cases the main cause of
erosion of the nozzles and the rotating blades in the high- and medium-pressure stage. Erosion often occurs
especially to the nozzle plate in the first stage, where stress working on the rotating blades in the first stage is
increased, affecting the reliability of the rotating blades in extreme cases.
In the event that the area of the nozzle throat is increased or the profile of the effective part of a rotating blade
is changed by the influence of erosion, the efficiency of the turbine is reduced.
(2) Drain (wastewater) attack
Erosion occurs mainly to the rotating parts by wastewater produced in the wet area.
283
Typical erosion of this
kind is seen on the rotating blades of the final stage.

In another case, in the event that leakage occurs to a horizontal joint plane inside the wheel casing in a lowpressure section, steam containing wastewater passing through the joint erodes the metal surface in certain cases.
1.6 Softening
The necessary strength and ductility of the materials used for the parts exposed to high temperature are
maintained by heat treatment. However, various mechanical properties related to the strength are deteriorated
due to the effects of temperature and stress caused by operation under high temperature for a long time. One of
these phenomena is softening.
The higher the temperature and the stress, the more conspicuous the softening.
Softening of a material used in a turbine can be detected by measurement of hardness.
1.7 Abrasion
Although the gasket installed between the rotor and stationary parts such as the nozzle is a non-contact type,
light contact between them may occur due to deformation of the wheel casing during a thermal transitional period
such as the start-up of the turbine.
Gaskets are gradually abraded due to light contact resulting in increased leakage of steam between two stages
to cause aged deterioration of efficiency.
Journals of the rotor and bearings can suffer from abrasion and sliding scratches after prolonged operation.
2. Object Components and Areas in a Steam Turbine to be Assessed and Damage to Them
2.1 Object Components and Areas to be Assessed in a Steam Turbine
The rotor, the wheel casing, the rotating and stationary blades, and the main value are the objects of periodic
maintenance and life control because they are the main components of a turbine.
Figure 3.4.3-5 to 9 show the object components and areas of each item of main equipment for which life
assessment must be effected.
An enlarged view of the dummy part

The T-root
type
The dummy groove
The medium-pressure
rotating blades
The mediumpressure rotating

blades
The high-pressure
rotating blades
The place of the tenon

A shroud
The profile
The blade root
A rotor
The center hole
The dummy part
The outside surface
The side entry type

An enlarged view of the blade groove
Figure 3.4.3-5: Object Components and Areas of the High- and Medium-pressure Rotor (reaction type)
for Which Life Assessment Must be Effected
The place of the tenon
A disk
The outside surface
A disk
The profile
The center hole
The blade root

The high-pressure
rotating blades
The dummy part
The medium-pressure
rotating blades
A disk
The dub tail type
Figure 3.4.3-6: Object Components and Areas of the High- and Medium-pressure Rotor (impulse type)
284
The profile
The low-pressure
rotating blades
A disk
The part consecutively

connected by metal parts
one by one
The blade root

The center hole
The outside surface

The side-entry type
The fork type
Figure 3.4.3-7: Object Components and Areas of the Low-pressure Rotor

A corner R portion
A main steam nozzle
A corner R portion
A bolt
The flat
portion
Section A - A
Figure 3.4.3-8: Object Components and Areas of the High-pressure Wheel Casing
A bolt
The valve rod
The valve casing
Figure 3.4.3-9: Object Components and Areas of the Main Valve (Steam-adjusting Valve)
2.2 Use Environment of Main Equipment and Life Consumption Factor

Figure 3.4.3-1 shows causes of damage in components and areas of main equipment of steam turbines.
Among above-mentioned agreed deterioration modes, softening and creep are mainly caused by temperaturerelated factors, so the high-pressure and medium-pressure turbines and the main valve that are subjected to hightemperature and high-pressure steam are assessed.
As low-cycle fatigue occurs due to repeated thermal stress and centrifugal force caused by starting and
stopping of the operation at the power plant, the corner portions where stress concentration occurs are assessed for
the high-temperature and high-pressure, or rotating parts of the equipment.
Corrosion and drain erosion mainly occur in the wet-dry alternating stage and wet stage pf low-pressure
turbines.
Solid particle corrosion caused by materials flying from boilers etc. occurs at the inlet portion of the high
pressure and medium-pressure turbines. In many cases, the first stage nozzle plate is damaged.
285
The disk
The dummy groove

The outside surface
The center hole

The low-pressure
rotor
{
{
The outside surface

The high and
medium-pressure
rotating blades
The low-pressure
rotating blades
UT
MT
PT
VT
The section of the shroud and the tenons
The profile
The blade root portion
The part consecutively connected by metal

parts one by one
The profile
The blade root portion
{
{
The nozzle
The profile
The high and

medium-pressure
wheel casing
The corner R portion
The flat portion
The main valve
The blade groove

The disk
Abrasion
Softening
Erosion
Embrittlement
The blade groove
Place/Component
Corrosion
Fatigue
The center hole
Equipment
The high and

medium-pressure
rotor
Test
Creep
Cause of Aged Deterioration
Remaining life
assessment
Table 3.4.3-1: Main Parts of a Steam Turbine and Causes of Damage
The bolt
The valve casing
The valve rod
The bolt
UT: Ultrasonic Flaw Detection Test
{
{
MT: Magnaflux Flaw Detection Test PT: Penetrant Flaw Detection Test
{
{
VT: Visual Inspection
2.3 Example of aged deterioration of the steam turbine

Example of aged deterioration of the steam turbine in terms of four major cases of damage (creep, fatigue,
corrosion, erosion) are described below.
(1) Creep damage to the Tenon for a medium-pressure rotating blade
Photo 3.4.3-1 shows an example of creep damage that occurred to the tenon for a rotating blade near the inlet
of the medium-pressure turbine.
A structure where the top parts of the neighboring rotating blades in the reaction stage are connected in the
peripheral direction by the shrouds is adopted in order to improve the vibration characteristics. Traditionally, the
blades and the shroud were clinched by means of a tenon.
Areas around the inlet of the medium-pressure turbine can become hot, and strong eccentric force works on the
blades and the related parts in these areas because of the wide blade span, then such factors together with stress
concentration on the tenon cause creep cracking.
Photo 3.4.3-1: Creep damage to the Tenon for a medium-pressure rotating blade
286
(2) Fatigue cracking damage to the base part of the high- and medium-pressure disk
Photo 3.4.3-2 shows an example of low-cycle fatigue cracking damage occurring to the base part of the highand medium-pressure rotor due to repeated thermal stress caused by starting and stopping of the turbine.
Thermal stress occurs due to temperature difference between the inside and the surface of the disk. This is
caused by the large heat capacity of the rotor, leading to disagreement in temperature between steam and the
metallic part when the steam is introduced and also to inability of the inside of the disk to follow the rapid
increase in temperature afterwards.
Moreover, since stress concentration occurs around the corner and the groove parts of the rotor surface, plastic
deformation is repeated every time the turbine is started and stopped, leading to accumulated fatigue and finally to
cracking.
Photo 3.4.3-2: Low-cycle fatigue to the base part of the disk

(3) Corrosion fatigue damage to the part of a rotor in which rotating blades are embedded
Photo 3.4.3-3 shows an example of the corrosion fatigue occurring to the part of a low-pressure rotor in which
a rotating blade is embedded.
Impurities or corrosive substances in steam concentrated in the gap between the rotor and the rotating blades
cause corrosion pitting. Starting from a pit, a fatigue crack develops and expands because the fatigue strength of
a material is reduced under a corrosive environment.
A crack
A specimen to be
taken
(The outlet side)
The first hook

The second hook
The third hook
(the inlet side)
The starting point
Photo 3.4.3-3: Corrosion Fatigue of the Part of a Rotor Where Blades are Embedded
(4) Erosion of the nozzle of the first stage (1)
Chipped parts are often found on the first-stage nozzle of the high- and medium-pressure turbine, and Photo
3.4.3-4 shows an example of the chipped part. This is assumed to be caused by oxidized scale that has been
separated from the boiler pipe flying into the turbine and finally crashes into the nozzle at high speed. This
phenomenon is called solid particle erosion (SPE). Since there is concern that the developed erosion would
reduce the internal efficiency and have a bad influence on the first-stage rotating blades, repair needs to be
effected in a timely manner.
Photo 3.4.3-4: Erosion of the Nozzle of the First Stage
3. Techniques for Remaining Life Assessment of a Steam Turbine

3.1 The methods of remaining life assessment
Usually, methods for the remaining life assessment of major materials for steam turbines that have been
operated under high temperature and high pressure for a long time are roughly classified into the following three.
287
(1) Remaining life assessment by a destructive test (direct assessment method)

Among the test methods using destructive tests, one is where the specimens are sampled from the materials of
an actual turbine in service, and another is where the materials thrown away are utilized.
(2) Remaining life assessment by a non-destructive test (direct assessment method)
Conventionally, the main non-destructive tests for periodic inspection include visual inspection (VT), the
penetrant flaw detection test (PT), the magnaflux flaw detection test (MT), and the ultrasonic flaw detection test
(UT).
(3) Remaining life assessment by analytical calculation (indirect assessment method)(2)
The analytical calculation method is an assessment method where damage to the materials (consumed life) and
the time until cracking occurs (remaining life) are calculated based on temperature and stress analysis effected by
means of the finite element method (FEM) or of a kind of simple calculation, the operation history, and the data
on the materials.
3.2 Techniques for remaining life assessment by means of non-destructive inspection

Here, we introduce techniques for remaining life assessment by means of non-destructive inspection in relation
to each kind of damage or aged deterioration.
Table 3.4.3-2 shows examples of remaining life assessment techniques by means of non-destructive inspection
now being applied to actual steam turbines, and an outline of each method is given below.
Table 3.4.3-2: An Example of Techniques for Remaining Life Assessment by a Non-destructive Test
Cause of
Damage
Creep
Fatigue
Embrittlement
Assessment Method
Parameters to be detected
Instruments/Measuring Method
Measurement of hardness
Hardness
A portable hardness tester
Measurement of hardness together

with analytical calculation
Hardness
Measurement of electric resistance
Electric resistance
An electric resistance-measuring
device
By A parameters
Creep void
The replica method
By the average length of the void
Creep void
The replica method
By the area rate of the void
Creep void
The replica method
By the mean area rate of the

carbides
Carbides
The replica method
By comparison of the structures

(Area affected by welding heat)
Voids, Minute cracks, Structural

change, Precipitated substances
The replica method
Measurement of microscopic
cracks
Length of microscopic cracks
The replica method
Measurement of hardness
Hardness
Measurement of hardness together

with analytical calculation
Hardness
Measurement of X-ray diffraction
Half-value width
An X-ray diffraction device
Polarization
Current density
A polarization test device, A smallsize electrolysis cell
Chemical etching
Surface roughness, Intergranular

corrosion cleavage width
A surface roughness tester, The

replica method
3.2.1 Creep damage

(1) A technique by means of hardness measurement
A technique to assess remaining life by means of change in hardness taking place in a long period of operation
under high temperature is widely used because it is easy to carry out and the quantitative accuracy of the
assessment is relatively good. Removal of the surface layer and metallographic tests of the specimen are
effected to avoid unfavorable influence on the surface layer whose quality has changed due to decarburization and
machining. An Equotip hardness tester or a Shore hardness tester is used for field use.
Some methods of assessing remaining life based on the measurement of hardness are explained below.
288
(i) A method by means of measurement of hardness(2) ~ (6)

The hardness of the low-alloy steel for equipment used in steam turbines that is exposed to high temperature
drops due to the change in the metal structure under high temperature (deformation resistance change). This
drop in hardness occurs even with no load as shown in Figure 3.4.3-10 (heating with no load) and is accelerated
by a load being imposed.
Before heated
Vickers hardness (Hv)
Heated material with no load
Temperature
(C)
450
500
550
550
Heated
Materials that
material received creep
with no load
damage
{
U
{
S
{
Materials
that received
creep
damage
[Cr-Mo-V steel]
Figure 3.4.3-10: Relation between the Temperature Time Parameter and Hardness
The hardness test method assesses the creep damage rate by means of the amount or rate of hardness drop
measured in actual steam turbines. Figure 3.4.3-11 shows the relationship between creep damage rate c and
drop in hardness Hv (difference in hardness between a material with a load applied and another with no load
applied), and the creep damage rate is obtained from the measurement of hardness making use of the figure.
CrMoV forged iron
Drop in hardness (Hv)
CrMoV cast iron
Creep damage rate c (t/tr)

[Cr-Mo-V steel]
Figure 3.4.3-11: Relation between Creep Damage Rate and Drop in Hardness
(ii) A method of using hardness measurement together with analytical calculations (1)
This method assesses the creep damage rate by means of creep rupture characteristics after deterioration that
are obtained from hardness measured in an area that received thermal aging (an area exposed to high temperature
but only to low stress), as well as by means of the analytical calculations. Figure 3.4.3-12 shows the summarized
test results of creep rupture characteristics represented by hardness and temperature time parameters. And creep
rupture characteristics after aged deterioration are obtained from measurement of hardness on actual steam
turbines and the calculation result of temperature and stress by Formula (1) that is induced from the figure.
T(C+logtr)={ai(log)i-1Hv+bi(log)i-1 ........................................................................... (1)
where tr: Creep rapture time
T: Absolute temperature
C: Material constant
Hv: Vickers hardness
: Working stress
aibi: Approximation constants
289
Stress (kg/mm2)
(Estimation according
to the formula (1))
Values obtained by
experiments
Temperature time parameter (10-3)

[Cr-Mo-V steel]
Figure 3.4.3-12: Comparison between Data on Creep Rupture Characteristics Obtained from Experiments and its
Estimation Based on Measured Hardness
Dropped amount of electric resistivity ratio

(R)
(2) The electric resistance method (3)- (5)

The electric resistance method measures structural change that occurred during operation at high temperature
(cohesion bulkinization of carbides, drop in solid dissolved carbon in the matrix, and some others) by means of
the potential difference method.
Like in the case electric resistance drops even by heating with no load applied, and the drop is accelerated with
stress loaded. That is, the higher the creep damage rate, the greater the drop in electric resistance.
The electric resistance method assesses the creep damage rate by the ratio between the difference in electric
potential measured on actual equipment and the same measured on a specimen that has not been subjected to
deterioration (electric resistivity ratio).
Figure 3.4.3-13 shows the relationship between creep damage rate c and the dropped amount of the electric
resistivity ratio R (difference in electric resistivity between a material with a load applied and the same material
with no load applied), and the creep damage rate is obtained from the measured electric resistance making use of
this figure.
Creep damage ratec (t/tr)

[Cr-Mo-V steel]
Figure 3.4.3-13: Relation between Creep Damage Rate and Dropped Amount of Electric Resistivity Ratio
(3) The structure-observing method
The structure-observing method is where a metal structure is observed by means of a replica, and the extent of
damage is assessed by the degree of structural change. Since the change in the structure due to creep damage
itself can possibly be grasped, it is an important technique. Concretely speaking, the structure is transferred to a
replica film after the portion of metal to be assessed is polished and etched. The vapor deposition of gold is
applied to the replica, and the replica is observed by a scanning electron microscope.
Figure 3.4.3-14 and Photo 3.4.3-5 show the procedure for picking up of the replica and an example of
observation of a creep void (a cavity), respectively.
290
Photo 3.4.3-5: An Example of an Observed Creep Void by Means of a Replica

(i) The replica
film
A carbide
(ii) Transfer of (iii) Picking up

the structure
the replica
(iv) Vapor deposition of gold

(to give the replica electric conductivity)
A crack or a void
The replica
A metal specimen (polished and etched)
Figure 3.4.3-14: Procedure for Picking up of a Replica

For creep, there is a special feature where at first, formation of a creep void is recognized during the process of
damage and it develops, expands, and combines to become a crack through a microscopic crack. There is a
correlation between the situation of void formation and the creep damage rate.
The following methods are proposed for quantifying the occurrence of a void.
(i) The A parameter method
(ii) The mean length of void method
(iii) The area rate of void method
(iv) The mean area of carbide method
(v) The structure comparison method
The maximum microscopic crack length (mm)
3.2.2 Fatigue Damage

(1) The microscopic crack measurement method (10)(11)
Early in life, many minute cracks appear on the surface of a material that received fatigue damage due to
thermal stress fatigue, and they grow or repeat integration to constitute a major crack. The microscopic crack
measurement method assesses fatigue damage by detection by means of the replica behavior of the growing
microscopic cracks before they become a major crack.
Figure 3.4.3-15 shows the data. These data were obtained by means of a replica that detected the growing
process of minute cracks with a high-temperature, low-cycle fatigue test that was interrupted at each loading
condition.
Loading condition
A material used for 140,000 hours
A virgin material
Fatigue damage rate f (N/Nf)

[Cr-Mo-V cast iron]
Figure 3.4.3-15: Relation between the Fatigue Damage Rate and the Maximum Microscopic Crack Length
291
(2) A technique by means of hardness measurement

(i) The hardness-measuring method (1)(12)
For high-temperature, low-cycle fatigue, the fatigue damage rate is obtained from the measurement of hardness
making use of the relationship between the rate of the hardness after deterioration against that of the aged material
and the fatigue damage rate.
(ii) The method of using hardness measurement together with analytical calculations (1)(13)
In the same manner as that of the creep damage assessment, this method assesses the fatigue damage rate by
means of the low-cycle fatigue characteristics obtained from the hardness of an area that received thermal aging
(the absolute value of hardness), as well as by means of analytical calculations.
(3) The X-ray diffraction method (1)(14)
Fatigue damage is one of the concerns regarding the bottom of the groove in the periphery of the rotor and
some other portions. However, hardness measurement is difficult because of their narrowness. Therefore, the
mean value width measurement by means of the X-ray diffraction method is applied.
3.2.3 Embrittlement
(1) The polarization method (1)(12)(15)(16)
The polarization method assesses the degree of embrittlement by means of the relationship between the voltage
and the current (polarization curve) appearing when electrolysis is caused in the electrolysis solution using a part
whose embrittlement is to be calculated as the anode, as well as by means of the phenomenon where the natural
electric potential varies according to advancement of embrittlement.
(2) The chemical etching method (17)
The chemical etching method detects advancement of embrittlement by means of measurement of the depth of
the grain boundary corroded groove (roughness and width of the grain boundary groove) to know the amount of
segregation at the phosphorus grain boundary following selective corroding of a certain grain boundary by picric
acid.
3.3 Application of Remaining Life Assessment and an Example of its Verification

Figure 3.4.3-16(4) shows an example of application of remaining life assessment to a rotor in a high-pressure
turbine by non-destructive inspection. The reference part is the peripheral area of the coupling where the
temperature and the stress are low, and the area to be assessed is the part in the first stage of the high-pressure
turbine.
Assessment of a part in the high-pressure area is not always possible because measurement and inspection of
actual equipment is required to effect assessment of the remaining life by means of non-destructive inspection as
shown in Table 3.4.3-2. For example, for a rotor of a high-pressure turbine, assessment of creep damage to the
center hole is necessary, and a device for this purpose has been developed.
Photo 3.4.3-6(1) shows a device to pick up a replica of the center hole of a rotor and measurement of hardness
as an example.
Photo 3.4.3-6: A Device for Remaining Life Assessment of the Rotor Center Hole [MACH-I]
Figure 3.4.3-17(1)(18) shows the result of remaining life assessment of a high- and medium-pressure outer wheel
casing. (The cumulative operation hours is about 160,000 hours, the number of starts and stops is 370, and the
temperature of the part to be assessed is 538C.)
292
[1]Operation history
Number of starts and stops: 370 Operated time: 161,000 hours Steam temperature: 538C
Fatigue damage f
The lower half

The reheated steam
The part to be assessed
The main steam
The part to
be assessed
The zone where

cracks may occur
[2] Result of
the life assessment
Safe zone
Creep damage c
[3]Observation Result of a Replica
Symbol Mark
Figure 3.4.3-17:
An Example of Actual
Application of Remaining
Life Assessment of a Highand Medium-pressure Outside
Wheel Casing
Observation result by a scanning
electron microscope (SEM)
(1000)
Inspection Item
Electric resistance
measurement
Hardness measurement
Microscopic crack
measurement
Electric resistance
measurement
Hardness
measurement
Microscopic crack
measurement
Figure 3.4.3-16: An Example of Actual Application

of Remaining Life Assessment of a High-pressure
Rotor by Means of Non-destructive Inspection
It had been predicted that a crack would have occurred at the R portion of the base part of the main steam pipe
and the re-heated steam pipe on the outside surface of the lower wheel casing due to accumulated creep damage.
And a crack that was considered to be the result of the formation and combination of voids was detected during
the inspection carried out the following year.
Figure 3.4.3-18(1)(19) shows the results of a creep rupture test of a specimen taken from a place very near a
corner of the steam chest where accumulation of creep damage was predicted to have reached almost cracking
point and of observation of the creep point of the place under discussion. The specimen was obtained from a
main stop valve (subjected to about 90,000 hours of accumulated operation hours, about 800 starts and stops,
and a temperature of 566C at the assessed place) dismantled for the study. The creep damage experienced in the
creep rupture test was near to the predicted damage, and the fact that the creep points had already been combined
to make a minute crack verified that the predicted value was correct.
Becoming a microscopic crack
The data of
the R portion of
the steam chest
Formation of a void in the steam
chest
(Combined voids)
(The initial
stage)
The creep
damage rate and
A void is
the creep strain
formed
(an image
on the
replica).
The creep damage rate

[The main stop valve]
Figure 3.4.3-18: Situation of the Creep Damage Rate, the Creep Strain, and the Void
293
3.4.3.2
Heat Exchangers
1. Outline
Various kinds of heat exchangers are used in thermal power plants. In this chapter, we discuss measures for
improvement including a new technology to enhance future reliability of the major types of heat exchangers.
Table 3.4.3-3 shows the main failures that occurred to the condensers, the feed water heaters, the cooling water
coolers, the oil cooler and the gland steam condensers due to their aged deterioration, as well as the content of
improvement and countermeasures. For typical examples among them, causes and their countermeasures are
explained below.
Table 3.4.3-3: Improvements of the Plant Equipment and Countermeasures against Malfunctions
Improvements of such major heat exchanging equipment as the condenser, the feed water heater, the oil cooler, the
cooling water cooler, and the gland steam condenser and countermeasures against major malfunctions
Name of
Equipment
1. Condenser
2. Lowpressure Feed
water Heater
Maintenance, Inspection, Improvement, and Replacement

Item
Purpose
Method of
Inspection
Improvements and Countermeasures
(1) Replacement of the

cooling pipes with new
ones
Prevention of leakage due to aged

deterioration, enhancement of performance
and reliability
ET
Replacement of the cooling pipes with

new ones
Replacement of the cooling pipes with
titanium ones
(2) Improvements of the

base exposed to high
temperature
Reinforcement of temperature-proof
capability (To prevent cracking due to aged
deterioration)
PT
(1) Converting the base to a thermal

sleeve type
(2) Reinforcement of the welded part
(3) Improvements of other

drains and the steam inlet
base
Countermeasures against wall thickness

reduction in the baffle and some others due to
erosion caused by aged deterioration
PT
DI
Increasing the wall thickness of the

eroded part
(4) Total inspection of the

inside of the condenser
body
Inspection as to whether or not erosion,

corrosion, or cracking occurs on the internal
structure due to aged deterioration
VI
PT
Repairing the damaged part

rubber belt expansion joint
with a new one
Maintaining airtightness of the condenser

(Prevention of cracking due to aged
deterioration)
HT
VI
Replacement of the joint with a new

one
(1) Measures to prevent

ammonium attack
steel pipes with new ones
(1) Prevention of ammonium attack

(2) Prevention of erosion due to steam and
drain attack
ET
Replacing the heating pipes with new

stainless pipes
(3) Inspection of the parts

installed inside the body
and the inside of the body
plate
Checking whether or not erosion or wall

thickness reduction occurs
VI
UT
Replacing the set with a new one
(1) Improvement of the structure of the water

chamber
(1) Improvements of the structure of

the water chamber
(a) Adoption of a new welding method
for the pipe end
(b) Increasing the corner R of the
water chamber
(c) Installing a tube-inserted pipe
Totally replacing the existing water
chamber with a new one in which the
above improvements are integrated
(2) Effecting water jet cleaning
(a) Prevention of leakage and sudden gush

from the welded part at the pipe end
Prevention of cracking at the pipe end
PT
(b) Prevention of cracking due to stress

concentration on the corner of the water
chamber
PT
(c) Prevention of the end of the heating pipes

from being eroded
VI
(2) Prevention of scale adhering
VI
4. Oil Cooler

pipe nest with a new one
(2) Modification of the
water chamber
(1) Measures against aged deterioration

(2) Recovering of function and performance
(3) Simplification of maintenance and
inspection
ET
VI
(1) Replacement of the pipe nest with

a new one
(2) Installation of a cover that is to be
tightened by flanged bolts on the water
chamber
5. Cooling
Water Cooler

cooler with a new one
water chamber
(1) Measures against aged deterioration

(2) Recovering of function and performance
(3) Simplification of maintenance and
inspection
ET
VI
(1) Replacement of the cooler with a

new one
(2) Installation of a cover that is to be
tightened by flanged bolts on the water
chamber
6. Gland
Steam
Condenser

blower with a new one
blower to a separately
placed type
(1) Measures against aged deterioration of

the impeller shaft
(2) Measures to prevent vibration of the
blower
VI
(1) Replacement of the blower with a

new one
(2) Installation of the blower in a
separate place
(3) Modification of the distribution
valve located around the blower
3. Highpressure Feed
water Heater
(1) Improvement of the

structure of the water
casing and checking of
inlet attack in the steel
pipes
(2) Adhering of scale to the
steel pipes
Meaning of the acronyms: ET (Eddy Current Flaw Detection Test) PT (Penetrate test) DI (Dimension Inspection) VI (Visual Inspection) HT
(Hardness Test) UT (Ultrasonic Flaw Detection Test)
2.
Technology for Preventative Maintenance and Measures to Strengthen the Deterioration-proof

294
Capability of the Condensers

2.1 Corrosion of the Cooling Pipe
Aluminum-brass pipes have been traditionally used for the cooling pipes of condensers. Inlet attack and
deposit attack (the impingement attack) are corrosive and erosive attacks from the inside of the pipe.
Ammonium attack is a corrosive and erosive attack from the outside. In particular, corrosion and erosion from
the inside, such as deposit attack, can sometime pierce the wall in a short time to cause water leakage.
Such measures as the injection of iron sulfate, electrochemical protection, the injection of chlorine, ball purge,
and counter flow washing are traditionally taken to prevent corrosion and erosion from the inside, but additional
daily elaborate operation control is also important.
A periodical E.T. (eddy current flaw detection test) is effective as preventative maintenance for aluminumbrass pipes. And nowadays, automatic control is adopted to arrange the data of the E.T. in order and to control
the remaining wall thickness.
Recently, there is a tendency to take the safety measure whereby all aluminum-brass pipes of a condenser
already installed are replaced by titanium pipes. The merit is a great reduction in the risk of seawater leakage
and the omission of the E.T. to be effected at periodic inspection and daily maintenance to protect the cooling
pipes. On the other hand, it becomes necessary to shorten the space between the cooling pipe supports as a
vibration-proofing measure so that titanium pipes with thin wall thickness can be used because titanium is
somewhat inferior to aluminum-brass in terms of heat conductivity.
2.2 Cracking in the Hot Nozzle
Hot fluid such as main steam wastewater whose temperature exceeds 400C flows into the condenser. In
some cases, too much thermal stress occurs in the nozzle into which hot fluid flows due to a big difference in
temperature between the nozzle and the body where the temperature is about 33C. Table 3.4.3-4 shows
examples of cracking that occurred in the part where the nozzle and the body are welded due to thermal fatigue
caused by repeated heating and cooling under operation in DSS mode.
Table 3.4.3-4 Damage to the Base Portion of the Condenser Exposed to High Temperature and Examples of
Their Countermeasures
Damage situation of the base portion of the condenser exposed to high temperature and examples of the
countermeasures in the shape of the base
No.
Plant
Output
(at the
opening of
the plant)
250 MW
(1967)
250 MW
(1974)
350 MW
(1970)
600 MW
(1973)
Operation
Mode
Name of the
Base
Shape of the Base
Time of
Damage
Occurrence
Damage Situation
Original Shape
A crack of 105 mm in
the body and another
crack of 30 mm in the
nozzle
Cracks
(hatched area)
DSS
High-pressure Seventeen
Drain
years after
Manifold
the operation
(150 A)
started
A crack of 115 mm in
the body and another
crack of 70 mm in the
nozzle
Cracks
(hatched area)
DSS
MediumTwelve
pressure Drain years after
Manifold
the operation
(100 A)
started
At a constant
load
(entered in an
emergency)
At a medium
load
SSR steam
inlet
(150 A)
Turbine Lead
Pipe Drain
Inlet
(50 A)
Meaning of the acronyms: DSS (Daily Start-Stop)
Nineteen
years after A crack of 178 mm in
the operation the body
started
Ten years
after the
operation
started
Three cracks of 80
mm max. length in the
peripheral direction
occurred on the
welded part of the
thermal sleeve and the
body
WSS (Weekly Start-Stop)
Countermeasures
Fillet welding
The thermal sleeve

Fillet welding
Cracks
(hatched area)
Fillet welding
Groove
welding
Cracks
SSR (Steam Seal Regulator)
Cracking can be prevented by the countermeasure where the hot side, the nozzle, and the cold side, the body,
are connected through the thermal sleeve and the point of injection is chosen so that the hot fluid does not point
the body to relieve steepness of the temperature gradient between the nozzle and the body.
295
3.
Technology for Preventative Maintenance and Measures to Strengthen the Deterioration-proof

Capability of the Feed Water Heater
3.1 Inlet Attack of the Steel Pipes
Inlet attack is a phenomenon where the protective film on the inside surface of a pipe is destroyed and eroded
by water flow, and it is often seen in high-pressure feed water heaters whose temperature of feed water is as high
as between 150C and 200C. Erosion and corrosion due to the influence of the pH and temperature of the feed
water are the causes besides vortices and too high a velocity of the fluid flow.
= Countermeasures =
Installation of an inserted pipe and a flow-smoothing bell mouth as illustrated in Figure 3.4.3-19 are effective.
Feed water
Feed water
Leakage
An inserted pipe
(SUS304TB)
A flow-smoothing bell mouth
(1.25Cr0.5Mo Steel plate)
An inserted pipe
(SUS304TB)
A flow-smoothing bell mouth
(1.25Cr0.5Mo Steel plate)
Protrusion welding type
Intrusion welding type
Figure 3.4.3-19: An Inserted Pipe and a Flow-smoothing Bell Mouth
3.2 Adhering of Scale on the Inside Wall of a Steel Pipe

In some cases, black consistent scale adheres to the inside wall of the steel pipes and some other places in the
high-pressure feed water heater where steel pipes are used. This scale is iron oxide called magnetite. Too much
magnetite adhered to the surface may lead to damage to the partition in the water chamber due to increased
pressure loss, overload of the BFP, imbalance of the flow of wastewater, and lowered heat conductivity.
= Countermeasures =
Such measures as periodical removal of scale, complete protection against rusting during storing of the unit in
the case of suspension of operation, complete control of water quality when the unit is restarted, etc. can be
countermeasures. Water jet washing and blast washing are usually used for the mechanical removal of the scale,
and acid washing with monoammonium citric acid is used for the chemical removal of the scale. The former is
superior in terms of cost, while the latter is superior in terms of removal performance.
3.3 Drain Attack of the Outside Surface of Steel Pipes

In some cases, steel pipes are attacked by erosion from the outside surface of the pipe, and leakage occurs
around the area near to the inlet of the heated steam flowing into the feed water heater or near the drain. In either
case, high-speed heated steam involves wastewater and blows against the outside surfaces of the front most row of
the pipes so that the erosion gradually penetrates into the inside.
= Countermeasures =
To keep the space between the main body and the row of the pipes so that the local flow speed of heating
steam does not become too fast, adopt an arrangement or location of the nozzle that prevents the heating steam
and the wastewater from interfering with each other. In addition to this measure, utilization of stainless pipes for
two or three outside rows is also effective.
3.4 Ammonium Attack of the Copper Pipes

For a feed water heater in which copper-type alloy pipes such as aluminum-brass pipes are used as heating
steam and the chamber in which the pressure is always negative, the pipes are eroded in some cases near the
area where non-condensed gas is extracted and at the support plate and the pipe plate near to the steam inlet
impact prevention plate where the concentration of ammonium is high.
= Countermeasures =
Replace some of the tubes located where any parts are liable to receive ammonium attack by stainless pipes
that have good corrosion resistance. Such measures as modification of the structure so that gas does not stay
around parts from where non-condensed gas is extracted or a change of operational parameters such as setting of a
vent amount also deserve consideration.
296
3.5 Non-destructive Inspection of the Heating Pipe

Carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum-brass, monel metal, etc. are used for the heating pipe of the feed water
heater. But the necessary frequency and type of inspection vary according to the material used. The necessity
of inspection is high for carbon steel pipes and brass pipes in order to prevent leakage due to corrosion or erosion
of the heating pipe, while the necessity is low for stainless pipes that are highly corrosion resistant.
On the other hand, austenite stainless and copper alloy material that necessitate less inspection can receive E.T.
contrary to no necessity of inspection because they are non-magnetic materials, while checking of damage to such
ferromagnetic materials such as carbon steel pipes by means of E.T. is not so easy.
The following are inspection techniques to be used for the inspection of carbon steel.
(i) Magnetic saturation eddy current flaw detection method
This is a method where the influence of magnetism is removed in order to improve detection capability by
magnetically saturating part of the heating pipe whose flaw is to be detected.
(ii) The ultrasonic test method
This method can differentiate reduction in the thickness that occurred to the inside of a pipe from that to the
outside, and is used mainly for inspection of reduction in wall thickness using a submerged rotating probe.
(iii) The remote field eddy current flaw detection method
This is an inspection method where a transmission coil and a receiving coil are placed approximately a few
times the pipe diameter apart from each other, where magnetic flux is induced by the transmission coil penetrating
up to the outside surface of the pipe, and where the receiving coil receives the magnetic flux propagated along the
axis of the pipe.
Leakage from the heating pipe can also be checked by the opening angle of the drain valve, the drain level, the
temperature difference of the feed water, and abnormal noise. Although it depends on severity of the damage
suffered, the most popular method is to open the water chamber and install stop plugs in the leaking pipe and other
pipes suffering from the secondary damage. It is recommended to replace the feed water heater as a unit when
plugs are installed in 10% of the pipes. Replacing the heating pipes with stainless ones is also an effective
measure.
3.6 Damage to the Diaphragm in the Cylindrical Water Chamber of the High-pressure Feed Water
Heater
There is a structure where a diaphragm is used to obtain water tightness of the water chamber of the highpressure feed water heater (Figure 3.4.3-20). In this structure, the high pressure in the water chamber is
supported by a water chamber cover made of a thick plate and is sealed by the diaphragm. The diaphragm is not
often damaged.
The outlet for the feedwater
The body
The water chamber cover
The partition
cover
The diaphragm
The heating pipe
The sheer piece

The pipe plate
The water chamber

The inlet for the feedwater
Figure 3.4.3-20: The Structure of the Diaphragm

Since there are more cases nowadays where the welded part at the corner of the pipe plate where the partition
plate is attached and the welded part of the covering plate for the hole are cracked (fatigue cracking), it is better
to totally modify it.
297
= Countermeasures =
It is required to replaced the diaphragm every two years taking the DSS mode of operation into consideration.
The old one should not be used but should be replaced it with a new one at such an opportunity as opening of the
water chamber when the old one is broken.
3.7 Erosion of the Inside of the Low-pressure Feed water Heater Body
Reduction in the wall thickness of the parts located inside the heater such as the body plate and the pipesupporting plate due to aged deterioration has often been experienced recently.
A study revealed that the places where reduction in wall thickness had been experienced are those where the
flow of steam is relatively fast in the heater or places where there was movement of wastewater and where erosion
is liable to be induced. This attack is a phenomenon due to erosion and corrosion occurring in a specific
temperature range.
The corrosion speed of an iron or steel material is greatly influenced by the environmental temperature, and
there is a tendency for a material to increase its corrosion speed at a specific temperature. The number of cases
of the phenomenon where plates inside the body of the low-pressure feed water heater are corroded and their wall
thickness is reduced around the above-mentioned temperature range has increased.
= Countermeasures =
Such measures as padding by welding on the area whose wall thickness has been reduced, backing the area by
a metal stripe and/or partially replacing with a newly fabricated part made of SUS material are effected.
4.
Technology for Preventative Maintenance and Measures to the Strengthen Deterioration-proof

Capability of the Deaerator
4.1 Deaerator
(1) Cracking in the hot nozzle
Strong thermal stress is generated in structural members when there is a steep temperature gradient or a big
change in temperature takes place in an area into which hot steam flows (in the case where the temperature of the
fluid itself changes, or in another case where very rapid changes in the temperature like thermal shock take place
due to wastewater flowed into the hot portion). The generated thermal stress may cause fatigue damage when
concentrated at the point of discontinuity and stress concentration is repeated in DSS operation mode
= Countermeasures =
Check whether or not there is any incorporation of wastewater from the upper stream in the piping (e.g., failure
in discharge of the wastewater due to deterioration of the wastewater trap), and take necessary measures to
improve the root of the incorporation if such incorporation exists. Adopt the thermal sleeve-type structure for
the nozzle as shown in Figure 3.4.3-21 in order to relieve the temperature gradient between the piping and the
body-side plate. Also use full welding to avoid the occurrence of stress concentration.
The nozzle
The reinforcement plate
The breast plate

The nozzle
The breast plate
The thermal sleeve
Figure 3.4.3-21: Examples of Modifications to the hot Nozzle of the Deaerator
5.
Remaining Life Assessment of a Heat Exchanger

As for heat exchangers, countermeasures against aged deterioration have traditionally been effected focusing
on preventative maintenance. However techniques for remaining life assessment have recently been developed
and have partly being applied to feed water heaters and deaerators.
Remaining life assessment is carried out by means of theoretical analyses, destructive tests, and nondestructive tests, and utilization of these techniques has altogether improved its accuracy.
298
3.4.3.3
Pump
1.
Preventative Maintenance for Pumps

As for preventative maintenance of pumps, there are two types of pumps. The first one includes such pumps
as the boiler feed water pump and the boiler circulating pump whose life is decided by fatigue under high
temperature and high pressure. The second one is a circulating water pump whose life is decided by seawater
corrosion. Moreover, there are another classification of the condition, that is, whether it is with or without a
spare unit, continuously operated or not, etc. It is important to effect preventative maintenance suitable for each
pump. In this section, the boiler feedwater pump and the circulating water pump are discussed.
2.
Daily Inspection and Periodic Inspection

Scheduled maintenance includes maintenance by means of daily inspection and another one by periodic
inspection to be effected every two years or four years. Tables 3.4.3- 4 to 5 show the items for daily inspection,
and Tables 3.4.3-6 to 7 show the items for periodic inspection. The following points shall be observed when
each pump is inspected.
Table 3.4.3-4: The Content of Daily Maintenance and Inspection of BFP
Operation Record
Discharge pressure/Suction pressure/Amount of feed water/Feed water temperature/r.p.m./Motor

current/Bearing temperature/Lubricating oil temperature/Lubricating oil pressure/Vibration/Temperature of the
returned seal water (for the bushing seal type)/Temperature of the flushing water (for the mechanical seal type)
Inspection Items
Abnormal noise and vibration/Leakage from the piping, the gland and the coupling/Vibration of the small-size
piping/Opening angle of the sealing water control valve/Differential pressure of the strainers
Operation Record
Discharge pressure/Opening angle of the variable blade/Motor bearing temperature/Electric

current/Vibration/Noise/Gland temperature/Differential pressure of the lubricating water strainer
Inspection Items
Abnormal noise and vibration/Leakage from the piping/Abnormal noise and vibration/Leakage from the
gland/Differential pressure of the strainer/Abnormality in the bearing lubricating water
Table 3.4.3-5: The Content of Daily Maintenance and Inspection of CWP
Table 3.4.3-6: The Content of the Inspection on the Periodic Inspection of BFP
Item
The sliding ring
The main shaft
Rotating
Component
Casing
The impeller
The outer body
The inner body
The radial metals

Bearing
Others
The thrust metals
Content of the Inspection

Clearance
Cracks (P.T. inspection)
Measurement of the bend
Measurement of the dimensions of the gland and the journal
Visual inspection
Corrosion, Abrasion, Fretting, Threads on the shaft, Key way
Dimensions and run-out of the sliding part
Scale
Visual inspection
Cavitation corrosion, Abrasion, Erosion, Dents, Movement
Erosion of the inside surface
Cracks in the stainless padding (P.T. inspection)
Dimensions of the joint part and scratches on the surface
Damage to and abrasion of the threads of the tightening bolts
Erosion of the mating surface
Scale
Damage to the mating surface of the joint to the outer body
Loosening of bolts
Scratches and cracks
Inner body bushing/Erosion of the water extraction pipe/Deformation
Contact
Clearance
A crack in and separation of the padding metal (P.T. inspection)
Abrasion of the thrust shoe and the disk
Damage
Checking of the thrust shoe movement
Checking of the end play of the rotating components
Alignment check after dismantling and assembling
299
Table 3.4.3-7: The Content of the Inspection on the Periodic Inspection of CWP
Item
Content of the Inspection
The main shaft
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The impeller
(1) Measurement of the outside diameter of the wearing

Corrosion
Cracking
Dents/Contact of the tip of the vane with the liner
Abrasion of the base of the vane entrance
Looseness of the key/Contact of the joint part
(3) Cracking in the boss and the base of the vane (P.T.)
The coupling cover

Corrosion (the general part/the flange surface/the portion for the O-ring)
The shaft sleeve

Corrosion (the general part/the joint/the portion for the O-ring)
1. The bearing
(1) Dimensions of the internal diameter

Deterioration of the rubber
Boundary separation of the rubber from the shell
2. The shaft case

Corrosion (the spigot joint/the boundary between the case and the shaft shell)
1. The pumping-up
pipe of the
discharging body

Corrosion (the spigot joint on the flange surface/the general part)
2. The stuffing box

Corrosion (the spigot joint on the flange surface/the gasket inserting part/the general
part)
3. The suction bell for

the guide vane
(1) Dimensions of the internal diameter of the liner ring

Corrosion (the shaft case inserting part/the joint portion with the vane entrance tip
and the inner pipe/the spigot joint on the flange surface/the general part)
Rotating
Component
Bearing
Casing
Measurement of the bend

Dimensions of the outside diameter of the bearing sleeve
Dimensions of the gland gasket sliding sleeve
Visual inspection
Corrosion/Cracks/Abrasion/Looseness of the key/Bolt hole
(1) The feed water pump

In some cases, magnetite adhered on the impeller due to poor quality control of the feed water (AVT) may
increase the r.p.m. vibration for the same output. It is necessary to make sure by daily inspection that there are
no changes in tendency regarding discharging pressure, r.p.m., vibration, etc.
Since corrosion problems of the hard chrome plating applied to the wearing occurred due to the quality control
of the feed water (CWT) that was recently introduced, visual inspection of these parts is necessary at each
overhaul.
Note 1. CWT is the acronym for Combined Water Treatment and is a kind of water treatment for boilers
where combined injection of oxygen and ammonium are carried out.
2. AVT is the acronym for All Volatile Treatment (deaeration treatment) where a protective film of
oxide iron (magnetite) is formed with the help of hydrazine under a deaerated condition to lower
the oxygen concentration in the system to the lowest possible minimum in order to make the object
corrosion resistant.
(2) The circulating water pump
In the event that operation of a circulating water pump is suspended for a long time as it is installed, it is
necessary to operate it once a week or once a month to prevent pitting and crevice corrosion.
3.
Measures to Strengthen Deterioration-proof Capability

In the previous section, we discussed preventative maintenance where periodic inspection is expected to
identify deteriorated parts and where necessary parts are repaired or replaced by new ones.
However, the following changes in the situation are now known.
(1) Power plants that are operated in DSS or WSS mode have increased.
(2) The percentage of power plants that have been operated for 20 years or more since their start of
300
operation has increased.

(3) The interval for periodic inspection of pumps has been extended.
So, it is desirable that deterioration-proof capability of the pump itself be extended.
the measures taken by the industries to strengthen deterioration-proof capability.
Table 3.4.3-8 ~ 9 show
Table 3.4.3-8: Measures Taken to Strengthen the Deterioration-proof Capability of the Boiler Feed water Pump at
Hitachi, Ltd.
No.
Phenomenon that
Occurred
Cause
Measures for Improvement
Cavitation erosion
Increased operation time in the low flow

rate range due to increased opportunity of
intermediate-load-range operation such as
DSS and WSS
Padding of a corrosion-resistant metal on the firststage impeller

Improvement of the shape of the inlet channel and
the first-stage impeller
Increased vibration
Unbalanced force vibration due to locking

of the tooth flank of the gear coupling
caused by a sudden change in the load
Adoption of a diaphragm coupling with better

flexibility
Increased vibration
Increased operation time outside the

designed flow rate due to increased
opportunity of intermediate-load-range
operation such as DSS and WSS
Adoption of rotors with high rigidity
Damage to the shaft
Fatigue started from corrosion pitting

caused by deterioration of feed water
quality due to leakage of seawater or a
certain other reason.
Detailed inspection of the shaft and removal of

corrosion pits
Occurrence of selfexcited vibration
Increased clearance due to aged

deterioration
Adoption of a vibration-damping-type balancing

drum
Corrosion damage
to the chrome
plating
Deterioration of the corrosion-proof

environment due to increase in DO in the
feed water caused by CWT operation
Replacing the current one with the new one to which

improved corrosion-proof chrome plating is applied
Improvement by adoption of a material not
necessitating chrome plating (adoption of a shaft
without chrome plating/a shaft seal part without
chrome plating)
Damage to the part

where stress was
concentrated
Too much stress due to thermal deformation

of the casing repeatedly working on it when
the turbine is started and stopped
Replacing the current casing with a new one whose

deterioration-proof capability is strengthened
Changing the control method to temperature control
from the seal water control to prevent too much cold
water from flowing in
Erosion of the inner

surface of the
discharging nozzle
Erosion corrosion caused by aged

deterioration of the material and developed
under an environment where there is steam
with high-speed flow
Applying padding of austenite stainless steel after

effecting welding of carbon steel for the repair
301
Table 3.4.3-9: Measures Taken to Strengthen the Deterioration-proof Capability of the Circulating Water Pump at
Hitachi, Ltd.
No.
Phenomenon that
Occurred
Cause
Measures for Improvement
Reduction in wall
thickness of the
loose flange due to
corrosion
Crevice corrosion due to seawater

Aged deterioration of the material
Adoption of a corrosion-proof technique to coat the

inside surface in contact with water with a ripoxy
lining
Corrosion of the
mating surface of
the intermediate
coupling

Adoption of a technique to prevent seawater from

penetrating by means of epoxy resin putty filled in
the joining surface
A malfunction of
feeding of the seal
water
Abrasion of the
shaft-sealing device
Clogging due to adhering of marine

creatures and accumulation of adult
creatures in the feed water piping and the
feed water channel in the pump
Adoption of seal-waterless bearings
Corrosion of the
flange surfaces of
the bearing bracket
and the column pipe

Adoption of a corrosion-proof technique to coat the

inside surface in contact with water and the flange
surface with a ripoxy lining.
Corrosion of the
bolts, the nuts, and
some others

Strengthening corrosion-proof capability by

applying a crevice corrosion inhibitor (RFC)
Reduction in wall
thickness due to
corrosion of such
parts as the casing,
the column pipe, etc.

Effecting a periodic assessment of corrosion by

means of an ultrasonic test
Leakage of oil in the

impeller boss (only
for the circulating
water pump for the
rotating vanes)
Crevice corrosion of the part of the variable

pitch vanes due to seawater
Neutralizing the possibility of oil leakage by

adopting oil-less bearings for the variable pitch
control mechanism for the vane to eliminate the
necessity of boss oil.
302
4. Assessment Techniques for Equipment

4.1 Assessment Techniques at Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
The following are explanations of the assessment techniques for the area of components that are possibly
subject to fatigue taking remaining life assessment of the outer casing as an example to prevent escalation to
secondary damage to other equipment than the boiler feed water pump in the event of failure.
(1) Selection of objects of assessment and assessment methods
They had an experience where cracking occurred to the suction-side gasket seat of the outer casing (Figure
3.4.3-22 i) of a turbine unit whose operation had started about 15 years ago when the failure occurred; it was
repaired by welding, and the outer casing was replaced. Welding of stainless padding was carried out on the part
under discussion to strengthen corrosion and erosion resistance. That part was subjected to stress fluctuation
according to starting and stopping of the unit. It was sealed against differential pressure between the suction part
and the discharging part by a gasket, and the thrust force from the inner casing due to differential pressure worked
on that part and caused stress concentration on the corner.
Figure 3.4.3-22: A Structural Drawing of the Feed water Pump of the Mitsubishi MDG 267 Boiler
This life assessment method(Figure 3.4.3-23) is an analytical method, and they are studying the replacement of
the component when cracking due to fatigue has occurred, development afterwards, and when the maximum
allowable depth of a crack has been reached.
FEM
Stress analysis
(Cracking in NDI)
Development of a crack
Max. allowable crack
depth according to the
crack development
curve for stainless steel
Number of Occurrences
of Cracking N
Depth of a Crack
Life assessment
According to the S-N

curves for carbon steel
and stainless steel in
Notification 501
Stress S
Cracking due to fatigue
The max.
allowable depth
Remaining Life
Number of Starts
and Stops N
Predicted future
operation mode
Remaining life
assessment
Figure 3.4.3-23: Remaining Life Assessment Method

Even if such a crack is found in the periodic inspection and repaired by means of welding, its deterioration
resistance capability would not be high enough and cracking would recur and continue its development. For safe
operation of a plant, it is recommended as the measure to strengthen the deterioration-proof capability of the pump
that occurrence of cracking should be deemed the end of its life.
(2) Results of remaining life assessment
The results of this analytical remaining life assessment were analyzed by means of an FEM model. Table
3.4.3-10 shows the results of the assessment in an actual plant. The part under discussion was assessed, and it
was found that it had more than 30 years of remaining life, also taking into consideration the fact that no cracks
had been found in a non-destructive inspection that had been separately carried out for a similar part of the unit.
Table 3.4.3-10: Results of the Life Assessment
303
Part Name
Consumed
Fatigue Life
Remaining Life
1. The corner area

(the suction nozzle side)
4.0%
More than
30 years
2. The corner area

(in the horizontal
direction)
2.5%
More than
30 years
3. The corner area

(on the side opposite to
the suction nozzle)
2.4%
More than
30 years
Name of Portion
The seating surface for the outer

casing suction-side gasket
The suction nozzle
The outer casing

The suction nozzle
Welding
The outer casing
304
3.4.4 Corrosion of Steam Turbines and its Countermeasures

The conditions inside a steam turbine continuously change from high temperature and high pressure to a
pressure lower than atmospheric pressure and low temperature depending on the conditions of steam.
For a recent typical power plant, the steam temperature at the inlet of the turbine is about 540C to 570C, the
pressure is about 250 kgf/cm2 and the exhaust gas temperature is about 30C.
The change in steam conditions agrees with improvement of the materials used for each part of a turbine and
of the turbine structure. Development of heat resistant materials having great strength at high temperature is
indispensable to achieve high efficiency in power generation.
The design of a steam turbine is usually achieved for the high temperature section and the low temperature
section separately. Table 3.4.4-1 shows typical materials used in each section of a steam turbine. Low alloy
steel containing a low percentage of chromium and molybdenum is used for the rotor, the casing, the steam valve
and the tightening bolt all of which are used in the high and medium pressure section. And low alloy steel that
has high tensile strength such as 3.5NiCrMoV steel is used for the low pressure rotor. In this material, chromium
contributes to the oxidation resistance and resistance to the graphitization, and molybdenum contributes to the
high temperature strength. The 12Cr heat resistant steel is used for the rotor, the blade, the nozzle and the bolt all
of which are used in the high and medium pressure section. For the material for the rotor whose temperature
increases to about 580C, 12Cr steel reinforced with molybdenum and vanadium is used with tantalum and
niobium or nitrogen added and with fine carbide and nitride precipitated. For use in the higher temperature,
strength at the high temperature is improved by the addition of tungsten or molybdenum.
Table 3.4.4-1: Material used in main parts of the thermal turbine
Low pressure turbine
High and Middle pressure turbine
Parts
Representative steel types
The rotor
1Cr-1Mo-1/4V steel
12Cr-Mo-V-Ta-N steel
12Cr-Mo-V-Nb-N steel
12Cr-Mo-V-W-Nb-N steel
The blade
The nozzle
12Cr-Mo-V-W steel
12Cr-Mo-V-Nb-N steel
12Cr steel
Ni-based superalloy
The casing
The steam valve
1Cr-1Mo-V steel
1Cr-0.5~1Mo steel
11/4~21/4Cr-0.5~1Mo steel
12Cr steel
The tightening bolt
1Cr-1Mo-V steel
12Cr-Mo-V-W steel
12Cr-Mo-V- Nb-N steel
Ni-based superalloy
The rotor
3~3.5Ni-Cr-Mo-V steel
The blade
The nozzle
12Cr steel
12Cr-Mo-V steel
12Cr-Ni-Mo-V-N steel
17-4PH
Titanium
The casing
Carbon steel
3.4.4.1
Corrosion in the High Temperature Zone and its Countermeasures
For corrosion in the high temperature zone exceeding 400C, it is usually only a question of an oxidation
reaction of the target substance with a gas phase substance, and there is no involvement of a liquid phase. In a
thermal power plant, especially for the boiler, this countermeasures for the high temperature corrosion is an
important issue. This phenomenon is related to the decrease of thickness in many cases, therefore, the selection
of materials and setting of corrosion control such as coating are decided from this perspective.
As for the materials for the components of a turbine, problems directly related to the high temperature
corrosion have not often occurred. However, issues to be considered such as sticking of the major valves like the
main steam stop valve caused by products of corrosion deposited on the valves and erosion occurring due to the
flowing in of oxide particles still remain.
High chromium steel such as 12Cr steel is effective to improve corrosion resistance. And hardening of a
material by applying nitride treatment to the material surface and cladding welding of stelite that is a cobalt base
alloy are effective measures to strengthen corrosion resistance too.
305
Erosion is a phenomenon where decrease of thickness occurs due to high speed fluid and the reduction is
accelerated when solid substances included in the fluid abrade the wall. For example, we experienced a
phenomenon whereby the nozzle plate in the control stage at the turbine inlet is eroded by oxide particles. This
phenomenon mainly occurs at the start-up of a turbine, damaging the end part of the steam outlet of the nozzle
finally resulting in lowered turbine efficiency. Boronizaion treatment is one measure to prevent this erosion from
occurring. This treatment diffuses boron(B) applying its vapor deposition to the surface of the material to harden
it.
Figure 3.4.4-1(2) shows the effect of the treatment. This is the data of effectiveness of the boronization
treatment applied to an actual turbine unit. We obtained the result whereby the nozzle plate with a thickness of
80 m of the treated layer could realize such durability that almost no erosion occurred in an operation even
exceeding 15000 hours. And also another measure is one in which the shape of the nozzle is structurally
changed to enhance erosion resistance.
Erosion Rate (%)
With no treatment
With boronization treatment

(thickness of the surface
layer: 40 m)
With boronization
treatment (thickness of
the surface layer: 80m)
Time (h)
Figure 3.4.4-1: Erosion Resistance of the Nozzle Plate with Boronization Treatment
3.4.4.2
Corrosion in a Low Temperature Zone and its Countermeasures
Corrosion in a turbine usually means corrosion under a wet steam environment at 200C or lower. Corrosion
in this temperature zone includes stress corrosion cracking (SCC), corrosion fatigue, and erosion corrosion. The
SCC and the corrosion fatigue are generally considered to be caused by condensed water in the space between
turbine components where impurities such as Cl- and SO42- contained in steam are dissolved and condensed. In
fact, these types of corrosion often occur around the boundary zone between dry steam and wet steam in a low
pressure turbine.
The SCC is cracking that occurs in a material when corrosion happens under a static tensile stress. This
cracking suddenly causes a brittle fracture, therefore, it presents a serious problem for a structural component.
On the other hand, corrosion fatigue is a rupture of a material when an alternate stress is imposed on a material,
being caused by a phenomenon whereby the fatigue strength is lowered in a corrosive environment. For a low
pressure turbine, it occurs at the base of the blade and in the tenon in some cases.
And in the wet steam zone, erosion occurs in some cases. The erosion is caused in a process such that a water
film formed on the surface of the stationary blade is carried away by steam flow to become droplets and they
crash onto the rearmost rotating blades. Stelite welding or some other measures are applied to the rearmost
rotating blades to prevent this from happening.
3.4.4.2.1 SCC Sensitivity of a Material Used in a Thermal Power Plant
Here, some recent studies on the influence of impurities ions and dissolved oxygen on the SCC of materials
used in a thermal power plant are introduced.
The influence of impurities ions on SCC under an AVT (Volatile Matter Treatment) environment is being
studied. The test conditions were 90C and pH 9.5 with deairing (7 ppb or lower O2) achieved. Figure 3.4.42(11) shows the results of investigation on the influence of Cl- concentration on the depth of the maximum crack
that occurred in a constant strain SCC test.
306
Max. crack depth (m)
3.5NiCrMoV steel
12Cr steel
17-4PH steel
Cl- Concentration (ppm)
Figure 3.4.4-2: Influence of Cl- Concentration on Behavior of Various Types of Steel Related to SCC
For the 3.5 NiCrMoV steel, pitting occurs at 100 ppm of a Cl- concentration and SCC with 1000 ppm of a Clconcentration. While, for 12Cr steel and 17-4PH steel, no SCC occurs when Cl- is increased up to 1000 ppm.
SO42- has so little acceleration function compared with Cl- that no SCC occurs when the Cl- concentration is
increased up to 1000 ppm though pitting occurs at the same Cl- concentration. And for Na+, neither pitting nor
SCC occurs up to 1000 ppm of Cl- concentration. However, the SCC occurs both in 12Cr steel and 17-4PH steel
where the concentration is as high as 10% at a temperature of 200C or higher.
Thus, we show the influence of dissolved oxygen. Figure 3.4.4-3(12) shows the situation in the case of
3.5NiCrMoV steel. This test was conducted in conditions such as a temperature of 90C, a Cl- concentration of
10 ppm and range of dissolved oxygen concentration between 7 ppb or less and 1.63 ppm. The test results show
that the SCC occurs when the dissolved oxygen concentration exceeds 10 ppb and 10 ppm Cl- concentration.
Our results showed that the SCC sensitivity to the dissolved oxygen has the same tendency as that of the low alloy
steel as shown in Fig. 3.4.4-4(12) in the case of 12Cr steel used in the material for blade, but the speed of crack
development is slow. And the SCC resistance of the 17-4PH steel is more superior than the two types of steel
mentioned above as shown in Fig. 3.4.4-5(12).
1000 hour test

1500 hour test
3000 hour test
5000 hour test
5000 hour test

(320 m on average)
3000 hour test

1500 hour test
Dissolved oxygen concentration (ppm)
Figure 3.4.4-3: Influence of Dissolved Oxygen Concentration on Behavior of 3.5NiCrMoV Steel Related to SCC
1000 hour test

1500 hour test
3000 hour test
5000 hour test
5000 hour test

(75 m on average)
3000 hour test
1500 hour test
Figure 3.4.4-4: Influence of Dissolved Oxygen Concentration on Behavior of 12Cr Steel Related to SCC
307
1000 hour test

1500 hour test
3000 hour test
5000 hour test
3000 hour test

5000 hour test
(19.5 m on average)
1500 hour test
Figure 3.4.4-5: Influence of Dissolved Oxygen Concentration on Behavior of 17-4PH Steel Related to SCC
Number of cycles (N)
3.4.4.2.2 Corrosion Fatigue

Generally, the stronger the corrosiveness of the environment, the more the corrosion fatigue strength of a
material is reduced. For example, the corrosion fatigue strength is reduced with the existence of NaCl, the
corrosiveness becomes more severe in conditions of a smaller pH number and increasing concentration of the
dissolved oxygen(13). As shown in Fig.3.4.4-6(14), there is also a report asserting that the number of cycles at
which a material is broken in the NaCl solution is influenced by temperature and the life is shortest around 150C.
Temperature (C)
Figure 3.4.4-6: Influence of Temperature on Corrosion Fatigue in NaCl Aqueous Solution

Recently, the method of feedwater treatment in thermal power plants is being changed to CWT (treatment by
oxygen) from conventional AVT. Some of the power plants have adopted the CWT. Influence of this change in
water treatment to the material of turbine is being investigated and no significant difference in the fatigue strength
of 3.5NiCrMoV steel and 12Cr steel has been found in any conditions of AVT (pH9.5, 7 ppb O2) and CWT (pH8.0,
[I] 50 ppb O2 and [II] 200 ppb O2) according to Fig. 3.4.4-7(15).
12%Cr steel
Stress amplitude (kg/mm2)
Stress amplitude (kg/mm2)
3.5%NiCrMoV steel
Repeated number at which the material is broken
Repeated number at which the material is broken
Figure 3.4.4-7: Influence of Water Treatment Conditions on Corrosion Fatigue Strength
3.4.4.3
Properties of Steam
All the types of corrosion damage explained above are greatly influenced by impurities contained in the steam.
Therefore, it has become a very important issue to completely grasp the properties of the steam quantitatively.
308
3.4.5 Corrosion of Heat Exchangers and Piping of Turbine Systems and its Countermeasures
3.4.5.1
Introduction
The system configuration of a thermal power plant using steam turbines has become more complicated due to
improvement in the steam condition and increase in the capacity of a single unit. Figure 3.4.5-1 shows as an
example the main system diagram(1) of a power plant having steam turbines of the 1000 MW class. The main
facilities of the power plant are classified as follows.
(1) The turbines and generators
(2) The water treatment unit for water for the condenser and feedwater
(3) The condenser unit
(4) The feedwater heater unit
(5) The feedwater pump
(6) The piping unit for each component system
Approximately
3000 tons/h
The boiler
The generator
The high
pressure
turbine
The medium
pressure turbine
The low pressure

turbine (A)
The low pressure

turbine (B)
The condenser
The make-up water
The
condenser
pump
The turbine
The
demineralizer
for the
condenser
The
deaerator
Approximately
280C
The feedwater heater

The boiler feedwater pump
(1)
Figure 3.4.5-1: Main System Diagram
The drain
pump
Gland steam
condenser
The condensate
booster pump
The feedwater booster pump
of a Power Plant Having Steam Turbines in the 1000 MW Class
Among these main facilities, equipment and components, of which corrosion is one of the main concerns, are
the low pressure turbines, the condenser in the condensing and water feeding system, the deaerator, the feedwater
heater and the piping, all of which are placed under wet conditions during operation of the turbine, is well as other
components and piping that utilize seawater for cooling fluid, all of which handle or use water. In this chapter,
we discuss corrosion occurring in the heat exchanger and the piping for the turbine system and also its
countermeasures.
3.4.5.2
Examples of Corrosion Occurring in the Heat Exchangers and the Piping used in the
Turbine System and its Countermeasures
1
The Heat Exchangers Used in a Power Plant Using Steam Turbines
1.1 The Condenser
Figure 3.4.5-2 shows types of corrosion occurring in the condenser cooling pipes and protective measures
against it(2).
309
The inside
of a pipe
Type of corrosion and leakage
Protective measures
Inlet attack
An electrochemical protection
device
Deposit attack
Formation of a protective film by

the injection of ionized iron
Sand erosion
A chlorine injection device
Abnormal
impingement damage
A ball purge device
Corrosion by polluted
seawater
A counter-flow washing device
A shell remover
Corrosion of and
leakage from a
copper alloy pipe
Inspection of the water intake gate
The outside
of a pipe
Ammonium attack
Change of the material of the

pipes to titanium types
Erosion by
drain
Improvement of the structure
Type of corrosion and leakage
Protective measures
Galvanic
corrosion
The inside
of a pipe
Copper alloy pipes +

titanium pipes
Applying epoxy coating on the

pipe plate
Copper alloy pipes +

titanium pipes
Making the electric potential of

the electrochemical corrosion
protection device appropriate
(-0.45 ~ -0.6V (SCE))
Full-titanium pipes
Reinforcing the water chamber for

which electrochemical corrosion
protection is not provided by the
addition of a rubber lining
Hydrogen
absorption
Corrosion of/
leakage from
a titanium pipe
The outside
of a pipe
Erosion by drain
Improvement of the structure
Figure 3.4.5-2: Corrosion and Leakage of Condenser Cooling Tube and Its Countermeasures
Here in this chapter, we introduce the types of corrosion occurring in the cooling pipes facing the outside
(steam side) and the protective measures.
(1) Ammonium attack of the copper alloy pipes.
Part of the ammonium that is used as a feedwater treatment agent is discharged in the form of non-condensed
gas to the outside of the circulating system through the condenser cooler unit by the air extraction device. The
air cooler and the surrounding area are always exposed to ammonium concentrated in the condensed water and
especially the pipes near the supporting plate along which the condensed water drips down suffer from corrosion.
Photo 3.4.5-1 shows an example of the above mentioned corrosion. The countermeasure is replacement of
the existing pipes by titanium types that have superior corrosion resistance.
Photo 3.4.5-1: An Example of the Ammonium Attack of an Aluminum-brass Pipe

(2) Erosion by Drain (Droplet erosion)
In some cases, droplets accelerated by steam that is discharged from the low pressure turbine collide with a
pipe located outside of the pipe arrangement and erode its outer surface making it resemble a matte finished type(5).
Figure 3.4.5-3, Photo 3.4.5-2 and Photo 3.4.5-3 for example show the position where the erosion occurs and
the condition of an eroded aluminum-brass pipe and of an eroded titanium pipe, respectively. A protective
element and protective pipes are installed for the countermeasures as shown in Figs. 3.4.5-4 and - 5.
310
The low pressure turbine
A group of the
cooling pipes
Eroded
portion
The connecting
body
Eroded portion
The connecting body

The low pressure
feedwater heater
Eroded portion
Eroded portion
Figure 3.4.5-3: Erosion of the Outer Surface of a Condenser Cooling Pipe (at a place where erosion occurs)
Conditions of the outer surface of a cooling pipe

The outer surface
The inner surface
Photo 3.4.5-2: Erosion of an Aluminum-brass Cooling Pipe
Conditions of the outer surface of a cooling pipe

The outer surface
The inner surface
Photo 3.4.5-3: Erosion of a Titanium Cooling Pipe
311
The cross section of

the protection element
The supporting plate
The cooling pipe
protection element
A bundle of pipes
Figure 3.4.5-4: Prevention of Droplet Erosion by Installation of Protection Elements
A bundle of pipes
The protection pipes
Figure 3.4.5-5: Prevention of Droplet Erosion by Installation of Pipes to Protect the Peripheral Portion of the
Bundle of Pipes
1.2 Deaerator
In some cases, the inner surface of the deairing chamber body is partly damaged in a plant where the pH of the
boiler feedwater is smaller than 9.0 and the water includes a relatively large amount of dissolved oxygen. The
area receiving the damage is limited to the area on which the feed water drops from the deairing tray or against
which the dropping water is blown by the influence of heating steam. The cause of the damage is erosion
corrosion caused by the feedwater that drops from the deairing tray, is accelerated by heating steam entering from
the bottom center part of the tray which directly collides with the deairing chamber body. And when there is a
certain distance between the deairing tray and the body wall, erosion corrosion is sometimes caused by free fall of
the feedwater regardless of the existence of the heating steam.
Figure 3.4.5-6 shows an example of the damage. The protective plates made of stainless steel having strong
erosion corrosion resistance are attached to the inner surface of the deairing chamber body as shown in Fig. 3.4.57 to prevent erosion corrosion damage of the deairing chamber body.
Deaerating chamber
The tray
Heating steam
Erosion
Figure 3.4.5-6: Example of Corrosion Inside the Main Body of the Deaerating Chamber
312
The deairing chamber
The tray
Heating steam
Protection plate (SUS304)
Figure 3.4.5-7: An Actual Measure Against Erosion of the Inner Surface of the Deairing Chamber Body
1.3 The Oil Cooler

In most cases, corrosion of the oil cooler actually experienced occurs on the cooling water side of the copper
alloy cooling pipe. Causes of the corrosion are mainly (i) pitting and (ii) stress corrosion cracking.
(i) Pitting
When pitting occurs, it occurs almost evenly along the entire length of the cooling pipe, and the speed of
progression is of such an extent that the pitting pierces the wall with a thickness of approximately 1.2 mm in about
6 months in the fastest case. There is a special tendency whereby pitting is liable to occur more in the cooling
pipes of a spare unit fully filled with water than in the pipes through which water is running.
It is considered that the following combination of factors is the cause of the pitting.
1) The corrosion inhibitor added in the cooling water is not effective in corrosion prevention, or the
concentration of the corrosion inhibitor is insufficient.
2) A corrosion factor exists in the cooling water.
3) Local electric potential difference or difference in the concentration of dissolved oxygen is liable to
occur because the liquid in the pipe has almost no velocity when the operation is suspended (in a
stand-by situation).
4) Dissolved oxygen is consumed by microbes to make the atmosphere anaerobic, and the pipe is
corroded by ionized sulfur produced due to the propagation of sulfate salt reduction bacteria.
(ii) Stress corrosion cracking
On the other hand, there is the fact that a stress corrosion crack starts from a pit and occurs within a limited
area approximately 500 mm apart from the plane including the pipe plate in most cases. This crack advances
towards the outside surface of a pipe from the inside. Photo 3.4.5-4 shows an actual stress corrosion cracking
starting from a pit occurring in an aluminum-brass pipe that is dipped in the water (a sectional photo).
Photo 3.4.5-4: Stress Corrosion Cracking in an Aluminum-brass Pipe Dipped in the Cooling Water.
This is considered to be caused by the following two factors combined.
1) Existence of a corrosive catalyzer in the cooling water (ionized ammonium, ionized sulfur, etc.)
2) Existence of residual stress (those in the raw material itself, generated during the operation or
generated during assembling process)
Prevention of pitting is possible especially for the oil cooler whose operation is suspended (in a stand-by
situation) by providing a fluid speed fast enough (faster than 0.3 m/s) to equalize the difference in the local
concentration of ions that may form a corrosion battery. However, since it is not possible to nullify a corrosive
catalyzer, it is necessary to select and add an appropriate corrosion inhibitor from a practical view point.
As for measures against stress corrosion cracking, firstly, add the most appropriate corrosion inhibitor to
suppress pitting, the starting point of cracking. Secondly, reduce the residual stress in the cooling pipe as much
as possible. For this purpose, improvement of the processing method such as expansion of the cooling pipe and
assembling is important.
313
2
Piping for the Turbine Plant
2.1 The Steam Pipes
The damage to a main steam pipe or a hot reheat steam pipe is creep damage caused by the effect of internal
pressure during the steady operation and erosion and low cycle fatigue damage due to repeated thermal stress
caused by load fluctuation due to start and stop or some other factors.
Places where wall thickness reduction is liable to occur are the main stop valve (MSV), the governing valve
(CV), the lower outlet of the drain valves located before and after the valve seat of the combined stop and control
reheat valve (CRV), the elbows, the caps and the orifices. Leakage due to reduction in the wall thickness was
experienced in these places and components. Figs. 3.4.5-8 and 3.4.5-9 show the location of the damage and the
actual damage to the drain pipe elbows before and after the valve seat of the CRV, and the actual damage to the
main steam lead pipe warming orifice, respectively.
The primary valve
Flow
The secondary valve
Reduction in wall thickness

(The drain pipe before and after the valve seat of the MSV valve)
Figure 3.4.5-8: An Example of Damage to a Drain Pipe Elbow Before and After the Valve Seat of the MSV Valve
From the lead pipe
To the high pressure
casing
The main steam lead pipe

Erosion
To the condenser
Oxidized
powder scale
Erosion
To the condenser
Leakage
Figure 3.4.5-9: An Example of Damage to the Main Steam Lead Pipe Warming Orifice
These types of erosion are caused by the collision of the drain jet and flowing- in of the oxidized scale existing
in the main pipe. The countermeasures are periodic measurement of the wall thickness of the places in the
system where reduction in wall thickness is liable to occur and replacement of those components for which
reduction in wall thickness has been advanced.
And the orifice used to be replaced by one that had a shape more favorable in terms of erosion resistance.
Reduction in weight due to erosion

corrosion (mg/cm2)/14 days
2.2 Pipes of the Condenser and the Feedwater Systems

Damage to the pipes of the condenser and the feedwater systems is reduction in the wall thickness due to
erosion corrosion.
Generally speaking, erosion corrosion is a phenomenon of reduction in wall thickness that is caused by the
interaction of erosion, a mechanical action and corrosion, a chemical action.
Conditions of the fluid (temperature, wetness fraction, pH, dissolved oxygen), flow speed, material properties
and shape of the part are considered to be factors contributing to erosion corrosion.
Figures 3.4.5-10 to 13 show the influence of fluid speed, wetness fraction, content of alloy elements and
temperature on reduction in weight due to erosion corrosion, respectively.
Temperature: 158C
Wetness fraction: 11%
O2 concentration: 16 ppm
Carbon
steel
Ni-Cr-Cu steel
Cr-Mo steel
Steam speed (m/s)
Figure 3.4.5-10: Influence of Steam Speed on Erosion Corrosion

314

corrosion (mg/cm2)/10 days
Temperature: 171C
Velocity: 200 m/s
O2 concentration: 16 ppm
Carbon steel
Ni-Cr-Cu steel
Cr-Mo steel
Wetness fraction of steam (%)
Erosion vs. corrosion

advancing speed ratio
Figure 3.4.5-11: Influence of Wetness Fraction of Steam on Erosion Corrosion
Temperature: 150C
Velocity: 90 m/s
Content of alloy elements (weight %)

corrosion (mg/cm2)
Figure 3.4.5-12: Relation Between Erosion vs. Corrosion Advancing Speed Ratio and Content of Alloy Elements
: Carbon steel
: Cr-Mo steel
Velocity: 90 m/s
O2 concentration:
16 ppm
Steam Temperature (C)
Figure 3.4.5-13: Influence of Steam Temperature on Erosion Corrosion

In the case of carbon steel, reduction in weight increases in proportion to the square root of the steam speed,
and rapidly increases with wetness fraction up to approximately 7%. But the increase rate in the reduction
becomes very slow even when the wetness fraction increases. And the reduction in wall thickness tends to
decrease with the increase in the amount of alloy elements in the material. In the case of a low alloy steel, the
reduction in wall thickness is not much affected by the wetness fraction or steam speed. As for the influence of
temperature, there is a tendency for the amount of reduction in wall thickness to become its maximum in a certain
range of temperature (around 180C) and to decrease outside this temperature zone either above or lower. This
phenomenon happens because the major dominant factor is the speed of corrosion action in the temperature zone
lower than the temperature at which the speed of reduction in wall thickness reaches its peak while a protective
film of magnetite (Fe3O4) is formed on the surface of the metal in the higher temperature zone. Difference in the
quality of water need not be considered taking into account the difference in speed of the reduction in wall
thickness occurring in each part because the quality of water is controlled according to the requirement of
standard values separately set for the feedwater heater and the boiler. Therefore, the parameters that cause the
difference in speed of reduction in wall thickness are the temperature and the shape of the channel for fluid. The
places and portions where the reduction in wall thickness and leakage were experienced are bends and branches
where the water temperature was between 150C and 250C, the outlet of the booster pump for the boiler
feedwater pump (BFP), the curved pipe at the outlet of the BFP, the outlet of the adjusting valve and the outlet of
the orifice.
Photos 3.4.5-5 and 3.4.5-6 show an actual case of reduction in wall thickness occurring in the outlet of the
booster pump for the boiler feedwater pump (BFP) and also another actual case of that occurring in the curved
pipe at the outlet of the BFP, respectively. Erosion corrosion is prevented by means of periodic measurement of
the components and the portions where the reduction in wall thickness is liable to occur and replacement of the
component by a corrosion resistant material such as a CrMo steel pipe or a stainless steel pipe if the reduction in
wall thickness has already progressed.
315
The BFP connecting pipe
Photo 3.4.5-5: An Example of Reduction in Wall Thickness of the BFP Booster Pump
The high pressure feedwater pipe
Photo 3.4.5-6: An Example of Reduction in Wall Thickness of a Curved Pipe at the Outlet of the Boiler Feedwater
Pump
2.3 Heater Drain Piping

In many cases, damage to the piping in this system is caused by erosion corrosion and the damaged area has
been limited to the lower side of the adjusting valve. It means that conditions of the drain in the drain piping in
terms of pressure and temperature are very near to the saturated temperature and the saturated pressure of the
upper side of the adjusting valve becomes lower than the steam pressure in the lower side of the adjusting valve
due to pressure reduction caused by the throttling effect of the adjusting valve. This creates a situation in the
pipe whereby it is flushed and bubbles are generated in the drain so that flow in the pipe becomes a gas liquid two
phase flow. As a result, reduction in wall thickness occurs in the lower side of the adjusting valve due to
turbulence in the two-phase flow and high speed flow of the drain. Many of the old power plants adopted the
piping design around the adjusting valve as shown in Fig. 3.4.5-14 and experienced a reduction in wall thickness
occurring in a short pipe in the lower side of the adjusting valve. Erosion corrosion is prevented by means of
periodic measurement of the components and the portions where the reduction in wall thickness is liable to occur
and replacement of the component by a corrosion resistant material such as a CrMo steel pipe or a stainless steel
pipe if the reduction in wall thickness has already progressed.
The adjusting valve
The short
pipe
The reducer
The flow direction
Figure 3.4.5-14: The Typical Piping Form Around the Heater Drain Pipe Adjusting Valve
2.4 Control System of Reduction in Wall Thickness in the Piping

Until recently, wall thickness was periodically measured to check the reduction in wall thickness and
experienced engineers assessed and controlled the reduction in wall thickness based on extensive measurement
data on the reduction in wall thickness. However, such manual work on the numerous numerical data has
reached its limitation in terms of efficiency and accuracy. Therefore, a control system of reduction in wall
thickness by means of automation and computerization of the measurement has been developed.
316
3.4.6 Corrosion in the Equipment of the Seawater System and the Piping and its Countermeasures
3.4.6.1
Preface
Seawater is considered to be a typical substance that produces a strong corrosive environment since it contains
large amount of strong corrosive chloride ions and has high electric conductivity. Therefore, the equipment and
the piping used in a seawater system and their components often suffer from noticeable corrosion damage unless
they are used based on specific technologies of each component and material. This report explains these
situations of damage, their features, and countermeasures.
3.4.6.2
Corrosivity in a Seawater Environment
Generally, the temperature, pH, and concentration of dissolved oxygen of clean natural seawater are 20C or
colder, approximately 8, and 5 to 10 ppm, respectively. They are approximately the same level as those of
freshwater.
However, the fact that it includes a concentration of 19,000 ppm of chloride ions, which corrodes metal
surfaces, and its electrical conductivity is 27 cm (both are 100 times or more those of freshwater) has important
meaning.
In other words, since a layer of rust formed on the material surface becomes porous in the presence of a high
concentration of chloride ions, the corrosion rate of carbon steel, cast iron, and niresist cast iron (austenite Ni cast
iron) in seawater increase approximately linearly (3) when the flow speed increases to 5 to 15 m/s although the
gradients of the speed increase are different from each other. This is decisively different from the behavior of
carbon steel in freshwater where the corrosion rate rapidly decreases due to a delicate film forming with a flow
speed of 1 m/s or faster (2)(4). This is one of the strongest reasons why carbon steel cannot be used for seawater
hydraulic machines and equipment without any surface treatment. However, since some niresist cast iron (type
III) and copper alloys (BC2, BC6, AlBC2, etc.) are low in corrosion rate as well as in flow speed dependency,
these materials show superior corrosion resistance unless they are used in high-speed flow or in polluted seawater
(3)
.
The next fact is that highly concentrated chloride ions electrochemically destroy a passive state film. And
this makes the solution in this area acidic by pitting, hydrolysis of metallic ions dissolved inside the structural
crevice, and concentration of chloride ions. As a result, active dissolution occurs to a metal used as a raw
material like stainless steel and copper alloys and continuously advances so that various kinds of local corrosion
such as pitting, crevice corrosion, selective corrosion, intergranular corrosion, stress corrosion crackling, hydrogen
embrittlement, etc. are caused.
Figure 3.4.6-1 shows an example (5) of the relationship between the corrosion of stainless steel and the
environmental conditions. It may be understood that pitting and stress corrosion cracking that do not easily
occur in freshwater (the concentration of chloride ions is 100 ppm or lower) can occur in low-temperature zones
in solution of richly concentrated chloride ions carried by seawater.
Temperature (C)
Concentration of C1- of
seawater equivalent
Concentration of C1- (ppm)

O: No corrosion S: rusted
P: Pitting C: Stress corrosion crackling
Figure 3.4.6-1: Each corrosion damages on SUS304 stainless steel in solution of neutral chloride
317
The next fact is that high electric conductivity of seawater has an important influence on the occurrence and
progression of corrosion damage. In other words, corroding action caused by an electrochemical mutual action
called bimetallic corrosion (also called galvanic corrosion) occurs when component and materials that have
different corrosion potential from each other (for example, a noble metal Cu and a base metal Zn) electrically
make contact and are immersed in a solution. This phenomenon is corrosion damage that a base metal dissolves
at first (as a sacrifice) against noble metal (anodic dissolution). In this case, higher electric conductivity means a
longer distance over which an electrochemical mutual action can occur. In seawater, where the affected area is
simply calculated as the square of 100 times that in freshwater, the speed of corrosion damage is accelerated
according to the increase in the affected area.
Therefore, special care is necessary to prevent this galvanic action (selection of materials and design of parts
configuration) in order to decrease corrosion damage to hydraulic machines and some others that consist of
various components and materials (1).
In certain cases, the corrosivity feature of seawater environment works moderately to the same degree as
freshwater does depending on the material used and the environmental conditions. On the other hand, cautious
observation is required because it is not unusual for a new kind of corrosion phenomenon to appear, greatly
increasing the speed of corrosion propagation and often leading to severe corrosion damage when the
environmental conditions change or a particular material is used(6)(7).
3.4.6.3
Corrosion Damage to Various Parts and its Countermeasures
1
Parts Made of Stainless Steel
Figure 3.4.6-2 shows an example of a configuration and materials of parts of a seawater pump(8).
The casing
(Carbon steel coated heavy corrosion control)
rubber bearing
Level of seawater
shaft casing (SUS316)
shaft (SUS316)
shaft sleeve (17-4PH)
impeller (SUS14)
rubber bearing
bell casing (SCS14)
runner ring (17-4PH)
bell mouth
(Cast iron coated heavy corrosion control)
Figure 3.4.6-2: Structure of a Vertical Shaft-type Seawater Pump and Examples of Materials Used in the
Components
Such local corrosion as indicated below likely occurs in seawater that contains a high concentration of chloride
ions although stainless steel is used for various parts as shown in the figure. We explain the corrosion damage
listed below and countermeasures.
(1) Pitting
(2) Crevice corrosion
(3) Selective corrosion along metallographic structure
(4) Intergranular corrosion
(5) Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen embrittlement cracking
(6) Cavitation erosion
318
1.1 Pitting Damage and its Countermeasures

Figure 3.4.6-3 shows the relationship between the chemical composition of various kinds of stainless steel that
have been immersed in seawater in Japan for three years and the maximum depth of pitting. It is understood that
the depth of erosion is very thin and that it takes considerable time for a large-sized hydraulic machine made of a
thick plate to be corroded although it depends on the metallographic structure and the alloy composition.
Maximum Pitting Depth (m)
1 2 3 yr
type
type
Two phase type
304C (color developed)
304HL
Total Research Institute

for Marine Technology
of Suruga Bay
Figure 3.4.6-3: Relation between the Pitting Index of Various Stainless Steels Dipped in Actual Seawater and the
Maximum Pitting Depth
Average Corrosion Rate (mm/y)
Concentration of Hydrogen Sulfide (ppm)
However, it is necessary to be careful when seawater is polluted. Figure 3.4.6-4 (a) and (b) show these
examples. Figure 3.4.6-4 (a) shows that the pitting potential (the critical value of the electric potential to cause
pitting) is reduced by some hundreds of mV and makes the material more liable to be corroded when
concentration of hydrogen sulfide in seawater increases. In the result, the average corrosion rate under this
environment is found to rapidly increase with the increase the concentration of hydrogen sulfide.
SUS316
Seawater
Dissolved oxygen:
Open to atmosphere
pH: 4.8
Pitting Electric Potential (mV vs SCE)
Seawater
50C
pH: 5.5
Flow speed: 40 m/s
Concentration of Hydrogen Sulfide (ppm)
(a) Relation between Concentration of Hydrogen Sulfide and

Fluid Temperature regarding Pitting Electric Potential
(b) Relation between Concentration of Hydrogen

Sulfide and Average Corrosion Speed
Figure 3.4.6-4: Corrosion Behavior of Stainless Steel in Polluted Seawater Containing Hydrogen Sulfide
Although natural seawater containing such highly concentrated hydrogen sulfide does not actually exist, it
implies that such severe corrosion damage can occur in the event that formation of a local polluting environment
due to attachment and decomposition of marine creatures or a micro-polluting environment due to dissolution of
non-metallic impurities such as MnS in the steel occur.
For parts with thin wall thickness, it is very necessary to use the high-quality steel indicated above. For the
condenser pipes, the two-phase stainless steel SUS329J1 or the recently developed super stainless steel
SUS329J4L is used (12)(13).
319
1.2 Crevice Corrosion Damage and its Countermeasures

Crevice corrosion occurs not by chemical components in the seawater but also crevices that play an important
role in the starting point of the corrosion.
We have experienced crevice corrosion damage from which seawater hydraulic machines have suffered at the
places shown in Figure 3.4.6-5 (14).
Gravity
Crevice corrosion
The
impeller
Crevice
corrosion
Sediment
A bolt
Crevice corrosion
A shaft
Marker paint
Pitting
A shaft
Zone being
washed by
the tide
Figure 3.4.6-5: The places of a Structure Made of Stainless Steel Used for a Seawater Pump Where Pitting
Corrosion Occurred
For the impellers of pumps with a lot of downtime, dust is accumulated at the lower part by the force
of gravity and becomes the starting point of corrosion.
2) For bolts in hollow parts, mats made from marine creatures have accumulated and become the starting
point of corrosion as (1) above.
3) When a part number is written on the shaft by a marker, the ink film becomes a crevice and occurs
crevice corrosion.
4) For pump shafts of pumps with a lot of downtime, corroded pone occurs at the point of a lot of floating
dust floats in the zone of the tide.
In these cases, the degree of corrosion damage is so small as to seldom cause a functional problem even in
long-time operation.
Thus, the occurrence of crevice corrosion strongly depends on the structure of the crevice and existence of
attached substances.
The next matter to be discussed is the influence of environmental conditions on the crevice corrosion shown in
Figure 3.4.6-6. The results indicate that the observed maximum corrosion depth increases according to the
increase in the free surface area as well as the DO concentration, and this increase in the amount of cathode action
around a crevice decides the speed of anode action.
Maximum Crevice Corrosion Depth
(mm)
1)
Concentration of
Dissolved Oxygen
Outside Free Surface Area (cm2)
Figure 3.4.6-6: Relation between the Outside Free Surface Area and the Concentration of Dissolved Oxygen
Influencing the Maximum Depth of Crevice with crevice corrosion of SUS304 Dipped in Seawater
320
This phenomenon explains that structures where the area of the crevice working as the anode is small but the
area of the free surface working as the cathode is large are liable to suffer severe corrosion damage.
The next exhibit is Figure 3.4.6-7 (15) that shows the condition of metal materials related to crevice corrosion.
In the same manner as that of Figure 3.4.6-3, it indicates that an alloy element (here, the content of Mo)
considerably increases the critical creive corrosion temperature. And the fact that the critical crevice corrosion
temperature is lower than that causing pitting by about 40C shall be observed.
Crevice corrosion
Pitting
No crevice
corrosion occurred.
No pitting occurred.
Pitting
Crevice corrosion
occurred.
occurred.
Temperature (C)
Figure 3.4.6-7: Relation between Critical Temperature of pitting and Crevice Corrosion and Mo Content in
Various Stainless Steels
Next, it explains measures to prevent crevice corrosion. As described above, since crevice corrosion damage
is basically relatively light two-dimensional damage and change over time in depth is slow, it is not necessary to
be overly concerned. However, in the event that a thin material is used or in the case of a part whose air (water)
tightness is critical, it is recommended to see that the structure to prevent dust from adhering, that the device of
the structure is designed so as to prevent corrosion damage from concentrating in a limited area, and that the
appropriate operation is carried out.
Regarding the selection of materials, Figures 3.4.6-3 and 3.4.6-7 should be referenced and Table 3.4.6-1 can be
referenced when there is much freedom of material selection. In other words, the crevice corrosion resistance of
stainless steel is ranked as the lowest, thus utilization of niresist cast iron, or copper alloy is effective when full
corrosivity can be sacrificed to a certain extent.
Table 3.4.6-1: Crevice corrosivity of various materials to use for seawater structures
Crevice corrosion resistance
Major materials
No crevice corrosion occurred.
Hastelloy C
Ti*
Inconel 625
Crevice corrosion resistance: Strong
90Cu-10Ni
70Cu-30Ni
Bronze
Crevice corrosion resistance: Medium
Niresist cast iron Cast iron
Crevice corrosion resistance: Weak
Inconel 823
Severe crevice corrosion occurred.
SUS304 13Cr S/S steel

SUS316 Ni-Cr alloy
Brass
Carpenter 20
Carbon steel
Monel
Copper
A paste containing metal zinc grain to prevent crevice corrosion can be available in the market(18).
Application of the paste to crevices in structures can prevent crevice solutions from becoming acidic and can then
suppress crevice corrosion. Also, welding alloy known as prevention of crevice corrosion ressistance.(19).
321
1.3 Selective Corrosion along the Metal Structure and its Countermeasures
First, Photo 3.4.6-1 shows corrosion damage of the threads of a SUS 304 steel bolt and screw used for
seawater hydraulic devices along the non-metallic inclusion. Corrosion dissolution occurs in the shape of many
tunnels along the longitudinal direction of the bolt and the edge is dissolved along Mns non-metallic inclusion.
The longitudinal direction of the bolt
non-metallic
inclusion
(a) Cross-sectional View of a Stainless Steel

Bolt Where Corrosion Occurred
(b) An Enlarged View of Portion (a)
Photo 3.4.6-1: Corrosion Damage on the screw of a SUS 304 Steel Bolt along Non-metallic inclusion
Cumulative Occurrence (%)
Based on this knowledge, in countermeasures against this kind of damage, it is decided not to use bolt
materials produced through too much rolling and to obsreve the S content where possible. As a result, the
occurrence frequency of damage has been reduced.
Next, we explain the relationship between cutting conditions and corrosion resistance.
The difference in corrosion resistance quality between the best stainless steel and the poorest is a 3-digit
number at maximum even if all of them conform to the JIS standards because the conditions of the formation of
machining-induced martensite phase change greatly depending on the alloy composition and the cutting
conditions.
Figure 3.4.6-8 shows the results of tests where a part of a specimen is dipped in actual seawater for 16 months
in total with the content of Cr as well as the content of Ni changed by a few steps within the JIS standard and also
with the cutting conditions variously changed.
Symbol
Material
Cutting Conditions
Corroded Evaluation
Area Ratio
Fair
Excellent
Good
Depth of Pitting (mm)
Figure 3.4.6-8: Advancement of Pitting in SUS 316 Dipped in Seawater with Varying Cutting Conditions
Based on the above-mentioned knowledge and information, it is understood that the corrosion resistance of
stainless steel dipped in seawater cannot always be grasped only by the average chemical composition but is
strongly influenced by minute impurities, metallographic structure, and attached scale (25).
322
1.4 Grain Boundary Corrosion Damage and its Prevention

Photo 3.4.6-2 shows an example of corrosion damage to a welded part of stainless steel. (a) is for cases
where grain boundary corrosion of an area near to the deposited metal and affected by heat resulted in a hollow
being made, and (b) is for cases where priority dissolution of the deposited metal occurred.
Deposited metal
(a) A Hole Made due to Grain Boundary Corrosion of an Area Influenced by Welding Heat and the Surrounding Area
(b) A Hole Made due to Priority Dissolution of the Deposited Metal
Photo:3.4.6-2 Example of corrosion damages of welded part of stainless steel
Weight Reduction due to Corrosion

(g/m2/h)
It is basically important to reduce the influence of heat caused by welding to prevent this damage from
occurring, and using a metal of high quality is not always effective.
Next, information on selective dissolution is presented in Figure 3.4.6-9(29)(30). This figure shows the result of
a test where deposited metal and the base metal of SUS 304 stainless steel were tested in a corrosive environment.
It also shows the fact that the deposited metal is inferior to the base metal over wide conditions of heat treatment
in terms of corrosion resistance. As measures to prevent this damage, cancellation of alloy segregation by resolution treatment at 900C or higher, utilization of hyper-low C steel to prevent sensitization, or prevention of
alloy segregation by using 9% Mo- or N-added steel are considered effective (29)(30).
{: Deposited metal
U: Base metal
As welded
As received
Two-hour hold
One-hour hold
Temperature of Heat Treatment (C)
Figure 3.4.6-9: Influence of Heat Treatment on Pitting Corrosion Resistance of the Deposited Metal of SUS 304
Steel
323
Apparent Speed of Advancement

of Cracking (mm/h)
1.5 Stress Corrosion Cracking and Hydrogen Embrittlement and Their Prevention
Generally, in our experience, chloride stress corrosion cracking of austenite-group steel does not occur in
seawater at normal temperature.
This material easily cracks due to the rich concentration of magnesium chloride in special seawater
environments where the temperature becomes 60C or higher(33) to (35) or in the event that it is exposed to an
oceanic climate in a dry atmosphere whose relative humidity is as low as 30%(36) to (38).
Next, Figure 3.4.6-10(39) and Figure 3.4.6-11(40) show the hydrogen embrittlement of 17-4 PH steel that is used
for the sliding parts of a seawater pump. According to the information obtained from these figures, cracks occur
to materials whose hardness is more than 320 Hv, and the apparent advancing speed of a crack increases more for
steels of higher hardness.
{: Solution treatment at 850C
U: Solution treatment at 1050C
Numeral: Cracked specimens/
Total specimens
Material hardness (Hv)
Lowest Critical Stress Expansion

Constant KISCC (kgf/mm3/2)
Figure 3.4.6-10: Behavior of the Sliding Part Material Made of 17-4 PH Steel Dipped in 3% Saltwater at Room
Temperature Related to Hydrogen Embrittlement
Isolated dipping
When contacted with Zn
Yield strength Y (kgf/mm2)
Figure 3.4.6-11: Behavior of 17-4 PH steel Dipped in the 3% Saltwater at Room Temperature Related to
Hydrogen Embrittlement
Crack Sensitivity Index ISCC
Figure 3.4.6-11 shows that a material with higher strength has more crack sensitivity. And crack sensitivity is
higher in the case where the material makes contact with Zn (electrolyted protection) than in the case of isolated
dipping.
Next, Figure 3.4.6-12 shows the influence of environmental conditions on hydrogen embrittlement cracking.
For behavior in this type of cracking, seawater and freshwater are considered to have the same effect. In other
words, pitting at the starting point occurs at first, and then a crack may occur when the dynamic conditions are
satisfied. This point represents a large difference from chloride stress corrosion cracking
Temperature (C)
Figure 3.4.6-12: Influence of environmental conditions on hydrogen embrittlement cracking of high-hardness

324
13Cr stainless steel (Hv=495)

Considering these findings, it is necessary to recognize the risk that hydrogen embrittlement crack can occur to
very hard stainless steel even under mild environmental conditions if it is hardened too much by attaching to much
importance to smooth movement of the part.
1.6 Cavitation Erosion Damage and its Preventive Measures

In some cases, cavitation erosion-corrosion damage may occur to the seawater pump, the valve, and the
piping(42) to (47). This type of damage is caused by cavitation (a cavity filled with vapor of the liquid) appearing
around a minute bubble or particle of dust in the liquid as a nucleus when the static pressure of the fluid boundary
in a high-speed flow drops to a lower value than the saturated vapor pressure. The damage is caused by a highpressure shock wave or a micro-jet formed in a situation where the bubbles are rapidly broken when the flow
speed is reduced or when the flow reaching a high-pressure area crashes strongly into the surface of the material.
The special feature of this damage is the phenomenon where, at the initial stage, countless minute holes are
formed on the surface at a specific place just after the point where the flow direction is suddenly changed (for
example, a place just after the leading edge of a vane), then, a deep part of the material is gradually and selectively
corroded by the so-called inlet effect as time passes. As a result, this corrosion often develops to cause such
severe damage that the surface becomes so rough that it can cut a finger. And it is not unusual that this corrosion
leads to fatigue rupture resulting in serious damage for a long time because a load is repeatedly added even if the
impact force is weak.
The parameters of the fluid dynamics influencing this damage are flow speed (strictly speaking, specific speed),
pressure, and properties of the fluid. Since the intensity of cavitation is in proportion to approximately a fifth to
sixth power of the flow speed, great prudence should be exercised when using a higher fluid speed in a fluid
machine (49) to (52).
Thus, since this kind of damage is complex where both mechanical and chemical actions are involved,
profound knowledge and experience are necessary to ascertain the situation of damage and to decide future
measures to be taken. A careful attitude towards measures to be taken where you record conditions of the facility
and equipment and listen to specialists is required.
Next, we explain countermeasures against cavitation damage. What method you use is a matter of choice
between utilization of fluid dynamics and selection of the material to use. Basically, the former is more effective
(45)(53)
.
On the other hand, the life is extended by a 1-digit number at the most even if a superior material in terms of
durability is used. So, this choice is not very positive. However, since the life can be extended more or less by
remaking a part with a higher-class material (partly plastering a part with such a material) (repeated amendment
can further extend the life), this method is often used. A material with superior cavitation erosion resistance is
also corrosion resistant and strong (54) to (56).
Well-known materials with the highest cavitation erosion resistance include Co base padding alloy (e.g.,
stelite), Ti alloy, the 300 type (e.g., SUS304), precipitation hardening-type stainless steel (e.g., 17-4 PH steel), and
Ni base alloy (e.g., hastelloy 625).
However, since even two types of steel belonging to the same group can be very different in their cavitation
corrosion resistance, the actual choice of material should be conducted very carefully.
Figure 3.4.6-13 shows the cavitation erosion resistance of the materials to be used for the structural
components of hydraulic machines such as the seawater pump (58).
Reduction in weight due to

cavitation erosion (mg/2 h)
Austenite steel as
a deposited metal
Martensite steel
Cast iron
cast iron
Nickel equivalent
Figure 3.4.6-13: Relation between the Amount of Damage due to Cavitation Erosion and Hirayamas Nickel
Equivalent
325
Amount of damage due to cavitation

erosion (mg/2 h)
Figure 3.4.6-13 shows that each curve representing a hardness value of 2~7Cr steel or 13Cr steel shows a
downhill tendency against the Ni equivalent, while each curve representing a hardness value of 18~30Cr-7~20Ni
steel shows a uphill tendency.
This fact makes us recognize that there is a big difference in cavitation erosion resistance among some types of
steel even belonging to the same standard due to even slight differences in their alloy composition.
Therefore, when you engage in the design of an actual hydraulic machine or selection of a material to be used
for repair of damage, you should calculate the nickel equivalent of the material to be used and check the place to
be repaired in the drawing. In some cases, extension of damage life can be expected by a slight change to the
metal composition.
Figure 3.4.6-14 and Figure 3.4.6.15 indicate that it is preferable to choose a material whose strain energy is as
large as possible among types of steel whose corrosion resistance is almost the same.
Hirayamas Ni equivalent
A zone
C zone
B zone
Material hardness just under the surface

subjected to a cavitation erosion test (Hv)
Figure 3.4.6-14: Relation between Amount of Damage due to Cavitation Erosion of18Cr-6Co Stainless Steel and
Hirayamas Ni Equivalent Using the C Content as a Parameter
After the cavitation

erosion test
Before the test
C content (weight %)
Figure 3.4.6-15: Relation between Material Hardness Just under the Surface Subjected to a Cavitation Erosion
Test of 18 Cr-8Ni and 18Cr-6Co Stainless Steel
1.7 Corrosion Fatigue

Material characteristics in terms of fatigue in the atmospheric environment do not have a significant meaning
in the prevention of corrosion fatigue damage or in assessment including characteristics of the material related to
progression of pitting. However, we have not been able to find a common rule through various kinds of
materials. It is evident that tensile strength and fatigue characteristics in the atmospheric environment do not
have a significant meaning in terms of corrosion fatigue strength, and there seems to be no simple and logical
damage prevention.
326
Copper Alloy
Photo 3.4.6-3 shows dezincification corrosion of a part made of brass.
Dezincification
corrosion
Photo 3.4.6-3: Cross-sectional View of Dezincification Corrosion of Brass Part

Table 3.4.6-2 lists the maximum allowable flow speed in a seawater heat exchanger (66). Since the mechanical
strength of the copper alloy surface is weak, it is liable to suffer from erosion damage or impingement attack.
Therefore, the max. service flow speed is approximately 1 m/s or lower for a pure copper pipe and 2 m/s for a
steel alloy pipe.
Table 3.4.6-2: Maximum Flow Speed that can be Used in the Seawater Heat Exchanger Pipe
Max. Flow Speed
(m/s)
Material
Copper
Silicone bronze
Admiral brass
Aluminum brass
90/10 cupro nickel
90/30 cupro nickel
Monel 400
316 steel
Incoloy 825/Carpenter20Cb
Inconel 625/Hastelloy C
Titanium
0.9
0.9
1.5
2.4
3.1
3.6
No limitation to the max. flow speed specified
No limitation to the flow speed specified
No limitation to the flow speed specified
On the other hand, in the case of a stainless steel pipe, since a slow flow speed (1 to 2 m/s or slower) allows
marine creatures to easily accumulate causing local corrosion, a faster flow speed is preferable if pressure loss can
be ignored.
Pitting of a copper alloy pipe used for a seawater heat exchanger can occur when the seawater is polluted (67).
Injection of ferric sulfate (Fe2+) into seawater whose concentration is brought to 0.01 ppm is considered
effective. The mechanism according to which this works is explained as follows. FeOOH that is produced by
oxidization of Fe2+ is attached to the inner surface of the pipe, forming a protective film there (68)(69).
However, the industry has recently been restrained from using this method in some cases from an
environmental protection viewpoint because the seawater is slightly colored when this method is used. And this
method is not very effective when the seawater is polluted (70)(71).
327
3
Heavy Corrosion Protection Coating and the Lining Parts
3.1 Steel Plates to Which Heavy Corrosion Protection Coating is Applied
Table 3.4.6-3 shows examples of causes of corrosion that occurred to parts to which heavy corrosion protection
coating was applied. This table reveals that the damage was caused in various production processes such as
assembly operation, painting operation, design, and maintenance operation.
Table 3.4.6-3: Causes of Corrosion Damage to Parts in a Structure Exposed to a Flowing Seawater Environment to
Which Heavy Corrosion Protection Coating Was Applied and the Their Classification
No.
A-1
-2
B-1
Cause of Damage
Separation of a paint film caused by tightening of bolts or nuts
Separation of a paint film caused by contact and/or impact by a wire rope
Assembling operation
Faulty pretreatment (remaining rust, oil, and/or chalk)
-2
Faulty pretreatment (without Zn-rich primer)
-3
Faulty paint film (too much hardener or solvent)
-4
Improper application interval/inappropriate cure
C-1
Classification
Improper macroscopic shape of the base part
-2
Improper detailed shape of the base part (corner of the end portion)
D-1
Deterioration of a paint film (too a period of irradiation of sunlight)
E-1
Painting of a stainless steel (crevice corrosion)
Painting operation
Design work
Maintenance operation
It is required to choose such a coating material that will not cause problems in each process (for example, a
material with mechanical flexibility) as shown in the Table 3.4.6-3 in the case where the heavy protection coating
under discussion provides a film thickness of hundreds of m. Coal tar epoxy paint that is widely used is
considered to be reasonable from a practical viewpoint (70)(71).
3.2 The Lining Parts

Carbon steel is preferable for the base material.
Sufficient care shall be taken to prevent a faulty operation from being conducted when installation of the
rubber lining is manually conducted.
4. Methods of Corrosion Protection
4.1 Suppression ofGalvanic Corrosion
The most noticeable feature of seawater corrosion is that the seawater environment tends to cause galvanic
corrosion.
This chemical action causing the galvanic corrosion in question not only occurs between different metals but
also between a sensitized part such as a welded part and a sound part, and between a defective part of a paint film
and a sound part of the film.
From this viewpoint, corrosion prevention technology is a technology to minimize galvanic action.
Table 3.4.6-4 is a summary of these methods. In this table, the sections corresponding to A-1 to A3 describe
methods of reducing electrochemical action between the materials, and those corresponding to B-1 to B-3 explain
methods of suppressing corrosion damage even in presence of electrochemical action between the materials.
Detailed explanation is omitted.
328
Table 3.4.6-4: Examples of Methods of Reducing Galvanic Corrosion Damage in a Structure Used in a Seawater
Environment
No.
Method
Description
Actual Case
Isolation of the materials from each

other (by means of a spacer, paint, etc.)
b)
A spacer
a)
Coating
A-1
A-2
Methods of relieving
interaction between
the materials
Use of materials whose potential

difference is small (use of the same
metal)
Provision of a longer distance between
materials (to lessen the potential
gradient)
A-3
Provision of a larger anode/cathode area

ratio (A2/A1)
The combination should be stainless steel/stainless

steel, copper alloy/copper alloy, carbon steel/carbon
steel, etc. (The same grade is preferable.)
Using austenite cast iron
as a washer
A copper
alloy bolt
Carbon steel
b)
a)
A2/A1 = small (wrong)
Stainless steel
Carbon
steel
B-1
B-2
B-3
A2/A1 = large (correct)
Methods of relieving
corrosion damage
even if interaction
exists
Application of paint to the part to be the

cathode
a)
b)
Paint film
Local corrosion
occurs (wrong)
Making the anode material replaceable

(Treating it as an expendable part)
Even corrosion
occurs (correct)
Paint film
Using carbon steel for bolts that are

easy to replace (large-sized ones) and
replacing them from time to time
You should understand that the word corrosion potential series that often appears when discussing galvanic
action just means an order and has no relation to the speed of galvanic action. For example, it is a well-known
fact that if the speeds of consumption of a zinc plate are compared between two cases, one where a zinc plate is
made to contact a stainless plate whose area amount is the same as that of the zinc plate (the potential difference is
1.0 V or less) and the other where the zinc plate is made to contact a carbon steel whose area amount is the same
as that of the zinc plate (the potential difference is 0.5 V or less), the speed of consumption of the zinc plate in the
latter case is faster by as much as 30 times at maximum than the former case.
4.2 The Electrochemical Protection Method
The cathode corrosion prevention method where the surface electric potential is made to be the base potential
is the most popular among electrochemical protection methods in the seawater environment. The anode
corrosion protection method where the surface potential is made to be the passive state potential is not practically
used because this method sometimes dangerously accelerates anode dissolution in crevices in a complex structures.
There is the impressed current method and the galvanic anode protection method (the sacrificial anode
method), but the former is relatively rarely used. For the impressed current method, it is necessary to install an
insoluble electrode (graphite or magnetic iron oxide electrode) at the fluid surface and to connect the lead wires
extended from the outside power source with each part. For this method, it is necessary to devise a special fixing
measure so that the fixed parts do not interfere with the fluid flow. And since corrosion damage to parts that are
made of stainless steel sometimes occurs during suspension of operation (installation, periodic inspection, etc.)
when the flow in the equipment also stops, in some cases, unexpected damage occurs because electricity is not
supplied during these periods. And an inappropriate design may cause overprotection in certain cases, resulting
in separation of the paint film or the lining due to the large amount of hydrogen gas generated at the cathode.
Also, in certain cases, severe corrosion damage may occur due to chlorine gas with strong oxidizing power in
equipment whose valve is left completely closed.
On the other hand, this kind of bad effect seldom occurs in the case of the galvanic anode protection method
because the current amount is relatively small. Aluminum (current efficiency: 80%) or zinc (current efficiency:
95%) rather than iron or steel should be used for the anode to be attached because they are cheaper and their selfelectrode potential is lower than iron or steel (71). Mg, when attached, provides too low an open circuit potential
and lower current efficiency (fast consumption), causing overprotection in certain cases.
It is necessary to periodically replace the anode because the anode is consumed when the galvanic anode
protection method under discussion is used. When a replacement period longer than that of the periodic
inspection is desired, it is important to reduce the value of the [protected area/area of the anode]. However, it
becomes important to pay as much attention as possible to the reliability of the heavy corrosion protection coating
when it is difficult to attach many anodes. You should expect very fast consumption of the anode when a carbon
steel part with a large area is exposed to fast-flowing seawater.
329
3.5 Power Generators

3.5.1 Preventive maintenance of electric and control facilities and remaining life assessment technology
3.5.1.1 Turbine generator
Securing the reliability of the turbine generator is a very important issue from the viewpoint of stable supply of
electricity.
The major reasons are that the percentage of each machine in the system has been increased and the rate of
shutdown of large-capacity generators due to accidents is high in the world. In addition to the increase in the
aged thermal power plants, thermal power plant units can be managed more effectively than before. Middle
management of existing units increased, and strict management of power facilities is obliged, resulting in
acceleration of deterioration.
In order to prevent severe accidents that require long-term shutdown and high cost for repair, improvement
based on various knowledge in the field and careful inspections are required. In addition, even after starting the
operation, it is important to detect accidents at the initial stage by various failure diagnosis methods and take
proper measures for them.
Preventive maintenance and remaining life assessment technology of turbine generators are introduced below.
1.
Maintenance of turbine generators

The repair of turbine generators is generally classified into two: by daily repair, the failure is repaired during
operation or by stopping power generation, and by periodical inspection, power generation is stopped periodically
for a long period of time for inspection and repair. One example of maintenance at periodical inspection is
shown in Table 3.5.1-1.
Table 3.5.1-1: Maintenance of power generator at periodical inspection
Power generator
(1) Stator
Coil, supporter, iron core, precision
inspection
(2) Rotor
Coil end section, fan attachment
section, wedge, slip ring, brush holder
inspection
(3) Bearing
Inspection and maintenance of white
metal
Inspection of insulation plate
Gap measurement
(4) Airway
Cleaning of air filter
(5) Hydrogen gas cooler
Cleaning of tube, water pressure test
Power generator accessories

(1) Stator cooling water device
Replacement of ion-exchange resin
Overhaul of cooling water pump
(2) Hydrogen gas-sealing oil device
Cleaning of tank inside
Overhaul of sealing oil pump and
vacuum pump
Inspection of drying agent of gas drier
2.
Test related to power generator

Measurement of insulation resistance
Hydrogen-sealing oil and rotor-cooling
water device sequence test
Measurement of derivative loss angle
Measurement of bearing insulation
resistance
Gas-sealing test
Aged deterioration and remaining life management

The causes of aged deterioration of the structural parts of turbine generators are generally classified as follows:
(1) Low-cycle fatigue and wear due to increase in the number of starts and stops High-cycle fatigue and
wear due to vibration, etc.
(2) High cycle fatigue and wear due to vibration, etc.
(3) Fatigue and wear due to heat cycle
(4) Deterioration and functional decrease due to long-term operation and changes in the environment
(5) Combination of (1) to (4)
(1) above is caused mainly by elongation due to centrifugal force, and has a large influence on rotor parts.
(2) is the high-cycle fatigue caused by electromagnetic vibration of the iron core and coil. It causes loosening
of the rotor parts and stator parts. When it is combined with other causes, it can cause aged deterioration.
(3) is the deterioration of the coils, insulation materials, or the like that is influenced by the heat cycle due to
changes in load, etc. In addition to this, the causes of deterioration are thermal deterioration due to local
overheating by abnormal operation and changes due to expansion/contraction, following the temperature.
(4) is exactly the aged deterioration. In addition to wear, erosion, and thermal deterioration, it includes
ground sinking of the mount and basis, lowering of functions due to the atmosphere and the environment, etc.
The mechanism of structural and functional aged deterioration of structural parts has almost been clarified.
Periodical inspection and failure diagnosis device are applied to each section. Various strength improvement
measures are taken, and remaining life is estimated from the operation history to improve the reliability.
330
Concerning dielectric breakdown that is peculiar to electric power generators in particular, active studies are
made including the sampling investigation of actual coils.
3. Preventive maintenance and life control of major parts

3.1 Rotor
3.1.1 Prevention of destruction of rotor shaft material
In the rotor shafts that were manufactured before modern advanced production technology and inspection
technology were established, defects in materials such as non-metal or sand most frequently tended to be detected
in the area near the center hole with the highest stress in the shaft.
Recently, internal defects of the rotor shaft can be more reliably detected than before by the new methods
including ultrasonic flaw detection from the center hole and high-sensitive ultrasonic flaw detection from the
surface. The method of judging the possibility of progress of non-metal substances by fracture mechanics
method has advanced a great deal, and deterioration caused by internal defects of the rotor shaft can be prevented
without fail.
Power generators with a large number of starts and stops and power generators that are operated for a long
time are inspected first. Even if it is not started or stopped frequently, if it is operated for 15 years or more or the
total operation hours is 100,000 hours or more, it is desirable to perform non-destruction inspection.
3.1.2 Rotor wedge
There are some types of rotor wedge: high-strength aluminum, magnetic iron, non-magnetic iron, and copper.
They are used depending on their character.
During unbalanced load operation, a dual-frequency current flows on the rotor surface due to the reverse phase
magnetic field on the rotor surface, and the rotor body end might be damaged. If excessive current flows on the
rotor surface, the arc might be stroked when excessive current is transited between the teeth section and wedge
section depending on their contact condition. A trace of electric corrosion remains on the wedge and teeth
section.
If contact between the teeth section and wedge section is uneven due to centrifugal force, circulation current is
concentrated or the teeth are rusted. Even slight rust is significantly increased, resulting in damage to the wedge.
Thermal damage to on the rotor surface due to multi-frequency excessive current is protected by the reverse phase
relay. It must be noted in particular that electric corrosion can occur even in the protection range of the reverse
phase relay because the reverse phase relay protects the rotor from the thermal viewpoint.
The area with a trace of electric corrosion is in the quenched condition, and the hardness is increased and the
extension toughness lowers. Therefore, initial cracks tend to occur at this area, and there is a fear of progress of
cracks starting from here. The electric corrosion trace cannot be detected in non-destructive inspection. The
only detection method is a direct check by sampling of wedges. The wedge damage and inspection concept are
shown in Fig. 3.5.1-1.
331
During production and precision inspection

Check of
properness
Inspection
During
operation
Deterioration of
creep strength
Abnormal operation
Asynchronous
operation
Unbalanced operation
High-frequency
operation
Overexcitation
operation
Excessive speed
operation
Short circuit accident
Re-close operation
Hightemperature
tank
Reverse phase
current
High-frequency
current
Deterioration of
low-cycle fatigue
strength
Accumulation
of starts and
stops
Centrifugal
stress during
operation
Electric
corrosion trace
Cracks
Superimposed
start/stop and
high-temperature
creep
Progress of
cracks
Serious
accident
Periodical nondestructive
inspection
Reverse phase magnetic field
Cross slot
Polar surface
Teeth
(iron core)
Wedge
Damper ring
Field coil
Retaining ring
Rotor-rotating direction
Probe
Wedge
Ultrasonic
Shaft
Wedge
Defect
Coil
Coil slot
Wedge ultrasonic
flaw detector
Fig. 3.5.1-1: Damage to wedge and concept of inspection

In general, it is desirable to perform wedge diagnosis by ultrasonic flaw detection from the rotor surface in the
first year after starting operation and every 4 years. It is also desirable to perform visual inspection by 100%
sampling and precision inspection by dye penetration flaw detection every 8 years. The interval of every 8
years was decided with proper allowance based on the occurrence of cracks in the superimposed test of creep and
fatigue of high-strength aluminum at high temperature and the progress speed in Fig. 3.5.1-2. This is preventive
maintenance with the intention of inspection of the field magnetic coil by pulling the retaining ring along with
wedge sampling. This creep crack progress speed should be controlled yearly regardless of the operation mode
because static creep, depending on the operation hours, is dominant in the high-temperature field, and dependence
on the number of starts and stops is low. In the low-temperature field, the rate of starts and stops is dominant,
and closer inspection of DSS machines is desirable.
(DSS operation)
(Continuous operation)
Fig. 3.5.1-2: Crack progress speed of high-strength aluminum alloy wedge

Knowledge on the progress of creep cracks is valuable data obtained in the wake of total-loss accidents of
turbines and power generators due to damage and splash of the wedge of the industrial power generators in the
332
1970s.
In the remaining life evaluation, the presence of thermal influence is checked by confirming wedge hardness.
Defects are detected by ultrasonic flaw detection or magnetic powder flaw detection. The crack size is evaluated
by the superimposed creep and fatigue from the actual stress.
3.1.3 Retaining ring

The retaining ring holds the end section of the field magnetic coil from centrifugal force. For electromagnetic
reasons, the ring must be nonmagnetic and highly durable. Austenitic steel is normally selected. It is attached
to the rotor shaft end by shrink fit. Stress functions even in the static state, and centrifugal stress is added during
operation. That is, it must be noted that tensile stress is always produced even while operation is stopped.
Many ring fracture accidents have been reported including one accident in Germany, one in Sweden, and one in
Denmark. The cause is estimated to be SCC (stress corrosion cracks).
If the retaining ring is not handled properly during installation or periodical inspection and dewing occurs or
leak water is accumulated in the ring, it is dangerous for this material, and special attention is required.
Recently, extremely severe SCC cracks were detected at the periodical inspection of industrial machines in
Japan as shown in Fig. 3.5.1-3. The progress of cracks by approx. 10 mm was confirmed over 3 years.
SCC crack depth (mm)
Periodical inspection
Retaining ring
External UT External PT
No defects
Periodical inspection
Retaining ring
Eternal SCC found
Internal SCC defect depth about 10mm
3 years
SCC progress speed 2.5~3.3 mm/year
Inspection history and SCC progress condition
After removing 6 mm
SCC defects during deletion
Fig. 3.5.1-3: Example of SCC of domestic industrial machine

As preventive maintenance, in the same way as the wedge, ultrasonic flaw detection from the external surface
is used at periodical inspection, and the entire surface is dyed for flaw detection when the ring is pulled at
precision inspection.
SCC in the retaining ring occurred because it was exposed to a wet atmosphere. It is important to keep the
gas temperature in the machine above the dew point while the machine is stopped for a long period of time, and to
take moisture-proof measures of the retaining ring during open inspection. Dewing can be prevented by keeping
the retaining ring temperature higher than the ambient temperature by several degrees. The hot air-type heater,
heater, or lamp irradiation is effective.
Exchanging the retaining ring of the hydrogen-cooling device with a rotor of a large diameter is promoted. It
is also necessary to exchange the air-cooling-type power generator or exciter of small capacity promptly.
Because the retaining ring has the maximum stress among turbine power generator rotors, it is necessary to
confirm that there are no cracks by the above-mentioned periodical precision inspection even if the material is
18Mn18Cr that has overcome the problems of SCC.
3.1.4 Cutting of polar connection conductor

As shown in Fig. 3.5.1-4~6, the polar connection conductor is integrated in the retaining ring that is displaced
in the radius direction due to centrifugal force. It repeats extension and contraction, following the swelling of the
retaining ring for starts and stops, and fatigue cracks might occur.
It is necessary to confirm the progress of occurrence and deformation of fatigue cracks by a fiber scope and
mirror at periodical inspection and to take proper measures.
333
Retaining ring
Insulation
cylinder
Polar connection
conductor
section
Lead conductor
Rotating span
Rotor shaft
Stopped span
Polar connection conductor
Retaining ring
Insulation cylinder
Fig. 3.5.1-4: Example of structure of polar connection conductor and behavior

#6 coil
#7 coil
Retaining ring
(Insulation cylinder side)
#7 coil
#6 coil
(The coil quantity is indicated.)

Crack
Rotor shaft side

Polar connection conductor
(Note) 1. The odd-number coil (#5, 7 coil)

passes on the retaining side.
2. The even-number coil (#6, 8)
passes on the rotor shaft side.
[Example of #7 coil]
Fig. 3.5.1-5 Example of damage to polar connection conductor

Insulation
Centering ring
Polarity crossing
Retaining ring
Rotor coil
Polarity crossing
Flexible section
Shape of polarity crossing
Fig. 3.5.1-6: Example of polarity connection conductor structure
3.1.5 Rotor coil

(1) Copper powder
In the power generator that directly cools the rotor coil by cooling gas (hydrogen), the contact surface between
two coil conductors in the same turn becomes rough like pear skin.
As shown in Fig. 3.5.1-7, there is a gap between the slot and the coil in the width direction and vertical
direction due to coil assembly. The coil moves laterally and vertically in the slot at low-speed turning. In this
case, copper powder is generated due to relative sliding between the same turns of multiple coils.
334
Double-coil copper band
Connection between coppers
Coil of taper section
Coil of parallel section

Slot
Gap at slot assembly launching

Low-speed turning
No centrifugal force
Movement of
coil in slot during
low-speed
turning
Hydrogen gas atmosphere (No oxygen)

Movement of coil in slot due to own weight
Wear between copper bands
Surface roughness
Copper powder
Fig. 3.5.1-7: Mechanism of generation of copper powder

If copper powder accumulates in the slot, there is a possibility of short circuit or earth fault as shown in Fig.
3.5.1-8. Some accidents have been reported in the U.S. Because the copper powder increases along with the
increase in the turning time, it is necessary to clean it at an early stage. Countermeasures include the method of
fixing layers by dot brazing by eliminating relative sliding in the same turn consisting of multiple coils and the
method of inserting an insulation sheet between conductors.
Rotor wedge
Clippage block
Short circuit between coils
(if failure also occurs in other slots)
Rotor grounding
Rotor coil (Same turn)
Layer short circuit
Slot insulation
Turn insulation
Fig. 3.5.1-8: Failure of rotor due to copper powder

(2) End turn
It is necessary to check the rotor coil under the retaining ring periodically using a fiber scope or mirror to see
that there is no thermal elongation during operation or deformation due to starts and stops. It is also necessary to
check clogging of the vent hole of the cooling gas of the direct cooling machine as well as the clogging of the
cooling hole of the straight section.
3.1.6 Insulation of rotor coil

(1) Other insulators
Other insulators include the following: layer insulation between coil conductors, lining plate for reinforcing
the slot insulation under the slot insulation, and insulating block between the rotor coils under the retaining ring
for preventing coil deformation due to thermal elongation during operation and start/stop.
At periodical inspection, it is necessary to inspect the dropping of blocks and the positions of the layer
insulation and lining plate, using the fiber scope and mirror under the retaining ring.
3.1.7 Field magnetic coil lead
The rotor coil has a lead conductor for connection from #1 coil, and is fixed by the wedge in the same way as
the field magnetic coil.
The lead conductor is connected to the terminal stud and connected to the collector ring via the center hole
conductor. There are two types of lead conductors: one is the solid type consisting of an integrated conductor,
and the other is the flexible type consisting of thin layers of copper plates.
It is necessary to inspect the lead conductor rise section periodically because it repeats the movement,
following swelling of the retaining ring when the unit starts and stops.
(1) Flexible type
Because of the structure, the flexible type in Fig. 3.5.1-9 is inspected from below the retaining ring for damage
335
to the insulator and deformation of the conductor without disassembling the lead wedge.
Coil
Retaining ring
Centering ring
Inspection
Insulation plate
Lead wedge
Lead conductor
(Flexible)
Fig. 3.5.1-9: Flexible-type field magnetic coil lead

The soundness of the lead wedge is confirmed by the ultrasonic flaw detection test in which the lead wedge is
inserted to the rotor shaft and, if possible, by magnetic powder flaw detection inspection after the lead wedge is
pulled out.
Recently, the flexible type has been replaced with and improved to the solid type for improving reliability and
for facilitating and securing inspection.
(2) Solid type
In the case of the solid type in Fig. 3.5.1-10, the lead wedge is disassembled, and the lead conductor rise and
bending section (R) are inspected. Soundness is confirmed by visual inspection using a fiber scope and liquid
penetration flaw detection test. The soundness of the pulled lead wedge is confirmed by the liquid penetration
flaw detection test or magnetic powder flaw detection test.
#1 coil
Retaining ring
Centering ring
Fan boss
Inspection
Lead conductor
rise section
Lead conductor
(Solid)
Fiber scope
Terminal stud
Fig. 3.5.1-10: Solid-type field magnetic coil lead
3.2 Stator
3.2.1 Transition in insulation method
The capacity of the turbine power generator has been increased and the size has been reduced mainly by
improvement of the cooling method and development of the insulation system. Stator coil insulation of the
rotating electric machines including the turbine generator mainly consists of mica with superior corona resistance
and impregnated resin for holding the mica.
As shown in Fig. 3.5.1-11, the impregnated resin of natural resin (shellac resin, asphalt compound, etc.) was
used. Along with development of synthetic resin with superior heat resistance, polyester resin and epoxy resin
came to be used. Polyester resin has been used from the middle of the 1950s, and epoxy resin has been used
from the late 1950s.
No.
c
d
e
f
g
Mica base
Flake mica
Flake mica and
laminated mica
Laminated mica
Impregnated resin
Natural resin
Polyester resin
Epoxy resin
Year
Fig. 3.5.1-11: Transition in insulator

Because the characteristics of polyester resin are lower than those of epoxy resin, epoxy resin is mainly used
recently.
Flake mica was used as mica base at first. Laminated mica (crushed flake mica) has been used from the early
336
1960s. At present, flake mica and laminated mica are used depending on the voltage level, coil dimension, etc.
Because it has become difficult to obtain flake mica of good quality recently, the use of insulation systems with
laminated mica is increasing.
It is necessary to eliminate the void in the insulation layers of the stator coil to the extent for the prevention of
corona. For this purpose, impregnated resin is used. The resin impregnation method is generally classified into
two: the vacuum pressure method (VPI method), and the resin-rich method. The vacuum pressure method of
the coil was used for synthetic resin mica insulation at first. In the middle of the 1960s, the resin-rich method
came into practical use. In this method, semi-cured mica tape is used, and an insulation layer is formed by
pressurization and heating after taping. At present, both the vacuum pressure method and resin-rich method are
used depending on the voltage level, power generator dimension, or the production facilities of the maker.
3.2.2 Mechanism of dielectric breakdown

The causes of deterioration of the stator coil insulation are generally classified as follows: (i) heat (ii)
electricity (iii) machine (iv) environment. Figure 3.5.1-12 shows the deterioration process of the stator coil
insulation(7). Because the impregnated resin of natural resin has plastic elasticity, heat deterioration such as
softening, flow-out, and sublimation progress, resulting in voiding and peeling. It generally leads to dielectric
breakdown due to partial discharge.
Thermal deterioration
Void and peeling due to

softening, flow-out,
sublimation, etc. of
impregnated resin caused
by temperature increase
Mechanical deterioration
Void and peeling due to

thermal/mechanical stress
by heat cycle including
start/stop and load change
Erosion and void increase

due to partial discharge
Dielectric
breakdown
Regular voltage
Peeling and cracks due to

electromagnetic vibration
Electric deterioration
Surge voltage
Regular voltage
Environmental deterioration
Tracking due to increase

in leak current
Deterioration of insulation
resistance due to moisture
absorption and pollution
Fig. 3.5.1-12: Deterioration process of stator coil insulation

On the other hand, the synthetic resin insulation that has been used recently has high heat resistance, and the
influence of heat deterioration is small. However, as shown in Fig. 3.5.1-13, voiding and peeling occur mainly in
the insulation layer due to the compound effect of the mechanical stress in the heat cycle along with the change in
load, starts and stops. In the operation after that, voiding and peeling grow and progress and partial discharge
occurs, resulting in dielectric breakdown(7).
Main insulation
layer
Wire
Tape layer
Void
Peeling
Wire insulation
Fig. 3.5.1-13: Deterioration of insulation layer

In addition to the above-mentioned dielectric breakdown in the main insulation layer, in the case of the
synthetic resin insulation, damage (vibration spark) to the coil surface is reported. The mechanism of occurrence
of vibration sparks is as follows.
Because the synthetic resin insulation has the characteristics of heat contraction over time, the coil is loosened
and the coil is vibrated by the magnetic force. On the other hand, a low-resistance shield is applied on the coil
surface to prevent surface corona. Almost the same voltage as the coil occurs in this low-resistance shield.
Along with coil vibration, the contact point on the coil surface and iron core moves and partial discharge
(vibration spark) occurs on the coil surface, resulting in damage to the coil surface.
To prevent these, a liner with a spring function is inserted for absorbing the heat contraction of the coil and
337
wedge.
edge. Inspection of wedge looseness at periodical inspection and re-insertion of the wedge, if necessary, are
also effective measures to prevent these phenomena.
3.2.3 Dielectric breakdown diagnosis technology

The diagnosis method of dielectric breakdown is generally classified into the visual inspection and electric
insulation characteristics test. Visual inspection is very important in general. Damage, cracks, peeling,
discoloration, and wear on the insulation are checked. The electric insulation characteristics test(8) in Table 3.5.12 is currently executed.
Table 3.5.1-2: Nondestructive test items (Typical example)
No.
Item
Contents
Measurement of insulation resistance
Megger
Direct absorption test
PI: Megger (1 min., 10 min.)
Alternative current test
Dielectric tangent test
AC
Applied voltage (kV)
Applied voltage (kV)
Partial discharge test
Partial discharge superimposition

Applied voltage
waveform
Qmax = Max. discharge charge amount

(Note) 2I: Average deterioration
Qmax: Local deterioration
(1) Measurement of insulation resistance

Insulation resistance is measured using a simplified insulation resistance gauge called megger. Degradation
of insulation resistance due to absorption and pollution on the insulation layer surface is checked to estimate the
tendency of dielectric breakdown. 1000 V mega is usually used.
(2) Direct current absorption test
Leak current on the insulation layer is measured 1 minute and 10 minutes after DC high voltage is applied.
Insulation performance, absorption, and pollution on the insulation layer, in particular, are judged.
(3) AC test
The current-voltage characteristics when AC voltage is applied change depending on absorption, pollution,
dielectric breakdown, and partial discharge. Insulation properties are estimated from these characteristics.
(4) Dielectric tangent test
This is called the tan test in general. If void discharge occurs in the insulation layer, the discharge current
is added and the tan value becomes larger. In general, the increase (tan) from the tan value at 2 kV
(expressed as tan0 in general) indicates the relative void discharge amount.
(5) Partial discharge test
By measuring partial discharge pulses directly, generation and progress of voids in the insulation layers are
checked and deterioration progress is estimated. Other deterioration diagnosis methods that are put into practical
use and tried are as follows. In partial discharge diagnosis, slot discharge between the coil surface and slot wall
during operation is detected and the insulation layer condition is judged. By analysis of the chemical substances
in the machine, abnormal heating in the power generator during operation is judged.
3.2.4 Dielectric breakdown judgment standard

For judgment of dielectric breakdown, the deterioration characteristics values including tan and Qmax
obtained in the above-mentioned nondestructive test are summed up and judged. The list of standards that are
proposed or practically used as the deterioration judgment standard is shown in Table 3.5.1-3(9). If it is estimated
that the dielectric breakdown voltage is (2E+1) kV or (2E+3) kV or more according to each nondestructive
characteristics value, it is regarded that the machine has the insulation resistance required for operation.
338
Table 3.5.1-3: List of dielectric breakdown judgment standards of wires on high-pressure rotating machine
Company name
Diagnosed rotating
machine
6.6~11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
11 kV
Power generator
<12
NG
<12
NG
Insulation resistance R1
(M)
Polarization index
(PI=R10/R1)
1.5
1.5
OK
OK
tan0 (%) at 2 kV
(6.6 kV: at 1 kV)
1.5
OK
10
OK
at 1.25E/ 3
1.5
2.0
OK
2.0
OK
2.0
0.3~3
OK
10
OK
1.0
Caution
needed
NG
2.5
NG
2.5
NG
2.5
OK
Caution
needed
NG
1.5
Caution
needed
6.5
NG
>6.5
NG
at 1.25E/ 3
NG
>5
NG
at E
12
NG
>12
NG
10,000
Caution
needed
NG
at E
6.5
tan+C/C0 (%) at E
<12
1.5
OK
0.8
Caution
needed
NG
OK
10,000
at E/ 3
<10,000
OK
30,000
qmax
(pC)
OK
2.5
tan
(%)
1
(%)
1.5
Caution
needed
NG
10,000
30,000
Caution
needed
NG
30,000
<5
OK
<10,000
OK
10,000
>10,000
at 1.25E/ 3
NG
30,000
22,000
at E
Nq
qmax
NG
2.0
30,000
at 1.25E/ 3
Insulation resistance
required for operation
2E+1 kV
Caution
needed
NG
2E+3 kV
Surface
discharge is
dominant.
2E+1 kV
2E+1 kV
339
2E+1 kV
2E+1 kV
2E+1 kV
2E+3 kV
3.2.5 Remaining life evaluation method

There are varieties of models and ratings of power generators. The operation conditions including
management methods, start/stop frequency, and operation hours are also diverse. There are various
nondestructive remaining life estimation methods considering these, and examples of applications are shown in
Table 3.5.1-4(9).
Table 3.5.1-4: Example of application of estimation of remaining life of power generator stator coil
[Nondestructive method]
Estimation method
Operation history method
Method
Outline
NY map
Operation condition
Equivalent operation time
Insulation diagnosis method
Obtained from operation hours and number of

start/stop times
D map
Obtained from discharge parameter and max.

discharge charge amount
Max. discharge charge amount
Obtained from max. discharge charge amount
Nondestructive electric test
Obtained from each test amount of AC,

dielectric tangent, and partial discharge
(1) Method for estimation from operation history

[1] Remaining life estimation method by NY map
Among the causes of dielectric breakdown, the influences of electric deterioration, heat deterioration, and heat
cycle deterioration are particularly large. In actual machines, these causes of deterioration are combined. That
is, the dielectric breakdown voltage rate is expressed as a product of each deterioration cause, and can be
estimated from the number of start/stop times (N) and operation years (Y). Thus, it is called the NY map
method. The NY map average is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-14. The minimum value is obtained from (x-3). The
vertical axis is expressed as the number of equivalent starts/stops. It indicates the influence of changes in load or
ineffective electricity on heat cycle fatigue converted to the equivalent number of starts/stops by using the minor
rule. The number of equivalent starts/stops NE can be obtained by the following formula:
NE/N10 = (N1/N10) (N2/N20) (N3/N30)
Here,
NE: Number of equivalent starts/stops N1: Number of starts/stops
N2: Number of load changes N3: Number of ineffective electricity changes
N10: Amount of life by starts/stops
N20: Amount of life by load change
N30: Amount of life by ineffective electricity change
Equivalent start/stop times
NBEB (times)
Average of remaining breakdown voltage

(%)
Operation hours Y (h)

(NY map average)
Fig. 3.5.1-14: Average epoxy insulation life curve

[2] Remaining life estimation method by operation condition
The stator coil is sampled from the power generator with the polyester insulation coil that is operated for a
long period of time. Based on the investigation result of the dielectric breakdown voltage, the breakdown
voltage is obtained from the number of starts/stops and operation hours in the multiple regression formula. In
this case, the degree of influence of dielectric breakdown causes are not classified. However, the formula is
applied as the life evaluation formula of the stator coil because this is the sampling result of actual coils, and the
multiple correlation coefficient is high and the inspection result is significant.
The life curve of the 99.9% reliability lower limit that is obtained from this life evaluation formula is shown in
Fig. 3.5.1-15.
340
Number of starts/stops X1
(10P3P times)
Remaining withstand voltage

T(99.9% reliability lower-limit value)T
Operation hours (10P4P h) X2
Fig. 3.5.1-15: Relation between remaining withstand voltage and operation conditions
[3] Remaining life estimation method from equivalent operation hours
Sample coils of epoxy resin insulation are collected from machines, and the destructive voltage test is
performed. From the result, the following formula to estimate the remaining breakdown voltage (% indication,
taking BDV at production to be 100%) using the equivalent operation hours is obtained. The equivalent
operation hours are the operation hours calculated equivalently, regarding that one start/stop is equivalent to 20
operation hours.
BDVav = (-4 10-5)YE + 100
BDV3 = (-6 10-10)YE2 + (-6 10-5)YE + 77.276
Here,
YE: Equivalent operation hours
(Equivalent operation hours) = (Operation hours) + 20 (Number of starts/stops)
The relation between the equivalent operation hours and remaining breakdown voltage is shown in Fig. 3.5.116.
Average
Average - 3
Average
Data range
Average - 3
Operating hours (h)
Fig.3.5.1-16: Correlation between equivalent operating hours and remaining BDV

(2) Estimation method from insulation diagnosis result
[1] Estimation by D map
The relation between the discharge parameter (=2+I) and the max. discharge charge amount Qmax is
obtained from the following experimental formula based on the test result of the model coil and field sampling
coil. Here, VR is the remaining breakdown voltage of the epoxy resin. By the AC current test method that
2 is
detects VR and the average void amount of the insulation layer, current increase rate I is obtained.
obtained by the dielectric tangent test.
VR: Remaining rate of breakdown voltage
VR = 100 1.8 ( 0.8) 27.4 log (Qmax/1500)
This relation is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-17. This is called D map (discharge map). It is confirmed that most
data of the relation between the estimated value and measured value are in the 95% reliable area. Comparison
between the estimated value VR and measured value Vr by the D map method is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-18. The D
map method for polyester insulation is reported in the same way.
341
Discharge parameter
(=B2B+B1B) (%)
Remaining breakdown
voltage
Max. discharge charge amount QBmaxB (pC)

{: Sampling coil +: Compound deterioration coil
Measured value of remaining breakdown

voltage VBrB (%)
Fig. 3.5.1-17: D map of epoxy insulation
Average by least
square
Insulation life control curve
Estimated value of remaining breakdown voltage
Vp (%)
{: Single polyester insulation coil
z: Coil of polyester insulation power generator
: Single epoxy insulation coil
Fig. 3.5.1-18 Relation between estimated value Vp and measured value VR by D map method
[2] Estimation from max. discharge charge amount
The investigation result of the relation between Q max and breakdown voltage VR is reported. Here, Q max
is of the coils sampled from 10 power generators of polyester insulation at the rated voltage. The result is shown
in Fig. 3.5.1-19. Both have a good correlation. Deterioration judgment standard (40% of initial destructive
value) = 22000 pC at the 99% reliability lower limit is proposed.
Remaining breakdown
voltage VBRB (%)
Measured quantity: n=110

99% reliability upper limit
99% reliability lower limit
QBmaxB (Coulomb)
Fig.3.5.1-19: Relation between Qmax and remaining breakdown voltage

The investigation result of the relation between Qmax and VR/E from various power generator coils and
sampling coils is reported. This is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-20. A certain correlation can be recognized between
Qmax and VR/E. 1104 pC: Caution needed and 3104 pC: NG are proposed as judgment standards.
342
Max. discharge intensity qBmaxB (pC)
Withstand
insulation
required for
operation
Withstand insulation (Destructive voltage VBRB/Rated voltage E)

Wire
Coil
Power
generator
Model
H: General hydraulic power P: Water pumping T: Turbine

P: Polyester series E: Epoxy series
Fig. 3.5.1-20: Relation between Qmax and VR/E
Estimated BDV by multiple

regression equation (%)
[3] Estimation by the multiple regression method from nondestructive electric test
In the following formula, the statistical correlation between the destructive voltage collected from the sampling
coil of the epoxy resin insulation and the insulation diagnosis data is calculated, and the remaining breakdown
voltage (% indication, taking BDV at production as 100%) is estimated.
BDV (%) = 91.1 0.767 (I12) 0.151 (tan12) 1.7810-6 (qmax12)
BDVav (%) = 42 29.2 ln((BDV 99.4)/(-56.1))
BDV3 (%) = BDVav ((95.3 0.395 Y) (57.9 + 0.474Y 0.0405 Y2))
Here,
BDVav (%): Average remaining withstand voltage
BDV3 (%): Remaining breakdown voltage of variance 3
Y: Operating years
The relation between the estimated destructive voltage and measured value is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-21. The
correlation coefficient is as high as 0.61. An example of the relation between the operating years estimated by
this estimation method and the breakdown voltage is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-22. This estimation method uses the
actual insulation diagnosis data and operating years. The remaining life reflecting the actual dielectric
breakdown condition can be estimated.
Measured BDV (%)

BDV: Break Down Voltage
Fig. 3.5.1-21: Correlation between measured BDV and estimated BDV
343
BDV(%)
Batch average
Batch lower limit 3
Withstand insulation required for operation: 2E+1 kV
Operation years (years)
Fig. 3.5.1-22: Example of estimation of remaining life
3.2.6 Preventive maintenance to leakage of water-cooling stator coil(10)

The water cooling stator coil has many advantages. Penetration of the cooling media to the insulation layer
must be considered for maintenance.
The cooling medium leaks from the brazing section of the pipe for supplying and draining the cooling water
and the connecting section between the conductor (wire) and the box (clip) for supplying and draining the cooling
water. The structure around the clip is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-23. The former case occurs due to the remaining
voids and corrosion during brazing. The latter case occurs when different types of metal (copper, brazing filler
metal) make contact with each other in the solvent (cooling water). The metal (copper) with low corrosion
potential is corroded (galvanic corrosion). According to the observation and experiment result, it was confirmed
that cooling water accumulates in the small voids in the brazing section and water quality in the void worsens.
Corrosion progresses over time and a water path is formed, resulting in penetration of the cooling water into the
insulation layer.
Leak
Stator core
Wire
Clip
Penetration
Insulation layer
Brazing
section
Absorption
+
Temperature
Hygrothermal aging
Insulation layer
Connection piece
Degradation of insulation resistance
Wire
Ground fault
UA-A cross-section view
Fig. 3.5.1-23 Structure of clip section and water penetration to insulation layer
If the cooling water penetrates into the insulation layer, the insulation characteristics drastically lower due to
hygrothermal aging. It is necessary to confirm formation of the water path (leak path) and penetration of the
cooling water into the insulation layer.
Presence of a leak can be confirmed by the coil pressure storage test, vacuum storage test, and tracer gas test,
etc. To judge the absorption degree of the insulation layer, the method of measuring the capacitance of the
insulation layer, which focuses on the difference in the relative permittivity between the water and the insulator, is
put into practical use, and is effective. A schematic diagram of measurement is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-24.
A large difference in relative
permittivity between the wire
insulation layer and water
(1:20) is used.
Coil
Upper coil
Pressing force
3-phase batch short circuit
Capacitance between the coil

(copper) and the insulation
layer is measured to judge the
absorption degree to
insulation layer.
Electrode
Lower coil
Principle
Capacitance meter
Measurement method:
100% measurement of turbine side,

collector side, and upper/lower coils
Fig. 3.5.1-24: Principle and method of capacitance measurement
344
Insulation resistance level (PU)
There is another method of estimating the remaining life by obtaining the dielectric breakdown speed by
hygrothermal aging from the capacitance and destructive voltage of the absorbed insulation layer. As shown in
Fig. 3.5.1-25, it is used for examination of the maintenance program. It is important to execute the leak test and
capacitor measurement test periodically. It is important to execute the leak test at each periodical inspection and
to consider the number of years from the initial water supply in the capacitance measurement test.
Aged deterioration by operation
Absorption start point
Capacitance measurement point
Insulation resistance lowering rate = PU/year
Dielectric
breakdown by
hygrothermal
aging
Insulation resistance level required for safe operation

Insulation resistance lowering rate
= (Several ~ 10 times PU/year)
Operation years (year)
Fig. 3.5.1-25: Operation years and estimated insulation resistance level
3.2.7 Wedge for stator coil

Conductive varnish is applied on the straight section to be inserted into the stator core to lower the surface
potential. The stator coil is securely fixed in the slot. If the coil is vibrated by the magnetic force in the slot,
mechanical deterioration occurs and the corona is discharged between the slot wall and the coil, resulting in
insulator deterioration and damage(12).
In order to prevent coil vibration in the slot and fix the coil, a ripple spring is inserted into the coil side as
shown in Fig. 3.5.1-26, or a ripple spring is inserted under the wedge as shown in Fig. 3.5.1-27.
Spacer under wedge
Stator wedge
Slide
Ripple spring
Upper coil
Lower coil
Ripple spring
Fig. 3.5.1-26: Side ripple method
Ripple spring
Stator wedge
Filler
Upper coil
Lower coil
Fig. 3.5.1-27: Top ripple method

When the tapered bottoms are overlapped and inserted in the axial direction, stress is applied to the slot bottom
and the wedge is securely fixed in the slot. There is another structure to fix the wedge by adjusting the filler
thickness.
All parts for fixing the stator coil including the wedge are made of insulators. The stator coil is loosened due
to vibration or temperature after a long period of operation. If operation is continued in this condition, discharge
345
between the coil surface and the slot wall is accelerated, and the insulation layer is damaged. There is a
possibility of a ground fault accident.
Consequently, when the rotor is pulled out, it is necessary to check adhesion of the insulator powder of the
wedge to the iron core visually. It is also necessary to check the hitting sound by the test hammer and the
deformation of the ripple spring under the wedge. If the wedge does not satisfy the judgment standard, proper
measures must be taken.
Power generators are frequently started and stopped recently. The insulators tend to become loose, compared
to the base load machines. It is necessary to inspect and control the machines based on the operation condition.
3.3 Diagnosis device

Various diagnosis devices are introduced in order to prevent accidents and large-scale accidents by monitoring
and diagnosing the power generator conditions at all times. Details of the diagnosis and monitoring technology
are given in the technical report (II) No. 294(5) and others of the Institute of Electrical Engineers of Japan.
An outline is shown below.
3.3.1 Power generator conditioning monitor (GCM)
Particles of 0.1 ~ 0.001 m that are generated before disassembly due to overheating of insulation materials
used for the power generator are converted to electric signals and detected, and local overheating in the power
generator is detected.
There are two types of conversion to the electric signals. By one method, hydrogen molecules are converted
to plasma ions by -radiation, and introduced to the electrode. The current is monitored. Particles that are
generated by overheating absorb ionized hydrogen molecules. A decrease in current is detected to detect
overheating.
In another method, the particles themselves are charged by corona discharge and introduced to the electrode. A
minute electric current is detected to know overheating.
The principle of the former method is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-28.
Power generator
Flow of hydrogen
gas
Indication,
alarm
radiation
source
Ionization room
Ion collection room
Fig. 3.5.1-28: Principle of operation of power generator condition monitor (GCM)
3.3.2 Partial discharge monitor

Instead of the current insulation diagnosis, the partial discharge charge amount during operation is always
monitored, and deterioration of the stator coil is judged from the measured values and phase characteristics.
There are some detection methods. The line is detected by the coupling capacitor, or the radiation wave is
detected by the antenna. For the detection of radiation waves, there are two methods. The special pickup coil
is used in one method, and the lead wire of the temperature measurement resistor is used instead in the other
method.
3.3.3 Stator coil end vibration monitor
If coil end rigidity lowers and comes close to the magnetic vibration frequency (100 Hz, 120 Hz), coil end
vibration increases, resulting in fatigue/wear of the coil conductor and damage to the insulator. Consequently, a
monitor to check coil end behavior at all times is developed.
Power generator voltage occurs at the coil end. The optical fiber with superior insulation properties is used
for measurement wires connected to the vibration pickup.
3.3.4 Rotor wire layer short monitor
If layer short circuit occurs to the rotor wire, the temperature distribution becomes uneven due to unbalanced
heat, and the rotor vibrates abnormally. Consequently, it is necessary to detect layer short circuit promptly.
If layer short circuit occurs to the rotor wire, the number of effective turns of the coil decreases. Changes in
the gap magnetic flux corresponding to it are detected. The gap magnetic flux is measured using the search coil
near the rotor, and the presence of layer short circuit and coils with short circuit are judged. One example of the
attachment method of the search coil is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-29. The search coil output waveform is shown in Fig.
346
3.5.1-30. The search coil output voltage corresponding to the coil with the layer short circuit is lower than usual.
By comparing waveforms, the presence of layer short circuit and coils with short circuit are judged.
Stator core
Stator frame external plate
Rotor
Search coil lead wire
Probe
Search coil
Probe details
Lead wire
Stainless pipe
Fig. 3.5.1-29: Attachment of search coil
N pole
N pole Layer short circuit
Pulse indicating magnetic

pole position
(a) Normal
(b) Layer short circuit
Fig. 3.5.1-30: Search coil output waveform
Impedance ()
In another method, layer short circuit is detected from the tendency of the changes in the rotor wire impedance
due to the turning speed. If layer short circuit occurs, the inductance of the coil decreases. An small AC
current is supplied to the rotor wire by a constant current generation device. The rotor voltage is measured, and
the rotor impedance at each rpm is measured to judge the presence of layer short circuit. The rotor impedance
characteristics are shown in Fig. 3.5.1-31. The impedance characteristics of the coil with layer short circuit
change drastically. By comparing characteristics, the presence of layer short circuit is judged(18).
Normal impedance characteristics
Location with drastic change layer short circuit

Rpm
Fig. 3.5.1-31: Rotor impedance characteristics
3.3.5 Axial torsion monitor

The axial torsion vibration in the power generator and turbine shafts is always monitored, and the total fatigue
life is calculated and evaluated to prevent deterioration of the shaft and shaft accessories. Gears and magnetic
pickup for detecting angular speed are attached to some positions on the shaft. Changes in the obtained angular
speed and distortion angle and the modal damping obtained from the detailed model of the shaft are used to
calculate the shaft stress waveform and fatigue life consumption. One example of the axial torsion vibration
monitoring device is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-32.
347
Detection of phase
difference
Waveform
smoothness
Average stress
Rotation change
unit
Static vibration
ingredient
1st
Detection of strain
amplitude
Peak count method
Damage calculation
(Fatigue life
consumption)
Display request
Display device
c Monitor TV
d Oscilloscope
e Digital printer
Power generator
current
Power generator
voltage
Delay unit
5th
Modal conversion
constant
multiplication
Data
recorder
Stress
waveform
Additive
synthesis
Abnormal stress
detection
Alarm
Monitored point
Rotation gap
Fig. 3.5.1-32: Example of shaft twist vibration monitoring device

4. Concept of precision inspection
Parts of the power generator consist of various materials such as copper, insulator, aluminum, and iron. The
combination of them is one feature of the parts.
The stator becomes loose and wear powder is generated when the coil wedge and coil end insulators are aged
or loose. Inspection and proper correction are required. As shown in the bathtub curve in Fig. 3.5.1-33, the
looseness of the stator wedge is classified into the initial, stable, and wear periods. Inspection must be executed
according to the period.
Worn
Stable period
period
Number of loosened
wedges: f (t)
Initial
[Bathtub curve]
Operation hours (t)
Fig. 3.5.1-33: Looseness of stator wedge

High centrifugal force functions to the rotor. In addition, there is a problem of wedge corrosion due to
overcurrent applied to the rotor surface along with the unbalanced load, etc. The inspection interval must be
decided, considering the crack progress speed of the aluminum alloy wedge.
By judging from these phenomena comprehensively, initial and quarterly inspections by pulling out the rotor
and inspection by pulling out the retaining ring every 8 years are required.
5.
Concept of future maintenance

Operation of the power generator has been changed from the base operation to the middle, WSS, and DSS.
Measures to improve durability have been taken for frequent starts/stops. Inspection and countermeasures based
on the results of actual operations are required. That is, it is desirable to confirm the soundness of the machine
that frequently starts and stops by precision inspection mainly of the rotor.
On the other hand, turning waiting and long-term stop have been applied to oil-burning thermal power
machines recently. Power generators have been designed and manufactured mainly for operation. Each
unprecedented operation mode needs to be examined sufficiently.
For example, the hydrogen gas in the power generator is not removed by the gas drier while the unit is stopped.
The moisture in the machine increases, resulting in dewing and rusting. If the machine stops for a long period of
time, rust enters the oil of the lubrication oil system. Because the gap between the seal ring and shaft is very
small while the machine is stopped, the potential to catch foreign materials increases, resulting in damage to the
seal ring and shaft.
As mentioned above, it is necessary to take proper measures against the failure potential peculiar to each
operation mode. Some examples are the gas drier that can remove moisture even while the machine is stopped
and the high-performance filter for the sealing oil systems.
348
3.4.5.2
High-pressure motor
In thermal power plants, high-pressure motors are used for various devices for driving accessories. Highpressure motors are sometimes one of the important devices in a plant. To secure the reliability of the systems of
thermal power stations, preventive maintenance including periodical maintenance, exchange of parts, and
estimation of remaining life by deterioration judgment are performed for the motors of accessories.
Here, the high-pressure basket-type inductive motor is taken as an example, and an outline of preventive
maintenance and remaining life diagnosis is given.
1. Structure and deterioration form of each section
1.1 Structure
A cross-section view of the basket-type motor is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-34. The motor consists of three
sections: the fixed section, rotation section, and bearing section.
Stator frame
Stator core
Rotor core
Stator wire
Rotor wire
Shaft
Internal fan
External fan
Bearing bracket
Bearing
Heat exchanger
Fig. 3.5.1-34: Cross-section view of basket-type motor
1.2 Failure conditions

The fixed section consists of the stator wire and iron core. The rotation section includes the basket-type rotor
conductor. The structural members include the bearing. According to the failure investigations(1) in the past,
50% of failures occurred in the fixed section, 12% occurred in the rotation section, and 38% occurred in the
bearing and others.
Concerning the relation between the operation years and the number of failures, failure mostly occurs after
10~15 years of operation. The total failure rate is almost constant between 5 and 20 years of operation, but the
failure rate increases after 21 years.
Each cause of the total failure rate is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-35. Failure of the bearing section is often detected
before 20 years of operation. After 20 years, dielectric breakdown is often detected.
Failure rate (%)
Cumulative failure rate of bearing (Number of failures: 34)

Cumulative failure rate caused by dielectric breakdown (Number of
failures: 29)
Failures that are judged to be aged deterioration among failures caused by
dielectric breakdown (Number of failures: 17)
Note) The failure is located at the stator and the coil end.
Fig. 3.5.1-35: Transition in cumulative failure rate of each failure of 3 kV basket-type motor
1.3 Control items, deterioration form, and diagnosis method of major sections
Deterioration of major sections of the motor is classified as follows:
[1] Thermal cause
[2] Electric cause
[3] Physical cause
[4] Mechanical cause
[5] Chemical cause
Deterioration is accelerated by a combination of these causes, and failure occurs. The causes of deterioration
are shown in Fig. 3.5.1-36. Examples of control items, deterioration form, and diagnosis method are shown in
Table 3.5.1-5.
349
Electric cause
Thermal cause
Surge
Partial discharge
Physical cause
Heat cycle
Swelling,
Overload
contraction,
Cooling failure deformation,
Thermal
distortion
deterioration
Absorption Degradation of
Dewing
lubrication oil
Dust
Surface
insulation
failure
Deterioration
Start, stop,
vibration,
shock,
overcurrent
Corrosion by harmful substance

Chemicals
Oil
Degradation
of insulation
Fatigue,
wear,
deformation,
distortion
Mechanical cause
Chemical cause
Fig. 3.5.1-36: Deterioration cause analysis

Table 3.5.1-5: Control items, deterioration form, and diagnosis method of major sections
Control
locations
Appearance
Operation
condition
Related to bearing
No.
Slide
bearing
Roll
bearing
Rotor
Stator
Control items
Deterioration form
Diagnosis method
Visual
Pollution
Dust accumulation, corrosion, damage
Discoloration
Paint discoloration, peeling, etc.
Visual
Loosening of each part
Screw loosening, backlash, etc.
Visual, hitting
Sound
Looseness, backlash, bearing failure
Sound and frequency analysis
Vibration
Mechanical unbalance, layer, wire breakage
Vibration measurement, frequency analysis
Odor
Degradation of insulation characteristics,

burning of bearing, lubrication failure
Odor judgment
Smoke
Degradation of insulation characteristics,

lubrication failure, overheating of bearing
Visual
Voltage
Layer, wire breakage
Voltage monitoring
Current
Pulsation of current by cutting of basket-type

rotor conductor
Current monitoring
Temperature
Bearing lubrication failure, dust

accumulation on cooling passage,
degradation of cooler characteristics
Thermometer
Lubrication oil
Oxidation, lowering of viscosity, mixing of

water or foreign materials
X-ray fluorescent analysis
Oil ring
Deformation
Visual
Oil scraper
Wear
Visual
White metal
Peeling, cracks, wear, abnormal touching
Penetration flaw detection, Dimension

measurement
Vibration
Damage to inner ring, outer ring, or ball
Bearing diagnosis device
Abnormal noise
Damage to inner ring, outer ring, or ball
Hearing
Rim of outer ring
Flaw and discoloration
Visual
Grease
Separation, discoloration
Visual
Duct piece
Loosening
Visual
Iron core
Loosening
Visual, touching, hitting
Brazing section
Crack
Bar breakage diagnosis device, penetration

flaw detection
Short-circuit ring
Deformation
Visual
Rotor conductor
Loosening
Visual, hitting
Duct piece
Loosening
Visual
Iron core
Loosening
Insulation section
Discoloration, breakage, corrosion,

degradation of electrical characteristics
Nondestructive electric insulation

diagnosis, physical/chemical diagnosis
Wedge
Loosening, discoloration, breakage
It is understood that daily inspection is very important for early detection and countermeasures against
deterioration. Examples of the standard inspection intervals are shown in Table 3.5.1-6.
Table 3.5.1-6: Standard inspection interval of motor
Initial inspection
1st continuance inspection
350
Continuance inspection
2,000 ~ 3,000 operation hours

Within 1 year max.
Approx. 8,000 operation hours/starting 500

times
Within 2 years max.
Approx. 8,000 operation hours/starting 500

times
Within 2 years max.
The rotor is not pulled out if

there is no failure when the
shield is (partially) removed.
Pulling out of rotor
The degree of inspection depends on the

presence of problems at a previous inspection
and during operation.
{ Inspection of coil end

Loosening of spacer
Loosening of string
{ Loosening of tightening
bolts
Rotor frame
Bearing
Terminal
{ Investigation of dust and
stains
{ Inspection of lubrication oil
{ Starting time, vibration
In addition to initial inspection items;

{ Iron core inspection
Loosening of iron core
Loosening of duct piece or finger
{ Inspection of stator wire
Loosening of wedge
{ Inspection of rotor wire
Bar or short-circuit ring
Brazing section
{ Slip bearing
Peeling, cracks, wear, or hitting of white
metal
Oil ring
After approx. 8 years, pull out the rotor again

for detailed inspection.
2. Stator wire deterioration diagnosis technology and life estimation

2.1 Transition in stator wire insulation system
High-pressure motor wires have been changed from asphalt compound insulation used before the middle of
1960s to resin-rich insulation using polyester resin and epoxy resin and so-called resin insulation of total
impregnation (vacuum pressure impregnation) insulation.
2.2 Deterioration mechanism of stator wire insulation
The stator wire insulation receives various kinds of deterioration stress during operation. Deterioration stress
can be classified as shown in Fig. 3.5.1-36. These causes do not function individually, but are mixed and
accelerate deterioration.
The deterioration phenomena by these factors cause dielectric breakdown and lowering of insulation
performance, resulting in dielectric breakdown. However, deterioration stress depends on the motor type (fullclosed type, open type) and voltage level, and the deterioration mechanism is often complicated.
2.3 Dielectric breakdown diagnosis method of stator wire insulation
The dielectric breakdown of high-pressure motor wires has been diagnosed from long ago. Electric diagnosis
is performed in general.
The physical/chemical method of diagnosing the thermal deterioration degree of the insulation materials used
for the motor wire was developed and put into practical use.
2.3.1 Electric dielectric breakdown diagnosis method and judgment standard
(1) Electric dielectric breakdown diagnosis method(3)
The insulation condition of the motor wire is tested to prevent wire accidents and to make a preventive
maintenance plan in the future.
[1] DC absorption test
In the DC absorption test, the absorption current phenomena when DC high voltage is applied to the wire are
checked to see the insulation property. The insulation resistance (1-minute value), polar index (PI), and kick
current are investigated.
[2] Dielectric tangent (tan) test
In the tan test, the tan value and tan- voltage characteristics when AC voltage is applied to the wire
insulation are checked to see the wire insulation property and obtain the tan0 and tan characteristics value.
[3] AC test
In the AC test, the relation between the current (I) and the voltage (V) when AC voltage is applied to the
insulator, that is, the I-V characteristics, are checked to see the insulation property. The characteristics values of
I (current increase rate) and Pi (current rapid increase voltage) are obtained.
351
[4] Partial discharge test

If any voids exist in the insulator, partial discharge occurs at the void when AC voltage is applied. This
discharge is called partial discharge. In this partial discharge test, insulation properties including wire
insulation voids and partial insulation defects are investigated, and Qmax (maximum partial discharge charge
amount) is obtained.
(2) Dielectric breakdown judgment standard
The wire insulation characteristics differ depending on the insulation method. It is necessary to evaluate the
insulation characteristics obtained by the insulation diagnosis test by this insulation method.
Asphalt compound insulation adopts the deterioration judgment standard of the Central Research Institute of
the Electric Power Industry. As mentioned above, the materials and production method of the resin insulation
depend on the motor maker. It is difficult to unify the deterioration judgment standard at the present time.
Each maker sets its original judgment standard. An example is shown in Table 3.5.1-7(3) (4).
Table 3.5.1-7: Example of dielectric breakdown judgment standard of high-pressure rotor wire
Column No.
Application
range
Insulation
method
Rated
voltage
Judgment
II
III
IV
Compound
Compound
Varnish
Resin
Resin
3.3 kV
6.6 kV
3.3 kV
3.3~4.4 kV
6.6~11 kV
3.3~11 kV
OK
OK
OK Caution needed NG
OK
OK
OK
~100~10~
R [M]
>E+1
RC [F]
>10
log (Rd/Rw)
<3
P.I
>1.5
>1.5
tan0 [%]
tan [%]
>2.0
~20~30~
<10
<0.9
at 1.25E/ 3
at E
~1.5~1.0~
<0.7
<6.5
~0.7~1.1~
tan+C/C0 [%] at E
pi [kV]
[%]
Vi [kV]
<12
P11
P12
>E
>3.3
~4.6~3.0~
<2.5
at 1.25E/ 3
at E
>6.6
<4.0
<8.5
~4.0~5.9~
q>500 pC
~1.9~1.3~
q>1000 pC
>E
N [Pcs/half cycle]
at E, q>500 pC
~50~100~
<10000
at E/ 3
qm [pC]
at 4.5 kV
at E
<10000
<5000
~1000~1400~
2.3.2 Physical/chemical thermal deterioration diagnosis method

Electric insulation diagnosis of the high-pressure motor wire is mainly applied to the main insulation (slot
insulation) of the stator wire. The stator wire consists of wire-reinforcing materials such as the wedge that
mechanically supports the wire, the spacer between coils, and the string that fixes them. If these reinforcing
materials are loosened or their mechanical strength is lowered, the upper and lower coils vibrate in the slot and the
coil end touches the spacer and wearing occurs. It is estimated that the insulation layer is mechanically damaged.
In fact, this damage once led to dielectric breakdown. Deterioration of the reinforcing materials cannot be
detected by electric diagnosis.
The physical/chemical thermal deterioration diagnosis method was developed to diagnose deterioration of
reinforcing materials. If it is combined with electric insulation diagnosis, the degree of deterioration of the entire
wire can be comprehensively evaluated.
(1) Principle of physical/chemical heat deterioration diagnosis method(6)
Accelerated thermal deterioration is executed for the insulation-reinforcing materials used for stator wire
preliminarily to measure physical characteristics such as lowering of mechanical strength. Next, the same
352
sample is used to obtain some heat analysis values using the heat analysis device.
The correlation between the physical characteristic values and heat analysis value is examined to obtain the
best relation. This is called the master curve. It is obtained for each insulation material. The master curve is
the principle of this test method. An example of a master curve is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-37.
TG 3/1 reduction rate
Synthetic resin glass lamination plate
Chemical
characteristics of
sampled material
Estimated physical characteristics
Bending strength holding rate (%)
Fig. 3.5.1-37: Example of master curve

The heat analysis value is obtained from the materials that are sampled from the machine by the heat analysis
test. It is applied to the master curve of the material to estimate the physical characteristic value. (See Fig.
3.5.1-37.)
(2) Judgment of heat analysis
The characteristic value obtained by heat analysis is applied to the master curve to obtain the estimated
physical mechanical strength. The deterioration judgment in this case is based on the deterioration judgment
standard in Table 3.5.1-8. The deterioration judgment standard is based on IEC216-2.
Table 3.5.1-8: Deterioration judgment standard
Deterioration
degree
Mechanical
strength
Loss of weight by heating

Judgment
Lamination
plate, etc.
Resin
Varnish
Small
Over 75%
Under 2.5%
Under 10%
Medium
50~75%
2.5~5.0%
10~20%
Large
Under 50%
Over 5.0%
Over 20%
Note 1. The mechanical strength is the strength-holding rate.

2. Judgment is made based on IEC216-2.
Good: Deterioration progress is small. Operation is possible

with no difficulty.
Acceptable: Deterioration progresses, but operation is possible
with no difficulty at this moment.
Unacceptable: Deterioration progresses. Updating is
required.
The initial condition is regarded to be 100%.
2.4 Life estimation method

Insulation resistance of 2 E+1 kV that is required to continue stable operation in the future is judged from the
characteristic value by insulation diagnosis.
The method of estimating the remaining destruction voltage and remaining life from the insulation diagnosis is
partially used, but its reliability is not sufficient.
However, if the data of insulation diagnosis characteristics values and destructive voltage by abundant samples
and sampled coils can be accumulated, it is expected that the remaining destructive voltage and remaining life can
be estimated with a high degree of accuracy.
3. Diagnosis method of other sections
3.1 Deterioration diagnosis of basket-type rotor
A large current is applied to the conductor and short-circuit ring of the basket-type rotor when the operation is
started. The combined stress of thermal stress by heating, stress by conductor vibration due to magnetic force,
and the centrifugal force of rotation functions.
Due to its structure, the stress becomes largest near the silver brazing section of the connection section of the
discontinuous conductor and short-circuit ring.
If a plant starts and stops frequently for operation of the plant, in particular, repeated stress is applied and there
is a possibility of leading to the fatigue breakdown. Because high stress occurs in high-inertial-load machines
and high-speed machines, adequate attention must be paid to them.
In order to detect failure of conductors such as the silver brazing section promptly, a rotor bar breakage
monitor or the like is used.
A bar breakage monitor captures the pulsation of the load current from the motor whose bar is broken and
353
detects errors from the frequency.

A bar looseness measurement device detects looseness by hitting. The measured material is hit by a hammer
and the looseness is detected from the rate of the vibration response to the hitting strength. The vibration
response of a loose bar is larger than that of a fixed bar, and the rate is larger. Looseness can be judged
objectively.
3.2 Bearing
3.2.1 Roll bearing diagnosis machine
The bearing is an important part of the rotating machine. As mentioned before, the failure rate is rather high.
It is very important to detect the failure before fatal errors occur.
The life of the roll bearing is particularly short among structural parts of the motor. The life is defined with
99% reliability. The life is mainly judged by the occurrence of flaking. Flaking is fatigue breakdown on the
surface caused by repeated stress on the rolling contact section. Due to this fatigue, the surface peels off in
flakes.
To detect this kind of abnormal phenomena, bearing vibration is detected by acceleration and enveloped. By
this method, according to the enveloped vibration acceleration data, the calculation circuit that is weighed
according to the failure type is passed, and the presence of failure is numerically converted to facilitate judgment.
3.2.2 Diagnosis of slip bearing
The life of the slip bearing is longer compared to the roll bearing. However, due to various causes,
temperature increase, wear, white metal fatigue, peeling, and cracks occur, leading to the life of
the bearing diminishing.
By the thermometer element that is buried in the bearing, the bearing temperature during operation is
monitored throughout the year. The measurement result is used for tendency control. If any temperature out of
the tendency is detected, it must be noted because the lubrication surface might have some errors.
Investigation of the lubrication oil is one of the methods to detect bearing failure. By sampling a small
amount of lubrication oil from the bearing for fluorescent X-ray analysis, the amount of metal materials that form
the white metal ingredients in the lubrication oil can be clarified. If this investigation is performed periodically,
the tendency is controlled to judge the presence of failure.
Afterword
An outline of the preventive maintenance and remaining life diagnosis of the high-pressure motor is introduced
here.
It is desirable to continue a close relationship between makers and users for future development and
improvement of these technologies.
354
3.5.1.3
Electric facilities in the plant
Many thermal power plants in Japan were built between the 1950s and 1970s. More than 70% of units have
been operated for 15 years or more. The number of plants used for 15 years or more will increase in the future.
In addition, for stable supply of electricity and economical merits of extension of life, recent themes of study are
to diagnose the aged facilities properly and effectively execute life control and preventive maintenance based on
the diagnosis result.
From this point of view, as a typical device of the electric facilities of thermal power plants, an outline of
remaining life diagnosis and preventive maintenance of the static devices (including the main transformer,
transformer in the plant) and high-/low-pressure switch gear (including the metal clad, power center, and control
center) is given here.
1.
Transformer
Transformers in thermal power plants include the main transformer for increasing the power generator voltage,
starting transformer for supplying the plant-starting power source, and the transformer in the plant for supplying
the power source during normal operation. Based on the concept in Table 3.5.1-9, daily inspection and
periodical analysis investigation of the insulation oil-dissolved gas are performed for these transformers. In
addition, internal detailed inspection and overhaul are performed at the time of exchange of parts with relatively
short life and at periodical inspection of the plant to secure reliability(1)-(7).
Table 3.5.1-9: Maintenance and overhaul of transformer
Inspection cycle and updating schedule
Remarks
Oil-sealing section
All gaskets (including bushings) must be replaced approx. every 15 years.
Mechanical
protection relay
Overhaul must be performed once every few years. Major protection

relays (oil temperature gauge of the main body, shock oil pressure Ry, etc.)
need to be replaced after approx. 15 years.
Gauges
Overhaul is performed approx. every 15 years, and gauges are updated

depending on the result.
Oil-cooling device
All devices are replaced if the bearing issues abnormal noise after 5~10
years.
Periodical cleaning of cooling

pipes is required depending on
the environmental conditions.
Tap-switching
device for load
The device needs inspection every 50,000~100,000 times of switching.
Electric life: 200,000 times

Mechanical life: 800,000 times
Paint
The cycle is decided depending on the rust condition in the past.
Rust (life) depends on the

environmental condition.
Inside of main body
The main body is inspected by gas analysis of the oil once every 6 months
or 1 year. It is decided whether the internal inspection is required
depending on the result.
The expected life is 30 years in

general.
The life is shorter than the

main body. It is necessary to
update the units at least once
before the end of the life of the
main body.
Along with the increase in the number of devices that have been used for 20~30 years, it is important to
execute deterioration diagnosis of oil-immersed transformers and estimate the remaining life from the view points
of effective use of devices and securing reliability. The oil-immersed gas analysis is widely used to diagnose
device failure. The method is widely known as the Electric Technology Research Association method(1) (5).
Here, we focus on remaining life diagnosis mainly by deterioration.
1.1 Dominant reason for life of transformer

Materials whose characteristics lower due to aged deterioration in the transformer are the insulation oil and
insulator. The general concept of the life of the transformer related to the deterioration of these materials is
shown below.
1.1.1 Insulation oil
The most important characteristics of the insulation oil are the dielectric breakdown voltage. Lowering by
deterioration is small in general. The dielectric breakdown voltage of insulation oil lowers when dissolved water
in the oil increases for some reason in most of the cases. If the dielectric breakdown voltage or other
characteristics of the insulation oil are degraded, it is specified to exchange the oil with new oil or take deaeration
filtering measures following the control values in Table 3.5.1-10 defined in the maintenance control guideline of
the insulation oil. By taking these measures, characteristics of the insulation oil do not cause any problems in the
operation of the transformer. Consequently, it is regarded that degradation of characteristics of the insulation oil
does not affect the life of the transformer.
355
Table 3.5.1-10: Maintenance control value of insulation oil after starting operation
Voltage level
Water
(ppm)
Dielectric
breakdown
voltage
(kV)
Volume
resistivity
(cm)
(80)
Total
oxidation
(mgKOH/g)
11~77 kV
500 kV
110~275 kV
Tap switcher
Standard value
Test frequency
Standard value
Test frequency
Standard value
Test frequency
Standard value
Test frequency
<40
Once/3 years
<30
Once/3 years
<20
Once/3 years
40~50
Once/year
30~50
Once/year
20~30
Once/year
>50
Countermeasures
>40
Countermeasures
>30
Countermeasures
>30
Once/3 years
>40
Once/3 years
>50
Once/3 years
>20
30~40
Once/6 months
40~50
Once/6 months
<30
Countermeasures
<30
Countermeasures
<40
Countermeasures
20
>11012
Once/3 years
>11012
Once/3 years
>51012
Once/3 years
Once/year
>11011~>11012
Once/year
>11011~>51012
Once/year
Once every 3
years or once
every 50,000
times of
operation if a
hot-line washer
is provided; once
every 20,000
times of
switching
operation if it is
not provided.
Take measures if
the voltage is 20
kV or less.
d >11011~>11012
e
<11011
Countermeasures
<11011
Countermeasures
<11011
Countermeasures
<0.2
Once/3 years
<0.1
Once/3 years
<0.1
Once/3 years
0.2~0.5
Once/year
0.1~0.5
Once/year
0.1~.5
Once/year
>0.5
Countermeasures
>0.5
Countermeasures
>0.5
Countermeasures
1.1.2 Insulator
The temperature of the insulating paper that is wound on the wire is the highest. The insulating paper tends
to be affected by degradation of characteristics caused by deterioration. Oil-immersed dielectric breakdown
strength, which is an important characteristic of the insulating paper, is not lowered by deterioration, in the same
way as the insulation oil. No problems normally occur even after the long-term operation of the transformer.
Tensile strength, which is another important characteristic of the insulating paper, is degraded due to deterioration,
and problems might occur when operation is continued. For example, when a system ground fault accident (2wire ground fault, etc.) occurs, external ground-fault or short-circuit current is applied. The tensile stress
functions to the wire coating due to the magnetic mechanical strength that occurs on this occasion. When the
strength of the insulating paper lowers below the strength, the insulating paper is torn or broken. This is the end
of the life of the insulating paper. It is in fact impossible to exchange the wire insulating paper of the transformer.
If the transformer is continuously used, the wire must be exchanged.
According to the above, the life of the transformer depends on the tensile strength of the insulating paper that
is wound on the wire.
Remaining rate of average

degree of polymerization (%)
1.2 Deterioration diagnosis

The life of the transformer depends on the life of the insulating paper of the wire. Diagnosis of the life of the
insulating paper is the deterioration diagnosis of the transformer. As the insulating paper used for the wire is
wound on the conductor, it is folded. It might be difficult to measure the correct tensile strength. The average
degree of polymerization that is closely related to the tensile strength is used as the basic scale of deterioration.
Figure 3.5.1-38 indicates the changes in the remaining rate of average degree of polymerization of the insulating
paper used for the transformer by the operation years. The average degree of polymerization lowers(8) along with
the transformer operation years.
Operation years (year)
Fig. 3.5.1-38: Relation between remaining rate of average degree of polymerization and transformer operation
years
1.2.1 Diagnosis standard

It has been general to measure the average degree of polymerization for measuring the deterioration degree of
356
the insulating paper(5) (7). The average degree of polymerization indicates the length of the molecule that
constitutes the insulating paper. If the paper material is deteriorated, the average degree of polymerization
becomes smaller. The initial average degree of polymerization of the insulating paper of the wire is around 1000.
In JEM1463-1993, the following evaluation standards of the average degree of polymerization of the insulating
paper for transformers are defined:
Life level:
450 or less
Dangerous level: 250 or less
Remaining rate of average degree of

polymerization (%)
1.2.2 Deterioration product material and deterioration index ingredient

Because the insulating paper in the operating transformer and characteristics cannot be measured, it is
impossible to directly check the degree of deterioration of the insulating paper. The deterioration product
material that is closely related to deterioration of the insulating material is found, and the aged deterioration of the
insulation materials is obtained from the deterioration product material. That is, deterioration is externally
diagnosed.
The generation amount of CO2+CO that is dissolved in the oil and furfural is analyzed as an effective item of
the deterioration diagnosis index of large-capacity oil-immersed transformers.
Figure 3.5.1-39(10) indicates the relation between the CO2+CO generation amount and the average degree of
polymerization. Figure 3.5.1-40(11) indicates the relation between the furfural generation amount and the average
degree of polymerization. As shown in the figures, we can see that the CO2+CO generation amount and furfural
generation amount are closely related to the average degree of polymerization of the insulating paper.
Consequently, the tensile strength and average degree of polymerization can be directly known by measuring the
CO2+CO generation amount and furfural generation amount in the insulating oil of the transformer. That is, the
aged deterioration of the transformer can be externally diagnosed.
{: In the case of oxygen addition
z: In the case of water addition
: If oxygen or water is not added
COB2B + CO generation amount (ml/g)
Fig. 3.5.1-39: Relation between remaining rate of average degree of polymerization of insulating paper and
CO2+CO generation amount
Furfural generation amount (mg/g)
Condition
No addition
Paper weight (g)/Oil amount (ml)

3%
10%
Oxygen addition
Water addition
Remaining rate of average degree of polymerization (%)
Fig. 3.5.1-40: Relation between remaining rate of average degree of polymerization of insulating paper and
furfural generation amount
1.3 Life extension measures

Extension of the life of the cooling device, various measurement devices, and relays can be expected by
periodical maintenance. Yet, the life is about 10~15 years. If they are used for a long period of time, it is
357
desirable to replace them with new ones.

On the other hand, if the insulating paper comes to the end of its life, the wire needs to be replaced. In this
case, the major structural parts of the tank and iron core can be reused. In the case of important transformers
with a high utilization ratio and without a spare device like a major transformer, it is necessary to change it at a
proper timing in the plant life cycle in a well-planned manner.
2.
Switchgear on switchboard
Switchgears on the switchboard (hereafter called switchgears) are classified into two: the metal-clad
switchgear that has a 6 kV-class magnetic circuit breaker, SF6 gas breaker or vacuum breaker, and the power
center that has a 600 V-class air circuit breaker.
The switchgear consists of structural parts and control accessories. Structural parts include the breaker,
protection relay, measurement transformer, and bus bar. Control accessories include the lamp, fuse, auxiliary
relay, and timer.
For extension of the life of equipment and evaluation of soundness, it is important to take proper measures for
the major devices and insulators by remaining life diagnosis in the appropriate time. Concerning the control
accessories, it is rational to update them in a well-planned manner, referring to the estimated usable years.
Remaining life diagnosis technology and preventive maintenance of major structural devices and parts of the
switchgear are introduced below.
2.1 Remaining life diagnosis technology
Remaining life diagnosis technology (deterioration diagnosis and life evaluation method) of the switchgear can
be classified into two: by the [Soundness evaluation method], it is judged whether the switchgear maintains the
specified performance at each point in time, and by the [Remaining life evaluation method], the remaining life is
evaluated by evaluating the field products quantitatively.
It is practical to use both methods to evaluate the switchgear life. An example of the remaining life
evaluation method of the structural parts of the switchgear is shown in Table 3.5.1-11. Each item is explained
below.
2.1.1 Soundness evaluation
Whether the field switchgear and its structural devices, parts, and accessories function normally is investigated
and evaluated. If there is no failure as a result of diagnosis, it is judged that they can be used without problems.
Lubrication items are added to this judgment method, and this is the periodical inspection that is widely performed.
(1) Visual inspection (VI)
Parts and accessories are inspected visually to see visual defects (damage, pollution, and discoloration).
Dimension measurement might be included.
(2) Operation test
Structural devices are actually operated to check functions. The lubrication condition of the operation
structural sections is also judged at the same time. A characteristics test is performed in some cases.
358
Table 3.5.1-11: Life evaluation method of major structural parts of switchgear

Switchgear Major structural
Failure mode
types
parts
Insulation bus
Dielectric
wire
breakdown
Bus wire support Dielectric
breakdown
Metal clad
PT, CT
Cause of
deterioration
Temperature
Humidity,
pollution
Dielectric
Humidity,
breakdown
corrosion
Operating failure Wear
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Life evaluation method

Nondestructive
Destructive
Partial discharge Withstand voltage limit
characteristics
test
Measurement of
pollution degree
Material characteristics
investigation
Partial discharge
characteristics
investigation
Elevating
structure
Auxiliary switch Operating failure Temperature,
humidity,
pollution
Control line
Operating failure Temperature
VI
Operation test
VI
Conductivity
check
VI
MBB
bushing
Dielectric
breakdown
Temperature,
humidity
Partial discharge
characteristics
MBB
arc shoot
Breaker
malfunction
Humidity, wear
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Operation test
Insulation
resistance, VI,
operation test
VI
Operating
characteristics
MBB
Operating failure Wear, fatigue
operating
structure
Operating motor Operating failure Wear
Main circuit bus Damage
Temperature
wire
Insulation
Damage
Temperature
support
Insulation failure
Power center
Soundness
evaluation
Contact
resistance
measurement
investigation
Withstand voltage limit
test
investigation
Actual interrupting test
Shock life characteristics
Main circuit
disconnecting
section
Auxiliary relay
Wear
Heat
deterioration
Operating failure Wear, corrosion
ACB
Pull-out
structure
ACB
Insulation base
Damage
Wear
Operating failure
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Conductivity
check
VI Conductivity Partial discharge
check/Insulation characteristics
resistance
measurement
VI Operation
Operation test
check
Damage
Temperature,
Operating failure fatigue
VI Operation
check
ACB
Arc shoot
Breaker
malfunction
VI
Insulation
resistance
measurement
VI
Operation test
Damage
Superheating
Humidity, wear
ACB
Operating failure Wear
Overcurrent trip
device
ACB
Operating failure Temperature,
Loading trip coil
humidity,
corrosion
VI
Resistance
measurement
VI: Visual
inspection
Operation
characteristics
test
Layer test

test
investigation
test
investigation
Thermal cycle test
Accelerated deterioration
test
Shock life characteristics

investigation
Actual interrupting test
Accelerated deterioration
test
2.1.2 Remaining life evaluation(12)

Characteristics of devices, parts, and accessories are measured and analyzed or evaluated by the acceleration
test, etc. to estimate the remaining life. The evaluation method is classified into two: the destructive method, and
359
the nondestructive method.

Typical evaluation methods are explained below.
(1) Partial discharge test(13)
The long-term electric destruction of insulators occurs due to partial discharge deterioration or tracking
deterioration. There are two forms of partial discharge deterioration. One is internal partial discharge
deterioration that is caused by centralized electrolysis at peeled or cracked sections due to foreign materials or
heat stress. The other is surface partial discharge deterioration caused near the contact surface between the metal
electrode and insulators related to the ambient environment and pollution on the insulator surface. If these
partial discharges continue, tracking gradually progresses, resulting in dielectric breakdown. If the partial
discharge start voltage of the insulator is sufficiently higher than the normal application voltage, partial discharge
does not occur and there is no problem. If the partial discharge start voltage lowers due to aged deterioration and
discharge is started at the normal voltage, or if overvoltage is tentatively applied due to some causes even if the
partial discharge start voltage is high, the partial discharge continues when the partial discharge extinction voltage
is lower than the normal voltage. In this case, dielectric breakdown rapidly progresses.
The partial discharge diagnosis method by AE measurement is used to detect and diagnose the partial
discharge. Figure 3.5.1-41 shows the structural diagram of the partial discharge test.
Preventive maintenance of power-generating facilities and remaining life diagnosis
AE amplifier
Coupling
capacitor
AE sensor
RF output
Electrode
MBB or VBC (Housing)
Digital oscilloscope or PC
measurement system
Applied voltage
Partial
discharge
measurement
device
Fig. 3.5.1-41: Structural diagram of partial discharge test
Shock fatigue strength

Operating stress
18 years 20 years
New product 700 h
15 years
Break strength (kg/mmP2P)
(2) Shock life characteristics (Insulation structural material)

Both electric insulation resistance and mechanical strength as structural material are required for the insulation
structural materials such as the breaker bushing. These high-molecular insulation materials have deteriorated
elements by which the shock life characteristics degrade due to the deterioration characteristics of aged materials.
Figure 3.5.1-42 shows an example of the deterioration characteristics. Here, the shock life characteristics of
the sampled breaker bushing phenol resin insulation (laminated materials) and shock life characteristics of new
parts are measured. The characteristics reduction conditions are checked to estimate the approximate life of the
standard strength. The operating stress in Fig. 3.5.1-42 is the addition of stress applied when the breaker is
opened or closed and internal stress on the insulators. According to the investigation result, this value tends to
increase over time as shown in the graph. This is caused by the deterioration of the insulator. According to the
comparison between the shock fatigue stress of the insulator and operating stress, the life is about 15~20 years.
(Stress at switching +
Internal stress)
Elapsed time (g)
Figure 3.5.1-42 The change of the strength of MBB phenol bushing over time
(3) Accelerated deterioration test
The aged deterioration of insulators is accelerated by the heating conditions, and equivalent evaluation is
360
Temperature
Break strength
(kg/mmP2P)
performed by the check in a short period of time. An example of the characteristics of tensile strength to the
same insulator is shown in Fig. 3.5.1-43. The parameters are T (heating temperature) and t (heating time).
If the used temperature can be seen from the characteristics, the life of the standard strength can be estimated.
Standard strength
Time
Fig. 3.5.1-43: Accelerated deterioration characteristics of insulators

(4) Material physical property investigation
As investigation of the insulator deterioration, the characteristics test of the static tensile strength, bending
strength, and elongation rate are also effective. The static characteristic specifications of insulation materials are
initially known in many cases. They can be used as a material for deterioration judgment by the characteristic
investigation of samples.
(5) Contact resistance measurement(14)
The switchgear uses various auxiliary switching devices. There are many contacts, and disassembly
inspection, cleaning, or maintenance are not actually performed. Consequently, the contact resistance increases
over time, and reliability problems occur.
Typical items of remaining life diagnosis technology are explained above. Deterioration diagnosis of
insulators is executed to some of devices and parts of the switchgear. By establishment of this technology and
the diagnosis method of accessories in the panel including the relays, it is regarded that the remaining life of the
switchgear is quantitatively evaluated.
2.2 Preventive maintenance

Preventive maintenance methods of the switchgear are classified into two: one is the soundness evaluation
by periodical inspection of housing devices and accessories including breakers, and the other is the replacement
by updating the aged switchgear itself or major housing devices including breakers.
2.2.1 Parts exchange by periodical inspection
Soundness is evaluated by periodical inspection. Parts with relatively short life are exchanged. Parts are
also exchanged by horizontal development of problems.
Periodical inspection of switchgears has a long track record both for makers and users. Parts to be exchanged
at periodical exchange might be listed. It is important to update parts and reflect improvement of field failure.
It is important to estimate the life of major devices to take measures against the increase in aged deterioration
and for extension of life. It is necessary to update applicable parts and devices in a well-planned manner by
predicting structural parts and parts to be exchanged by the above-mentioned deterioration diagnosis, using the
aged switchgears as samples.
3.
Preventive maintenance of control center

The basis of the preventive maintenance measures of the control center is to exchange the devices and parts
with failure or that have almost come to the end of their life. The range of exchange is classified into three as
shown in Table 3.5.1-12.
Table 3.5.1-12: Comparison of control center durability improvement measures
Durability improvement measures
Contents
Exchange of parts
Only the parts of the magnetic contactors or magnetic relays with relatively short life are
updated.
Exchange of units
The deterioration is in progress generally with devices or wires in the units, for example. It
is necessary to check that bus wires and insulation wires in the panel are in good condition.
Update of panel
The bus wires and insulation wires in the panel are deteriorated, but are planned to be used for
more 5~10 years.
361
To select the range, future operating hours, economic efficiency, and time required for updating need to be
comprehensively compared. In the case of parts exchange, if the control center type is old, it might be difficult
to acquire parts because of model change by makers or it takes a long time for exchange. It might sometimes be
necessary to remodel existing panels to use a new incompatible part. Unit exchange might be more economical
than parts exchange.
Afterword
Many electric facilities in plants have been used for 25 years or more. Reliability has been maintained by
periodical inspection, exchange of parts with short life, or horizontal development of nonconformity. In order to
use these aged facilities for a longer period in the future, it is strongly desirable to establish life diagnosis and
evaluation technology of wires that are the major structural parts, like transformers.
For this purpose, cooperation between the maker and users is effective. We need the understanding and
cooperation of related parties.
362
3.5.2 Corrosion of power generators and countermeasures

Power generators can be classified by their cooling method: air cooling and hydrogen cooling (including stator
cooling). Corrosion problems due to the water environment are common to both methods.
In this chapter, examples of the corrosion of the structural parts of power generators are shown. Causes and
countermeasures are introduced and explained.
3.5.2.1
Corrosion of power generators and countermeasures
Turbine power generators are classified to air cooling, hydrogen cooling, and water cooling according to the
internal cooling media.
In the case of hydrogen cooling and water cooling power generators that are operated under a clean
environment in a closed power generator casing as well as air cooling generators, the internal air temperature is
above 40C in general. The inside of the power generator is less subject to corrosion.
As shown in Fig. 3.5.2-1, turbine power generators have important and characteristic corrosion problems, and
countermeasures against them need to be taken.
Corrosion of water
cooling stator coil
Stress corrosion of
holding ring
1 . Stator frame
2 . Stator iron core
3 . Stator coil
4 . Bushing
5 . Lead box
6 . Rotor
7 . Rotor coil
8 . Bearing bracket (Turbine side)
9 . Bearing bracket (Exciter side)

10. Blower
11. Hydrogen gas cooler

Corrosion of hydrogen (air)
cooler and cooling pipe
Fig. 3.5.2-1: Typical corroded sections in a turbine power generator

If water leaks from the cooler (water-hydrogen-type and water-air-type heat exchanger) in the power generator
or cooling water circuits of the cooling water coil due to damage caused by corrosion, serious and fatal accidents
such as short-circuiting or ground fault may be caused because the power generator is an electric machine.
Because the turbine power generator is an electric, high-speed rotating machine, the structural parts of the rotor
must have a structure resistant to strong centrifugal force. The retaining ring is an important part of the rotor,
and some accidents have occurred due to stress corrosion cracks. In the following section, serious corrosion
problems and countermeasures are explained.
3.5.2.1.1 Corrosion cases of coolers and countermeasures

Coolers used for the turbine power generator are classified as follows: The hydrogen gas cooler or air cooler
cools the cooling media in the power generator. The cooling water cooler cools the water system of the stator
coil. There is a cooler that cools the oil for sealing the hydrogen gas. The air cooler is used for exciters.
Comprehensive reliability including of the water systems and oil systems is required.
In these coolers, corrosion problems of cooled heat media including hydrogen gas-water, air-water, purified
water-water, and oil-water do not occur very often, but water leakage due to corrosion might lead to serious
accidents such as hydrogen gas leakage and insulation failures. High reliability is required. Most failures of
these coolers are caused by corrosion.
The corrosion tendency depends on the water quality (freshwater, seawater), cooling water speed (low speed,
high speed), and materials. The cooling water speed is simply classified into two, but it must be noted that the
speed range depends on the material. If the component value of the cooling water quality changes, the corrosion
tendency of the cooler also changes. Consequently, in designing corrosion resistance of the cooling water system,
seasonal changes in cooling water quality, cooling method, and ambient environment must be understood to
evaluate the water quality and select the materials.
363
Relative value of corrosion

progress speed (p.u.)
3.5.2.1.2 Corrosion cases of water cooling coil and countermeasures

The purity of the water used for the water cooling power generator is high. The frequency of corrosion is
much lower compared to general devices. Cooling water does not leak from the stator coil due to corrosion.
Corrosion progresses very slowly from past experience. Corrosion product materials are deposited only in the
filters or pipes. Major ingredients of corrosion product materials are CuO and Cu2O. One of the parameters
related to corrosion is the dissolved oxygen concentration in the cooling water. In a system that has been put to
practical use, the primary cooling water tank is covered with air or hydrogen. The dissolved oxygen
concentration in the cooling water is high in the former case and low in the latter case. Both are operated in
good condition under a stable dissolved oxygen concentration condition. However, it is regarded that there is an
area where corrosion tends to occur in the middle of both concentrations. It is important to control the dissolved
oxygen concentration for various reasons such as the plant operation method. Figure 3.5.2-2 shows the relation
between the dissolved oxygen concentration and the corrosion amount.
Measurement point
Dissolving oxygen concentration (ppb)

Material: Copper
Fig. 3.5.2-2: Relation between dissolving oxygen concentration and corrosion progress speed
Corrosion amount ()
The experiment result of the air dissolved condition in Fig. 3.5.2-3 clearly indicates this. The corrosion
amount increases linearly in the case of air of 5 m/s. It saturates in the case of hydrogen or nitrogen.
Concerning the difference in the corrosion amount depending on the speed, the corrosion amount is small in
general if the speed is low. There is no large difference at 1.6 ~ 0.16 m/s.
Dissolved gas: Air
Temperature: 75C
Water specific resistance:
1 M or more
Period (year)
Fig. 3.5.2-3: Long-term corrosion test result (Copper corrosion)

Next, the corrosion due to the current that is supplied to/from water by the application of high voltage
(hereafter called galvanic corrosion) is explained. This is peculiar to electric devices of direct cooling by water.
The current has corrosive effects only when a current is supplied between metal and water. If a current is
supplied to the hollow conductor by supplying water to the hollow conductor inside, a current is not supplied
between the water and the conductor because the conductor resistance is smaller than the water resistance.
Consequently, this way of supplying a current does not induce corrosion. The experiment result when a current
is supplied between metal and water is shown in Fig. 3.5.2-4. According to the experiment, the influence of the
current on the copper is large, and corrosion is accelerated even in the case of AC. Stainless steel (SUS304) is
extremely strong against a current. It can be considered that corrosion does not occur practically in the case of
AC in particular.
364
Copper DC 1.28 mA/cm2

Copper AC 2.85 mA/cm2
Corrosion reduction amount (mg/cm2)
Copper DC
0.1 mA/cm2
Copper DC
0.025 mA
/cm2
SUS27
DC 1.28 mA/cm2
Copper DC 0.0063 mA/cm2

Copper 0 mA/cm2
Temperature: 85C
Dissolved gas: Air
AC is 60 Hz.
DC indicates the
corrosion amount on
the plus side by direct
current. Almost no
corrosion is found on
the minus side.
SUS27
DC 0.32 mA/cm2
SUS27 AC 2.86 mA/cm2
Time (Day)
Fig. 3.5.2-4: Galvanic corrosion of copper and stainless steel

In general, corrosion of corrosion-prone metal is accelerated if different kinds of metal make contact with one
another. However, along with the increase in the specific resistance of the corrosive media, the influence
becomes smaller. Consequently, it is regarded that contact corrosion problems do not occur in pure water based
on common sense. In the corrosion experiment of the low specific resistance (100 k-cm) of the silver brazing
section of the stainless steel (SUS304) and copper, no contact corrosion was recognized in the galvanic pair of the
stainless steel and silver brazing.
365
3.6 Efficiency and operation improvement of thermal power plants

3.6.1 Technology for improving the bearing force of boiler equipment
Boiler equipment receives various types of damage depending on the environment of use, most of which are
combinations of several damaging factors. With respect to such damage, various measures for improving the
bearing force have been taken, as shown in Table 3.6.1-1.
(1) Example of measures taken against the portions where thermal fatigue damage occurred
Most of the damage boiler equipment receives is caused by thermal fatigue. The measures taken against such
damage vary depending on the structure of each individual member. Table 3.6.1-2 shows an example of measures
taken in order to improve the bearing force.
Table 3.6.1-1 Classification of measures for improving the bearing force
Phenomenon
Creep
Fatigue
(including creep
fatigue)
Corrosion
Wear
Cause
Countermeasures
Portion subject to countermeasures
Creep aged strength

deterioration of the
welded portion
Inspection by replica,
ultrasonic testing,
TOFD method
Superheater/reheater pipe header,

main/longitudinal direction of high
temperature reheating steam piping,
surrounding welded portions,
elbow/Y-piece welded portion
Restriction on
elongation by heat
Add flexibility
Pipe header stub, finish of sealing,

expansion of casing
Sliding
Piping supporting fixture, back-stay

prevention fixture, fin end portion, pipe
header lid plate at the corner of the burner
wall box, expansion for the smoke duct
Shape the stress

concentrates
R-machining, chamfering,
change of shape
Thermal shock
Change of shape,
improvement of material,
improvement of the shapes
of the seat and piping
Desuperheater spray, small diameter

piping with main piping (drain pressure
tank)
Dissimilar metal
welding (SUS/Cr-Mo)
Inconel solvent
Joint of different piping material, fixture of

different material
Corrosion fatigue
Change of structure and

shape, water quality
control
Fixture welded to the furnace wall piping,

bent portion of the economizer
High temperature
fatigue, oxidation
Improvement of the
bearing force of material,
addition of extra welding
Superheater, reheater (STBA28)

Furnace wall
Oxidation of steam
(SUS piping)
Fine particle SUS material

Inner face shot blast
Superheater, reheater
Coal ash, soot blow
Protector, pipe thermal

spraying
Furnace wall, superheater, reheater
Corrosion fatigue damage on the inner face of the furnace wall piping occurs when the strength against fatigue
is reduced due to corrosion by the inner fluid. In view of the fact that corrosion fatigue damage also occurs at the
portion where a fixture is mounted on the external side, it is assumed that thermal stress is the major cause. An
effective countermeasure is to reduce the thermal stress by improving the structure of the attached fixture on the
external side.
366
Table 3.6.1-2 Example of measures for improving the bearing force of the boiler equipment
No.
1.
2.
Name of portion
Furnace wall
Wall boxes such as
burners, OAPs,
inside TVs, soot
blowers, etc.
Side wall at the

furnace outlet/portion
welded to the side
wall of the furnace
Example of measures for improving the bearing

force
Conventional structure
The corner portion cracks when a

temperature difference occurs
between the furnace wall and the
wall box in the course of the
temperature rise after starting the
operation of the furnace. As the wall
box has been welded to the pipe, the
temperature on the pipe side rises
rapidly, causing the temperature
difference to become larger.
Chamfering and
R-machining of the
corner portion
Provide a step to the corner portion and chamfer the

sharp edges to reduce the thermal stress. Weld the
wall box to the fin to reduce the temperature
difference.
Steam type
Steam type
Water cooling type
Current type
Water cooling type
Separation in the center
In welded portions of different paths

temperature difference occurs in the
process of water filling, cooling
stop, etc, causing cracks to occur on
the fin.
3.
Arrange the end of the panel fin in an arch shape and

apply R-machining to each fin edge. The furnace
outlet should have 3-part structure as shown on the
left. The same path should be used at the connection.
In case of a different path connection, connect the
path in 2 steps to make the temperature difference
smaller.
Fin edge at the

interim wall, etc. of
the rear thermal
transmission portion
If the fin edge has a flat shape, the
concentration of stress becomes
larger. A temperature difference is
likely to cause cracks.
367
R-machining and cutting

off the fin stop edge for
improving the shape
Apply R-machining to the fin edge to reduce the

stress concentration.
No.
Name of portion
4.
Pipe header of the

high temperature
portion and stub tube
welded portion
5.
6.
Dissimilar metal
welded joint under
high temperature

force
Honeycomb
Honeycomb
(Flat shape)
(Half-oval
shape)
MT or PT
Half-oval shape of
honeycomb
<Thick welded portion>

The internal and external
temperature difference becomes
larger at the start of operation of the
furnace at T-piece, pipe table and lid
plate.
<Stub>
If any temperature difference occurs
between the upper and lower
portions of the pipe header and on
any pipe within the panel at the start
of operation of the furnace, a
displacement difference occurs with
the stub pipe causing stress to occur
at the portion welded to the pipe
header (at the base). A pipe welded
at the lower side of both edges of the
pipe header is affected largely by
displacement of the pipe header. The
stress becomes larger because the
drain likely flows in and flexibility
is insufficient.
Stress caused by the difference in
thermal expansion and the strength
reduction caused by the
decarbonization phenomenon on the
Cr-Mo steel side is superimposed,
causing damage to occur at the weld
border of dissimilar metals.
Portion a loop pipe is

connected
Tie rod
Measures to give flexibility to the stub pipe
<Thick welded portion>

Apply R-machining to the portion where the stress
concentrates. The shape of the lid plate must be
half-oval.
<Stub>
Add further flexibility to the structure in order to
secure the bearing force against more frequent
starts/stops.
Inconel solvent has been used to reduce the thermal

expansion difference and to prevent carbon migration
as well.
Sliding
spacer
(Single lag)
Hanging
loop pipe
Portion passing
through the ceiling
(Oval lag)
Improvement of the structure of the connection fixture
If any temperature difference occurs

when starting the furnace, cracks
may occur to the linked metal fitted
portion due to the stress
concentration.
7.
R-machining
R-machining of the corners on the inner wall of

the pipe
Attached
fixtures
A sliding spacer should be used at the high

temperature transferring portion to prevent locking,
should a temperature difference occur.
The tie lag at the rear heat transferring portion should
be an oval lag to soften the stress concentration.
Crown
Crown
Ceiling piping
Due to a temperature difference

between the crown and pipe, stress
concentration occurs, which may
cause cracks. By using a sleeve for
the SUS pipe where it passes
through the ceiling, the thermal
stress can be softened.
368
Additional
sleeve
Ceiling piping
A sleeve is used for both SUS pip and 2.25 Cr-1Mo

pipe.
No.
Name of portion
8.
Devices in the spray

pipe of the
superheater

force
Flow nozzle
Venturi pipe
or
The welded portion should
have a flat surface of the
same thickness.
Swing type
nozzle
(single-hole
type)
Perforated type Swing type nozzle

of steam cooling
nozzle
type (single-hole
type)
Damage may occur to the spray

nozzle, venturi edge, or support
fixture due to thermal impact when
spray water is discharged.
9.
3-faces joining
corner of the panel
The material has been graded up

from SUS 304 to Inconel 600
(NCF600).
To improve spraying characteristics and nozzle

bearing force during low flow rate by changing the
spray nozzle to the perforated type from the
single-hole type.
When further additional bearing force is required, a
structure to cool down the nozzle by steam should be
employed. In addition, Inconel material is to be used
at the venturi end. At the same time, a structure that
can absorb thermal deformation should be employed
for the support of internal devices to increase the
bearing force.
Furnace side wall
Furnace side wall at

the outlet
Rear wall pipe at the

furnace outlet
Due to stress concentration at the fin

stop end, cracks may occur.
10.
Apply R-machining to the fin end and change the

shape to an arch.
Inner-casing on the
ceiling
Corrugated expansion
Pipe header on
the forepart wall
of the furnace
Pipe header
on the
furnace wall
Corner casing may crack and cause

gas leakage when it cannot absorb
the expansion of 3-faces.
Employ corrugated expansion at the corner to
increase the flexibility of the structure.
369
Table 3.6.2-1 Preventive maintenance and technologies for improving the bearing force of steam turbine (outline)
High/medium
pressure rotor
Others
Erosion
Corrosion
Fragility
Damage
by fatigue
Portion subject to
countermeasures
Damage
by creep
Cause of damage
Employment of low Si content rotor

material
Employment of improved rotor material
Expansion of stress softening
grooves/flattening of 1st step rotating blade
grooves
Expansion of corner R of dummy grooves
Employment of super clean rotor material
Employment of improved type blade
grooves
Integrated rotor
Employment of ISB (integral shroud blade)
Employment of large sized blade grooves
{
{
Low pressure rotor
{
{
{
High/medium
pressure rotating
blade
Low pressure
rotating blade
{
{
{
{
Employment of the new type of long blade

Employment of snapper blade
Improvement of the structure of low
pressure blade (against erosion)
Nozzle against erosion (Cr pack treatment)
Employment of improved type nozzle blade
Employment of boron treated nozzle
Employment of thermal spraying nozzle
Operation by injecting a full arc when
starting operation (Employment of
electro-hydraulic governor)
Improvement of the outer wall shape of the
nozzle diaphragm
Employment of high toughness casing
material
Employment of improved cast steel material
{
{
{
{
{
{
High/medium
pressure nozzle
Low pressure
stationary blade
High/medium
pressure
internal/external
casing
Main valve casing
{
{
{
{
Forged valve
Employment of high toughness casing
material
Alteration of valve rod and bushing material
{
Main valve rod
Preventive maintenance and technologies

for improving the bearing force
370
3.6.2
Preventive maintenance and technologies for improving the bearing force turbine equipment
Due to continuing operation of aged thermal power generation plants under severe conditions, aged
deterioration of steam turbine equipment has accelerated.
In view of the extension of regular inspection interval and enforcement of self control of the equipment under
the above-mentioned operation conditions, preventive maintenance and measures for improvement of bearing
force have become more important.
Table 3.6.2-1 outlines the preventive maintenance and measures for improvement of bearing force of steam
turbine that have been developed and employed.
(1) Turbine rotor
Measures against creep damage and fragility
As measures against damage caused by high temperature creep or fragility of high/medium pressure rotors,
rotor material is employed that has higher strength against high temperature creep than conventional rotor material,
with low speed fragility and that corresponds to operation changes such as DSS, etc.
Employment of low Si content rotor material
Employment of improved rotor material
Measures against fatigue damage

As measures against fatigue damage to the portion of high/medium pressure rotors with high level thermal
pressure, processes for removing fatigued and deteriorated layers and improving the shape are employed.
Expansion of stress softening grooves
Flattening of 1st step rotating blade grooves
Expansion of corner R of dummy grooves
Measures against fragility

As measures against the reduction of toughness and ductility due to aged fragility of low pressure rotors, rotor
material with minimized impure chemical element is employed.
Employment of super clean rotor material
Measures against corrosion

To attain improvement by changing the shapes of portions subject to corrosion and corrosion fatigue
Employment of improved type blade grooves
Integrated rotor
(2) Rotating blade

Measures against creep damage
As measures against creep damage occurring to high/medium pressure rotating blades, improvement is attained
by eliminating the tenon crimped structure by integrating a blade and a shroud(ISB blade) and reduction of stress
from blade base/blade grooves by employing large-sized blade grooves.
Employment of ISB (integral shroud blade)
Employment of large sized blade grooves
Measures against corrosion and erosion

As measures against failure caused by the corrosion of low pressure rotating blades, the new type of long blade
from which the tie wire has been eliminated is employed. In addition, as measures against the erosion of final step
rotating blades, the drain discharge process, etc. will be improved.
Employment of the new type of long blade
Employment of snapper blade
Improvement of the structure of low pressure blade (against erosion)
(3) Nozzle diaphragm

Measures against erosion by solid particles
As suppression/prevention measures against erosion of high/medium pressure nozzles by solid particles,
reduction of erosion and improvement of erosion resistance are attained by improving the nozzle blade type and
method of steam inflow.
371
Nozzle against erosion (Cr pack treatment)

High pressure shaft
Medium pressure
shaft
Fig. 3.6.2-1 Expansion of stress softening grooves/flattening of 1st step rotating blade grooves
Conventional blade
(Tenon crimped type)
ISB blade
(Shroud integrated type)
Fig. 3.6.2-2 Prevention of creep damage to rotating blade by employing ISB
Employment of improved type nozzle blade
Employment of boron treated nozzle
Employment of thermal spraying nozzle
Operation by injecting full arc when starting operation
Measures against corrosion

As measures against corrosion damage to the diaphragm of low pressure stationary blade, the shape of the
diaphragm is improved.
Large angle of water
drop collision
Small angle of water

drop collision
Water drop
Water drop
Erosion shield
Reasonable angle of attack

Reduction of the erosion
damage ratio
Flat plate Stellite
Cover structure
J-type Stellite
Lightening cover
Full arc 1 ring
Without cover
Structure able to largely

reduce vibration
Reduction of resonance
points
Face contact
Blade rigidity
Low rigidity blade type
High rigidity blade type

Reduction of vibration
amplitude
Prevention of Stellite from
peeling off
Tie wire
Tie wire structure
2 tie wires with silver

soldering
Without tie wire

Elimination of the
cause of occurrence of
SCC of silver soldering
W ith silver soldering
Blade type
Material
Subsonic speed blade

type
Transonic speed
blade type
Fig. 3.6.2-3 Employment of

the new type of long blade
(Comparison between
former/new final step blades)
12Cr-Nb
Stainless steel
12Cr
Stainless steel
Strength increased to
1.1 times
372
Conventional blade (left side)/

new blade (right side)
Improvement of the external wall shape of the nozzle diaphragm
(4) High/medium pressure casing

Measures against creep damage and fragility
As measures against crack generation/deformation or fragility caused by high temperature creep in the
high/medium pressure internal and external casing, casing material having strength against high temperature creep
and excellent roughness properties against destruction is employed.
Employment of high toughness casing material
Employment of improved cast steel material
(5) Main valves

Measures against creep damage
By eliminating any and all defects contained in the cast valve and employing casing material having excellent
roughness properties against destruction, the main valve casing can be improved.
Forged valve
Employment of high toughness casing material
Measures against erosion

For the main valve rod, etc., material having excellent strength against creep rupture and material generating
less amount of oxidized scale (by surface treatment) are employed.
Improvement of material for valve rod
Improvement of material for bushing and surface treatment
(6) Examples of preventive maintenance and technologies for improving the bearing force
Measures against fatigue damage of high/medium pressure rotors
Examples of measures against aged fatigue damage of high/medium pressure turbine rotors are shown in Fig.
3.6.2-1. Its purpose is to improve the bearing force against fatigue by skin-cutting the fatigue deteriorated layer of
stress softening grooves and 1st step rotating blade grooves and further expanding the R of stress softening
grooves and flattening the 1st step rotating blade groove bottom.
Measures against creep damage of high/medium pressure rotating blades
A tenon crimping structure was used for reaction step rotating blades in the past. However, it was found that
creep damage occurred to the tenon portion where the shrouds centrifugal force was applied by high/medium
pressure rotating blades exposed to high temperature steam. As countermeasures, ISB (integral shroud blade) in
which the blade and shroud are integrated together has been employed. ISB has other effects in improving
vibration characteristics by full arc tracing structure and by improving the sealing structure.
373
Casing
Stationary
blade
Drain catcher
Stationary blade ring
Rotating
blade
Trace of
water drop
Rotor
Drain discharge by drain catcher

Stationary blade
Drain discharging port

Drain
Drain
Slit
Stationary
blade
Drain discharging port
Drain
[Improvement of drain discharge]
Fig. 3.6.2-4 Measures against erosion of low pressure blades
Measures against corrosion/erosion damage of low pressure rotating blades

Low pressure step long blades have defects such as blade crack of the tie wire or crack of the tie wire hole. The
new type of long blade improves the bearing force against the weakness of conventional blades and at the same
time, high efficiency is targeted.
In Fig. 3.6.2-3, a comparison between new and old types of final step rotating 26-inch blades for 60 Hz is
shown. The characteristics of new type blade are as follows;
Elimination of tie wire (improvement of reliability and efficiency)
Integral shroud S type cover (high attenuation effect)
Best angle for water drops to collide (reduction of erosion damage ratio)
Best transonic blade type (improvement of efficiency)
374
In addition to the aged erosion of low pressure rotating blades, not only decreased efficiency but also crack
damage may be caused by corrosion or erosion.
In order to prevent such damage, Stellite plates are bonded to the front edge of rotating blades and hardening
treatment is applied. In addition, by employing a hollow stationary blade with a slit and drain catcher and by
promoting drain discharge aggressively, the erosion of low pressure rotating blades can be largely suppressed.
Measures
against erosion
Boron treated nozzle

Improvement of nozzle blade shape
Measures
against erosion
Expansion of distance in the shaft

direction
Handling by plant operation method
Improvement of
ease of
maintenance
Nozzle box of upside down type

Common spare nozzle box
Ceramics thermal spraying nozzle
Improvement of
ease of
maintenance
Change to cassette nozzle

Common spare nozzle
Fig. 3.6.2-5 Measures against erosion of high/medium pressure 1st step nozzles
An example of improvement of drain discharge from low pressure blades is shown in Fig. 3.6.2-4.
Measures against erosion of high/medium pressure 1st step nozzles
Erosion phenomenon (SPE: Solid Particle Erosion) caused by oxidized scales flying from boiler, etc. can be
detected on the 1st (initial) step nozzles of high/medium pressure turbines, which creates various issues with
respect to performance, reliability, regular inspection interval, maintenance and control, etc.
Several measures against erosion in this respect are shown in Fig. 3.6.2-5.
In case of high pressure 1st step nozzles, erosion is generated at the outlet end of the nozzle by solid particles
flowing into the steam path. The erosion can be suppressed by such diffusion penetration treatment as boron
treatment (to have B (boron) make diffusion penetration on the metal surface and form a very hard and fine
chemical compound (Fe2B) layer on the nozzle plate), which strongly adheres to the base metal and forms an ultra
hard coat.
The medium pressure initial step nozzle can be damaged when solid particles passing through the nozzle
rebound from the rotating blades. As measures against this, bearing force is improved by forming on the back of
the nozzle a 250 300 m thick plate hardened coat against high temperature and stable thermal spray metal of
the carbon family mainly composed of chromium carbide by high velocity gas flame metal spraying method
(HVOF).
375

Operation and Maintenance Power Plant

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation and Maintenance Power Plant

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3 Maintenance an Efficiency Control of Thermal Power Plants

3.1 Maintenance management of aged thermal power plants

Maintaining operation through the renewal of deteriorated plant equipment (increasing

Experience of and information on

Track record of operation

Fig. 3.1.2: Maintenance of aged thermal power plant

50 Showa period = 1975

Fig. 3.1.2.1-1: How electricity is used in a day (example)

Table 3.1.2.1-1: Precise inspection (representative

Equalizing pool type

Run-off river-type hydro

Fig. 3.1.2.1-2 How electricity is used in a day

Visual inspection with bore scope

Table 3.1.2.1-2 Remaining life diagnosis

Remaining life diagnosis

Select the portion whose design

Furnace evaporation tube

temperature is 450 or more and

(Conduct a creep breaking test to

the harshest (shortest design life)

evaluate the result by means of the

portion in terms of design out of

the target portions shown on the

Furnace evaporation header

(Take the time when cumulative

operation time reaches 100,000

Select the portion whose design

temperature is 450 or more and

the harshest (shortest design life)

Material degradation measurement

portion in terms of design out of

Metallic structure test

High-pressure internal casing

target portions shown on the left.

High-pressure external casing

(Take the time when cumulative

Medium-pressure internal casing

operation time reaches 100,000

Medium-pressure external casing

Table 3.1.2.1-3: Examples of improvement in medium-capacity machines

Fig. 3.1.2.1-3: Improvement of suspended superheater

(b) Example of new shape

Fig. 3.1.2.1-4: Improvement of shape of disk base part

Casing corner part

Processing diagram of corner part

Fig. 3.1.2.1-5: Reduction in stress of steam turbine

Fig.3.1.2.1-6: Improvement of spray at exhaust chamber

3.1.2.2 Renewal status of plant equipment in aged thermal power plants

Fig. 3.1.2.2-1 Improvement of superheater header

R processing of membrane bar stop-end part

Fig. 3.1.2.2-3 Improvement of structure of surrounding

Fig. 3.1.2.2-2 Processing of membrane-end part of

Outlet header of reheater

Stop-end refresh processing

Fig. 3.1.2.2-4: Improvement of passing-through

(b) Improved structure

Fig. 3.1.2.2-5 Improvement of support system for main

Fig. 3.1.2.2-6: Reinforcement of start system valve

Multistage pressure reducing

Single-seat globe valve

Multistage pressure-reducing valve

Fig. 3.1.2.2-7: Reinforcement of boiler feedwater control valve

Names of renewed equipments

Boiler circulation pump